Loading...
HomeMy Public PortalAbout10B) 9.A. Attachment BATTACHMENT B CITY COUNCIL RESOLUTION NO. 13-4908 RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TEMPLE CITY ADOPTING A GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT (GPA 13-1) APPROVING THE CITY OF TEMPLE CITY 2008-2014 HOUSING ELEMENT AND ASSOCIATED INITIAL STUDY OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATED NEGATIVE DECLARATION SECTION 1. The City Council has considered all of the evidence submitted into the administrative record which includes but is not limited to: 1. Staff Reports, the Draft Housing Element, and other project related data and analysis prepared by the Community Development Department; and 2. The Temple City Municipal Code, General Plan, and all other applicable regulations and codes; and 3. The Initial Study, Mitigated Negative Declaration and any supporting documentation prepared by the Community Development Department. 4. Public comments, both written and oral, received or submitted prior to the public hearing, supporting or opposing the proposed actions; and 5. Testimony and comments submitted by the applicant (City of Temple City) and representatives in both written and oral form at or prior to the public hearing; and 6. Planning Commission Resolution No. 13-132373PC, adopted April 9, 2013; and 7. All other related documents received or submitted prior to the public hearing. SECTION 2. This resolution is made with reference to the following facts as more fully set forth in the administrative record: 1. The City Council is charged with the responsibility to approve land -use regulations for the City; 2. It is necessary from time to time to amend the controlling land use document, the City's general plan; 3. The proposed general plan amendment would provide for an update of the City of Temple City Housing Element for the 2008-2014 housing planning period in a manner consistent with state law applicable to general plan housing elements, and with goals, policies and programs that are consistent with the other elements of the City of Temple City General Plan. 4. Pursuant to Section 65353 of the Government Code, the Planning Commission held a duly noticed public hearing to consider the revised Housing Element and draft Initial Study on April 9, 2013, at which time public comments were received by the Planning Commission. City Council of the City of Temple City Resolution No. May 7, 2013 Page 2 5. A public hearing was held by the City Council on the proposed general plan amendment on May 7, 2013 at 7:30 p.m.; 6. Notice of the public hearing was published at least ten (10) days prior to the hearing. 7. Notice of the public hearing satisfied the noticing requirements set forth in Government Code Sections 65090 and 65091. 8. Pursuant to Government Code Section 65588(a) of the California Code, the City Council has reviewed the City of Temple City 2008-2014 Housing Element and determined that it is appropriate to revise that general plan element to address state housing element law for the provision of housing for all economic segments of the community; and 9. Pursuant to Government Code Section 65585(b), the City prepared a draft revised City of Temple City 2008-2014 Housing Element ("the revised Housing Element") and submitted it to the California Department of Housing and Community Development ("HCD") for review and comment. Pursuant to Government Code Section 65585(e), the City further revised the Housing Element in response to comments received from HCD. HCD completed its review of the revised draft Housing Element and issued a review letter on December 4, 2013. Section 3. The City Council reviewed and considered the Mitigated Negative Declaration and in view of all of the evidence concludes as follows: Based upon the facts and information contained in the proposed Mitigated Negative Declaration, together with all written and oral reports included for the environmental assessment for the application, the City Council finds that with the proposed mitigation measures, there is no substantial evidence that the project will have a significant effect upon the environment and recommends the City Council adopt the Mitigated Negative Declaration based upon the findings as follows: 1. The Mitigated Negative Declaration has been prepared in compliance with the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and the State CEQA guidelines promulgated thereunder; that said Mitigated Negative Declaration and the Initial Study prepared therefore reflect the independent judgment of the City Council; and, further, this City Council has reviewed and considered the information contained in said Mitigated Negative Declaration with regard to the application. 2. Based upon the mitigation measures incorporated, no significant adverse environmental effects will occur. City Council of the City of Temple City Resolution No. May 7, 2013 Page 3 3. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 753.5(c) of Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations, the City Council finds that in considering the record as a whole, including the Initial Study and Mitigated Negative Declaration for the project, there is no evidence that the proposed project will have potential for an adverse impact upon wildlife resources or the habitat upon which wildlife depends. Furthermore, based upon substantial evidence contained in the Mitigated Negative Declaration, the staff reports and exhibits, and the information provided to the City Council during the public hearing, the City Council hereby rebuts the presumption of adverse effect as set forth in Section 753.5(c -1-d) of Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations. SECTION 4. Based on the public hearing for the requested amendment of the Temple City General Plan Housing Element, the City Council finds: 1. Pursuant to Government Code Section 65588(a) of the California Code, the City Council has reviewed the City of Temple City 2008-2014 Housing Element and determined that it is appropriate to revise that general plan element to address state housing element law for the provision of housing for all economic segments of the community; and 2. Pursuant to Government Code Section 65585(b), the City prepared a draft revised City of Temple City 2008-2014 Housing Element ("the revised Housing Element") and submitted it to the California Department of Housing and Community Development ("HCD") for review and comment. Pursuant to Government Code Section 65585(e), the City further revised the Housing Element in response to comments received from HCD. HCD completed its review of the revised draft Housing Element and issued a review letter on December 4, 2013. 3. The revised Housing Element is in full compliance with the requirements of Article 10.6 of the Government Code; 4. The revised Housing Element is consistent with the other elements of the City of Temple City General Plan; 5. The revised Housing Element goals, policies and programs are appropriate for the City of Temple City to contribute to the attainment of state housing goals; 6. The adoption of the revised Housing Element will aid the City's efforts to assist in public-private collaboration in the development of housing for all economic segments of the community; and, 7. The adoption of the revised Housing Element is in the public interest. City Council of the City of Temple City Resolution No. May 7, 2013 Page 4 SECTION 6: The City Council of the City of Temple City does hereby approve the Initial Study and adopt a Mitigated Negative Declaration, and adopt the City of Temple City 2008-2014 Housing Element (Exhibit 1) as an amendment of the City's general plan (General Plan Amendment 13-01). PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED THIS _ day of , 2013. MAYOR I hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution, Resolution No. , was adopted by the City Council of the City of Temple City at a regular meeting held on the , by the following vote: AYES: Council Members: NOES: Council Members: ABSENT: Council Members: Attest: City Clerk Exhibit 1 CITY OF TEMPLE CITY 2008-2014 HOUSING ELEMENT Pham WEARim DRAFT March 26, 2013 CITY OF TEMPLE CITY COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 9701 LAS TUNAS DRIVE TEMPLE CITY, CA 91780 :r:TI KAREN WARNER ASSOCIATES TABLE OF CONTENTS TEMPLE CITY HOUSING ELEMENT SECTION 1 —INTRODUCTION A—Scope and Content................................................................................................. 1-1 B — Background and Authorization............................................................................. 1-2 C — Organization of the Housing Element .................................. ........ ........................ 1-2 SECTION 2 — HOUSING PROGRAM A — Introduction 2-1 B — Program Administration and Utilization of Financing Programs ...................... 2-1 1. Land Use and Development Controls.................................................................... 2-1 2. Regulatory Concessions and Incentives................................................................ 2-2 3. Financing Programs...............................................................................................2-2 C — Responsible Agencies, General Plan Consistency, Public Participation........ 2-5 1. Responsible Agencies ..................... ....... —............................................................ 2-5 2. General Plan Consistency...................................................................................... 2-5 3. Public Participation Effort ....................................................................................... 2-5 D — Draft Housing Program..........................................................................................2-8 1. Program Categories and Meanings of Goals, Policies and Objectives ................. 2-8 2. Quantified Objectives Can Be Less than Total Housing Needs ............................ 2-9 3. Quantified Objectives by Income Group................................................................ 2-9 4. Objectives and Programs for Extremely Low Income Households ....................... 2-11 5. Housing Programs — Overpaying and Overcrowding ............................................ 2-12 6. Housing Programs Overview.................................................................................2-12 Actions to Make Sites Available to Accommodate the RHNA ............................. 2-15 Assist in the Development of Adequate Housing ............................................... 2-21 Address Governmental Constraints to Housing ....... ...................... ....... — ....... .. 2-28 Conserve and improve the Condition of the Existing Stock of Affordable Housing 2-31 Promote Housing Opportunities for All Persons ................................................ 2-34 List of Tables 2-1 Definitions of Income Groups as a Percentage of AMI ................................... 2-10 2-2 2012 LA County Income Limits by Household Size ......................................... 2-10 2-3 Quantified Objectives: 2006-2014................................................................... 2-10 2-4 Rehabilitation Objectives by Activity................................................................ 2-11 2-5 Housing Element Programs by Category ......................................................... 2-13 2-6 Housing Program Summary .............................................................................2-14 2-7 Regional Housing Needs (RHNA).................................................................. 2-17 2-8 2012 LA County Section 8 Fair Housing Market Rents...................................2-24 Attachments Attachment A Density Bonus Provisions 4M Attachment B LA County Analysis of Impediments to Fair Housing .......................... 2-39 Technical Appendices Appendix A Housing Needs Assessment Appendix B Governmental Constraints Analysis Appendix C Non -Governmental Constraints Analysis Appendix D Sites Inventory and Analysis Appendix E Progress Report SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION A. SCOPE AND CONTENT Government Code Section 65583 states: The housing element shall consist of an identification and analysis of existing and projected housing needs and a statement of goals, policies, quantified objectives, financial resources and scheduled programs for the preservation, improvement, and development of housing. The housing element shall identify adequate sites for housing, including rental housing, factory -built housing, and mobilehomes, and shall make adequate provision for the existing and projected needs of all economic segments of the community. The Housing Element Law requires Temple City to prepare and adopt a Housing Element of the community's General Plan. Temple City's Housing Element must include four major components: ❑ An assessment of the City's housing needs. ❑ An inventory of resources to meet needs and of the constraints that impede public and private sector efforts to meet the needs. ❑ A statement of the City's goals, quantified objectives and policies relative to the construction, rehabilitation, conservation and preservation of housing. ❑ An implementation program which sets forth a schedule of actions which the City is undertaking or intends to undertake to implement the policies and achieve the goals and objectives of the Housing Element. B. BACKGROUND AND AUTHORIZATION Housing elements of the general plan were first mandated by State legislation enacted in 1967. In 1977, the State Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) published "Housing Element Guidelines". The "guidelines" spelled out not only the detailed content requirements of housing elements, but also gave HCD a "review and approval" function over this element of the general plan. In 1981, Article 10.6 of the Government Code was enacted, which placed the guidelines into statutory language and changed HCD's role from "review and approval" to one of "review and comment" on local housing elements. This update complies with the housing element planning period from January 1, 2006 through June 30, 2014. 1-1 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION C. ORGANIZATION OF THE HOUSING ELEMENT Section 2 describes the City's Housing Strategy. The efforts the City will undertake during the planning period to address the community's housing needs within the framework of the Housing Element Law are described in Section 2. Section 2 describes the goals, policies and quantified objectives of the Draft Housing Element. Of particular importance are the quantified objectives which represent numerical targets for the construction, rehabilitation, conservation and preservation of housing. The Housing Strategy also describes 18 specific housing programs that will be implemented during the planning period. The 18 programs are organized according to the five categories that are required by the Housing Element Law. The Housing Element also contains detailed information to comply with each pertinent section of the Government Code. A description of each Technical Appendix is given below: ❑ Technical Appendix A contains all of the detailed data, statistics and analyses pertaining to the City's housing needs, existing and future. ❑ Technical Appendix B describes potential and actual governmental constraints that impede efforts at addressing housing needs. ❑ Technical Appendix C describes non-governmental constraints such as the cost of land and construction. ❑ Technical Appendix D contains the detailed information on the inventory of housing sites and explains how the sites accommodate the City's share of regional housing needs. ❑ Technical Appendix E is the Housing Element Progress Report. This Technical Appendix assesses the progress made toward implementation of the prior Housing Element. 1-2 SECTION 2 A. INTRODUCTION HOUSING PROGRAM Section 2 presents the City's Housing Program. The Housing Program describes the efforts the City will undertake during the program period to address the community's housing needs. With respect to program administration, Section 2 describes: 1) land use and development controls that encourage and facilitate affordable housing; 2) regulatory concessions and incentives; and 3) the funding resources that will most likely be utilized to meet housing needs. In addition, the Housing Program explains 1) the agencies responsible for program implementation; 2) the consistency of the Housing Element with the General Plan; and 3) the public participation efforts undertaken during the development of the Housing Element. This section sets forth the goals, policies and quantified objectives of the Housing Element. Of particular importance are the quantified objectives which represent numerical targets for the construction, rehabilitation, conservation and preservation of housing. The Housing Program also describes 18 specific housing programs that will be implemented during the planning period. The 18 programs are organized according the five categories that are required by the Housing Element Law. B. PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION AND UTILIZATION OF FINANCING PROGRAMS Section 65583(c) requires that the housing element include: "Arp ogram which sets forth a five-year schedule of actions the local government is undertaking or intends to undertake to implement the policies and achieve the goals and objectives of the housing element through the administration of land use and develooment controls, provision of reoulatory concessions and incentives and the utilization of appropriate federal and state financing and subsidv programs when available and the utilization of moneys in a Low and Moderate Income Housinq Fund of an agency if the locality has established a redevelopment project area pursuant to the Community Redevelopment Law." (emphasis added) Land Use and Development Controls With respect to affordable housing land use controls, the City will establish a density bonus ordinance consistent with the statewide requirements of SB 1818; increased densities will be provided on R-3 parcels which do not abut R-1 zones; and an administrative site and architectural review process will replace the conditional use permit currently required for multi- family development. The City will also consider implementation of an inclusionary housing policy to encourage the development of housing affordable to low and moderate income households. 2-1 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM 2. Regulatory Concessions and Incentives The City has one specific plan — the Temple City Downtown Specific Plan and that specific plan encourages and facilitates the development of high density housing and affordable senior housing. The specific plan encourages and facilitates the development of the high density housing by granting several lot consolidation incentives, density bonus incentives and other regulatory concessions and incentives. The plan's regulatory concessions and incentives are described as part of Program #1 (Downtown Specific Plan) and in Technical Appendix B, which is the analysis of governmental constraints. 3. Financing Programs The following section discusses the major sources of funding available to carry out housing and community development activities in Temple City. Redevelopment Aaencv Low and Moderate Income Housina Fund The primary local source of funds for affordable housing in Temple City has traditionally been its Redevelopment Agency's Low and Moderate Income Housing Fund. However, due to passage of Assembly Bill (AB) 1X 26, redevelopment agencies across California have been eliminated as of February 1, 2012, removing the primary local tool for creating affordable housing. b. Community Development Block Grant (CDBGI Funds Temple City is a participating city in the County of Los Angeles Community Development Commission's CDBG Program, through which it receives an annual allocation of CDBG funds. Annually, the City has allocated a portion of its CDBG funds for the Handyworker Assistance Program and for the Home Improvement Deferred Loan Program. During the 8'/ year Housing Element planning period, the City projects to receive CDBG funds in the amount of $1,419,500 for housing rehabilitation (8.5 X $167,000) This amount excludes personnel and operating expenses. G. HOME Funds One of the key resources for financing affordable housing is the HOME Investment Partnerships Program, sponsored by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and administered by the Community Development Commission on behalf of the County of Los Angeles. HOME funds are allocated to the County by the federal government on an annual basis. Approximately $5.5 million dollars are made available annually for housing development, with 15% of these funds reserved exclusively for use by non-profit Community Housing Development Organizations (CHDOs). HOME funds are awarded to proposed developments, based on proposals that are submitted by developers and evaluated on a competitive basis. The funds are allocated only to developments in the unincorporated county areas and in 46 cities that participate in the Commission's Urban County Program. Participating cities are those with less than 50,000 in population. Temple City is a participating city. 2-2 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM HOME Program funds are awarded for use along with other financial resources. The funds are awarded to finance the "affordability gap' in affordable multifamily rental and for -sale housing development. The "affordability gap' is the dollar amount of financing needed when the rental revenues are inadequate to repay a loan(s) needed for the development of housing or when a mortgage amount available to a low-income household is not enough to purchase a house. Affordable rental developments proposing to use HOME funds are required to set aside a minimum of 20% of the units for households that earn 50% or less of the median income for the Los Angeles/Long Beach area. For -sale developments proposing to use HOME funds must make all units available to households earning 80% or less of the median income. Applications to use HOME funds are accepted upon the issuance of a Notice of Funding Availability (NOFA). d. City of Industry Housina Funds Program The City of Industry Housing Funds Program is another financing resource for the development of affordable housing in Temple City. These funds are tax -increment set-aside funds from the City of Industry that are administered by the Housing Authority of the County of Los Angeles. Funds from this program can be used to help finance affordable rental housing for non -special needs and special needs populations, and affordable homeownership developments. Since the program began, over $165 million in City of Industry housing funds have leveraged over $1.1 billion from other funding sources to help create over 7,900 units of affordable housing throughout Los Angeles County. Applications for non -special needs and special needs rental housing and for homeownership housing are only accepted following the Housing Authority of the County of Los Angeles' issuance of a notice of funding availability (NOFA). NOFAs are periodically released to invite proposals for the development of affordable and special needs housing. Industry funds may be used in any jurisdiction within a 15 -mile radius of the City of Industry. The City of Temple City is located within the 15 mile radius. Given the elimination of redevelopment agencies throughout California, it is uncertain at this time how much longer City of Industry Funds will be available to fund affordable housing activities. e. Low Income Housina Tax Credits (LIHTC) This program provides for a significant share of funding for affordable housing projects. In 2007, the Los Angeles County share of the statewide funding was $19.4 million, or 33% of the total annual funding amount. Experienced private and non-profit housing developers often use this funding source as a key piece of funding an affordable housing project. In 2007, LIHTC funded 70 projects that produced 4,424 affordable housing units. According to the State Tax Credit Allocation Committee, only 10 of every 32 project applications receive funding, meaning that keen competition exists for the available funding. 2-3 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM f. Mental Health Services Act (MHSA) Housinq Proqram Jointly administered by the California Department of Mental Health and the California Housing Finance Agency (CaIHFA) on behalf of counties, the Mental Health Services Act (MHSA) Housing Program offers permanent financing and capitalized operating subsidies for the development of permanent supportive housing, including both rental and shared housing, to serve persons with serious mental illness and their families who are homeless or at risk of homelessness. MHSA Housing Program funds will be allocated for the development, acquisition, construction, and/or rehabilitation of permanent supportive housing. According to CaIHFA, California counties have committed an initial $400 million for the programs. Applications for the program became available in August 2007. A county mental health department can only submit applications; however, funds may be distributed to qualified developers. g. Other Proqrams The State of California has funding for a variety of housing programs. These resources usually are a funding source for affordable housing projects. Experienced private and nonprofit developers frequently include state funding as one piece of the total funding package. The HCD and CaIHFA bond -funded housing programs are the result of Proposition 46 (2002) and Proposition 1C (2006). 2-4 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM C. RESPONSIBLE AGENCIES, GENERAL PLAN CONSISTENCY AND PUBLIC PARTICIPATION Section 65583(c)(7) states: "The program shall include an identification of the agencies and officials responsible for the implementation of the various actions and the means by which consistencv will be achieved with other aeneral plan elements and communitv goals. The local government shall make a diligent effort to achieve public oarticioation of all economic segments of the community in the development of the housing element and the program shall describe this effort." [emphasis added] 1. Responsible Agencies Eighteen housing programs will be implemented during the program period. The agencies responsible for program implementation include: City of Temple City Community Development Department County of Los Angeles Housing Authority Housing Rights Center (fair housing services) 2. General Plan Consistency The Housing Element is consistent with all other General Plan Elements. 3. Public Participation Effort a. Efforts to Encourage Public Participation To encourage public participation in the development of the Housing Element, the City Council decided to form a Housing Task Committee. In order to solicit task committee participants from all economic segments of the community, the City took the following actions: 1) Invited all community organizations to indicate persons interested in serving on the Housing Task Committee. 2) Sent a notice with school age children indicating to parents that the City was seeking interested individuals to serve on a Housing Task Committee, 3) Announced in the City's Newsletter the need for individuals to serve on the Housing Task Committee. 4) Announced the formation of a Housing Task Committee in the City Manager's Weekly Report. (The report also is published in the local newspaper.) The City Council ultimately selected a Housing Task Committee comprised of the following 24 Temple City residents; half of these residents are low and moderate income. 2-5 SECTION 2 Joe Castillo (Co -Chair) Loraine Lefler (Co -Chair) Vincent Yu (Planning Commission) Mary Burke Peggy Miller Manuel Valenzuela III Bob Welemin Gilbert Yeh Jim Clift Eve Burnaday Janice Helmer Joey Castillo Mary Kokayko Phil Chessir Aileen Lam Joe Donofrio T. Arthur Boing b. Effectiveness of the Participation Efforts HOUSING PROGRAM Bob DuFresne Lee DuFresne Clifford Gordan Mike O'Malley Silenus Ong Cecelia Rudar Joan Vizcarra Joe Lambert (Staff) Once formed, the Housing Task Committee conducted 12 public meetings/workshops focused on strategies and action programs that could address the community's housing needs and also be incorporated into the Draft Housing Element. The Housing Task Committee completed its role in the development of the Draft Housing Element through the following process: • Reviewed existing Housing Element and updates • Analyzed comments from California Department of Housing Community Development (HCD) • Became educated on housing topics and terminology "Brain -stormed" ideas Discussed and formalized housing related concepts Documented, categorized, and prioritized recommendations Voted on each recommendation Presented findings and recommendations. The Committee, after its series of meetings/workshops, agreed on 25 draft recommendations in 14 specific areas: 1) Zone designation changes 2) Encourage mixed-use developments 3) Evaluate parking requirements 4) Encourage affordable senior housing 5) Easing of code requirements for second units in single-family zones 6) Allow incentives for design features 7) Adopt an inclusionary housing ordinance 8) Eliminate conditional use permit requirement for multiple family unit projects 9) Perform an annual audit of second units 10) Create a density bonus ordinance 11) Property incentives for affordable housing projects 12) Encourage subsidized housing 13) Expand redevelopment area 14) Acquire and convert motel property. SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM C. Incorporation of Recommendations into the Housina Element The Committee's 25 recommendations were forwarded to the City's Planning Commission. The Planning Commission held three public hearings on the Housing Task Committee recommendations. During the public hearings, the general public and Task Committee members provided comments and input to the Planning Commission. After the public hearings, the Planning Commission decided to include the following recommendations in the Draft Housing Element: 1) Create new zone to allow a density of 30 dwelling units per acre. 2) Encourage senior affordable housing by increasing the height limit. 3) Establish incentives for the development of affordable second units. 4) Adopt an inclusionary housing ordinance requiring a percentage of new units in a multiple unit project to be affordable, or pay an in -lieu fee into the City's Housing Trust Fund. 5) Continue to monitor the affordability of second units. 6) Create a density bonus ordinance consistent with the requirements of SB 1818. 7) Permit housing projects meeting affordable housing criteria to be eligible for City subsidies. 8) Extend the boundaries of the redevelopment areas to expand potential sites for affordable housing. The City Council reviewed the recommendations at a meeting held on August 19, 2008, and the draft Housing Element was subsequently finalized and submitted to the State Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) for review and comment. HCD issued their first review letter on the draft Housing Element in November 2008, and identified numerous technical and policy revisions that were necessary to bring the element into compliance with housing element law. City staff and its consultant revised the draft Element in response to HCD's recommendations, and in October 2009 resubmitted the revised draft Element for State review. In December 2009, HCD issued their second review letter on Temple City's draft Housing Element. The letter indicated that while the revised draft Element addressed some of the statutory requirements previously identified, further revision was needed for the City's Element to comply with housing element law. The primary outstanding issues pertained to the Element's failure to identify adequate sites to address the City's regional housing needs (RHNA) for all economic segments of the community; the conditional use permit requirement for multi- family development; and the need to strengthen program commitments. In early 2012, the City brought on a new consultant to assist in responding to the State's concerns. A detailed citywide land use survey was completed to identify potential development sites consistent with the City's RHNA. The draft Housing Element was revised to incorporate the updated sites inventory, as well as several new programs to more fully address statutory requirements. The public was provided an opportunity to review the updated Housing Element at a public study session conducted on September 27, 2012 before the Planning Commission and City Council. Subsequent to State HCD review of the revised draft Housing Element, noticed public hearings will be conducted to consider adoption of the Element. 2-7 SECTION 2 D. HOUSING PROGRAM HOUSING PROGRAM 1. Programs Categories and Meanings of Goals, Policies and Objectives Government Code Section 65583(c) requires that the City's Housing Element Program: ❑ Identify actions that will be taken to make sites available during the planning period of the general plan with appropriate zoning and development standards and with services and facilities to accommodate that portion of the city's share of the regional housing need for each income level that could not be accommodated on sites identified in the sites inventory. ❑ Assist in the development of adequate housing to meet the needs of low- and moderate -income households. ❑ Address and, where appropriate and legally possible, remove governmental constraints to the maintenance, improvement, and development of housing. ❑ Conserve and improve the condition of the existing affordable housing stock. ❑ Promote housing opportunities for all persons regardless of race, religion, sex, marital status, ancestry, national origin, or color. ❑ Preserve for lower income households the assisted housing developments at risk of conversion to market rate housing. (Temple City does not have rent -restricted multi -family rental housing at risk of conversion to market rate housing. Therefore, the last program category does not apply to the City.) Government Code Section 65583 (b) requires that the Housing Element include: A statement of the community's goals, quantified objectives, and policies relative to the maintenance, preservation, improvement, and development of housing. " HCD defines these terms as follows: 'Goals are general statements of purpose. Housing element goals will indicate the general direction that the jurisdiction intends to take with respect to its housing problems. While reflecting local community values, the goals should be consistent with the legislative findings (Section 65580) and legislative intent (Section 65581) of Article 10.6 and other expressions of state housing goals contained in the housing element law. Goals may extend beyond the time frame of a given housing element. Policies provide a link between housing goals and programs; they guide and shape actions taken to meet housing objectives. 0 SECTION 2 Section 65583(b)(2) states: HOUSING PROGRAM The quantified objectives shall establish the maximum number of housing units that can be constructed, rehabilitated, and conserved over a five-year period. [emphasis added] HCD defines quantified objectives as follows: Quantified objectives are the maximum actual numbers of housing units that the jurisdiction projects can be constructed, rehabilitated, conserved and preserved over a five-year time frame. In order to more realistically plan for the implementation of housing programs, it is useful for localities to establish objectives for each housing program which will be implemented during the time frame of the element. Objectives may therefore be short-term in outlook compared to community's goals." (emphasis added) 2. Quantified Objectives Can Be Less than Total Housing Needs The Housing Element Law states that needs may exceed resources and, therefore, allows cities to set forth objectives less than the total housing needs. More exactly, Section 65583(b)(2) states: "It is recognized that the total housing needs ... may exceed available resources and the community's ability to satisfy this need within the content of the general plan requirements outlined in article 6 (commencing with Section 65300). Under these circumstances, the quantified objectives need not be identical to the total housing needs." This interpretation is confirmed by Opinion No. 03-104 (May 18, 2005) of the Office of the Attorney General that states: "We conclude that a community may establish its maximum number of housing units by income category that can be constructed, rehabilitated, and conserved over the next five-year period below the number of housing units that would meet the community's goal of achieving its share of the regional housing needs established pursuant to the Planning and Zoning Law if the community finds its available resources in the aggregate, including but not limited to federal and state funds for its housing programs, its own local funds, tax or density credits, and other affordable housing programs, are insufficient to meet those needs." 3. Quantified Objectives by Income Group As required by Section 65583(b), quantified objectives by income group for the 2006-2014 program period are stated in this Section. Table 2-1 shows how State law defines the income groups in terms of the percentage of the Los Angeles County median household income. 2-9 SECTION 2 Table 2-1 Definitions of Income Groups as a Percentage of Area Median Income Income Group Extremely Low Very Low Low Moderate Above Moderate % of Median Income 0-30% 30-50% 50-80% 80-120% 120%+ HOUSING PROGRAM The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and HCD update annually the household income limits for each group. Table 2-2 below presents the 2012 income limits for Los Angeles County by household size. Table 2-2 2012 -A County Income Limits by Household Size Household Size Extremely Very Low Low Moderate (# of persons) Low Income Income Income Income 1 person $17,750 $29,550 $47,250 $54,450 2 persons $20,250 $33,750 $54,000 $62,200 3 persons $22,800 $37,950 $60,750 $70,000 4 persons $25,300 $42,150 $67,450 $77,750 5 persons $27,350 $45,550 $72,850 $83,950 6 persons $29,350 $48,900 $78,250 $90,200 7 persons $31,400 $52,300 $83,650 $96,400 8 persons $33,400 $55,650 $89,050 $102,650 Source: State Department of Housing and Community Development, Year 2012 Income Limits, February 2012. Table 2-3 shows the City's quantified objectives by income group and category. Table 2-3 City of Temple City Quantified Ob'ectives: 2006-2014 Construction: The Sites Inventory and Analysis (Technical Appendix D) shows sufficient sites to accommodate the City's share of the regional housing need (RHNA) for all income categories. Temple City's quantified objective for construction is thus for the 937 units identified by the RHNA, broken down by income category as shown in Table 2-3 above. Rehabilitation: The quantified objectives include the Handyworker Assistance Program and the Home Improvement Deferred Loan Program. The objectives for these two programs are: 2-10 Extremely Above Category Low Very Low Low Moderate Moderate Total Construction 124 125 156 165 417 987 Rehabilitation 18 35 36 0 0 89 Conservation 44 15 0 0 0 59 Preservation 0 0 0 0 0 0 Construction: The Sites Inventory and Analysis (Technical Appendix D) shows sufficient sites to accommodate the City's share of the regional housing need (RHNA) for all income categories. Temple City's quantified objective for construction is thus for the 937 units identified by the RHNA, broken down by income category as shown in Table 2-3 above. Rehabilitation: The quantified objectives include the Handyworker Assistance Program and the Home Improvement Deferred Loan Program. The objectives for these two programs are: 2-10 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM Table 2-4 City of Temple City Rehabilitation Objectives by Activity Rehabilitation Extremely Very Low Low Total, Activities Low Handyworker 9 26 16 51 Deferred Loan 9 9 20 38 Total 18 35 36 89 Conservation: This objective includes a continuation of 59 lower income elderly, disabled and low income families that receive assistance from the Section 8 Housing Choice Voucher Program. The income group objectives are based on 75% of the assisted households in the extremely low income group (44) and 25% of the assisted households in the very low income group (15). Preservation: The City has no rent restricted multifamily rental housing at risk of conversion to market rate housing. 4. Objectives and Programs for Extremely Low Income Households Through implementation of Housing Element programs, Temple City's goal will be to assist 184 extremely low income households through actions to achieve affordable construction, rehabilitation and conservation (refer to Table 2-3). Programs to achieve the construction objective include second units (34 households), as well as potential development on opportunity sites within the Downtown Specific Plan and underutilized R-3 sites not abutting R-1 zones. Programs to achieve the rehabilitation objective include the Handyworker Assistance Program and the Home Improvement Deferred Loan Program. The Section 8 Rental Assistance Program will achieve the conservation objective. 5. Housing Programs - Overpaying and Overcrowding Reducing the cost burdens experienced by the City's extremely low and very low income households is the objective of the City's participation in the Section 8 Rental Assistance Program. Other programs including density bonus, inclusionary and second units also contribute to reducing costs burdens. The City's Planning Commission did consider at a public hearing the possibility of a local rental assistance program. However, this option is too expensive given that the average rental assistance is $7,500-$9,000 per assisted household (County of Los Angeles Housing Authority). Moreover, this level of assistance would be needed on more than an annual basis as many lower income households need the assistance for many years because they are working poor families, permanently disabled or frail elderly, Under these circumstances, the City does not have the financial resources to implement a long-term rental assistance program. Overcrowding is directly addressed by the Home Improvement Deferred Loan Program. Under the provisions of this program, "bedroom additions to relieve overcrowding" is an eligible activity. Currently, the deferred loan amount is $25,000. The City will increase this amount for bedroom additions in order to provide assistance to a higher number of extremely low, very low and low income households. 2-11 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM Overcrowding also is alleviated by households assisted by the Section 8 Rental Assistance Program. Assisted households move from overcrowded conditions to rental housing that meets the Section 8 Housing Quality Standards (which include enough space for the number of persons in the households.) Overcrowding also will be alleviated in the future as density bonus, inclusionary housing and second units are constructed. Although second units serve primarily one and two person households, they provide the opportunity for these small households to move from situations where one, two or three families are living. 6. Housing Programs Overview Table 2-5 shows how the 18 specific programs are categorized into the five statutory program categories (defined earlier on page 2-8), and Table 2-6 provides the following information for each program: • Responsible Implementing Agency • Quantified Objective • Time Schedule and • Funding Source. The narrative section which follows is organized by the five statutory program categories, and presents a summary of related housing needs; goals, policies and quantified objectives; and description of each implementing program. 2-12 SECTION 2 Table 2-5 Housing Element Programs by Category Program Category I Implementing Program Category 1 Adequate Housing Sites Category 2 Assist in the Development of Low and Moderate Income Housing Category 3 Removal of Governmental Constraints Category 4 Conserving Existing Affordable Housing Category 5 Fair Housing HOUSING PROGRAM 1. Downtown Specific Plan 2. Multi -family Sites Inventory and Development Incentives 3. Lot Consolidation Incentives 4. Zoning for Special Needs 5. Energy Conservation Program 6. Section 8 Rental Assistance Program 7. Affordable Housing Development Assistance 8. Second Units 9. Revise Density Bonus Procedures 10. Prepare Inclusionary Housing Policy 11. Multi -family Residential Review Process 12. Reasonable Accommodation Procedure Program 13. Housing for the Disabled Zoning Code Amendments Program 14. Housing Code Enforcement Program 15. Handyworker Assistance Program 16. Home Improvement Deferred Loan Program 17. Fair Housing Services 18. Fair Housing Information 2-13 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM 2-14 Funding Source General Fund for Dept. staff work General Fund for Dept. staff work General Fund for Dept. staff work General Fund for Dept. staff work General Fund for Dept. staff work Table 2-6 Housing Program Summary Housing Program Responsible 2006-2014 Objective Time Agency Schedule ADEQUATE HOUSING SITES 1. Downtown Community Promote opportunity Within six Specific Plan (DSP) Development sites and lot months of Department consolidation incentives Housing to the development Element community and on the adoption. City's website. Amend residential development standards in DSP to better facilitate development. 2. Multi -family Community Maintain inventory of Within six Sites Inventory and Development vacant /underutilized months of Development Department multi -family residential Housing Incentives sites; place on City's Element website; disseminate to adoption. developers. Adopt zoning text amendments for non -R-1 adjacent R-3 parcels to facilitate redevelopment at higher densities. 3. Lot Consolidation Community Adopt R-3 lot Within six Incentives Development consolidation incentives months of Department modeled after DSP Housing program, including Element increased density and adoption. height, reduced parking, reduced processing time, vacation of alleys, and fee reductions. 4. Zoning for Community Amend zoning ordinance Within six Special Needs Development to: add emergency months of Department shelters as a permitted Housing use and SROs as a Element conditionally permitted adoption. use in the C-3 zone along Rosemead Blvd; make explicit provisions to regulate transitional and supportive housing as a residential use. 5. Energy Community Adopt Energy Efficiency Adopt Energy Conservation Development Plan and provide Plan by end of Program Department educational information 2012. Include on City website. in General Incorporate energy Plan Update utilization and scheduled for conservation policies 2013. within the General Plan, 2-14 Funding Source General Fund for Dept. staff work General Fund for Dept. staff work General Fund for Dept. staff work General Fund for Dept. staff work General Fund for Dept. staff work SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM Housing Program Responsible Agency 2006-2014 Objective Time Schedule Funding Source PROVISION OF AFFORDABLE HOUSING 6. Section 8 Rental Housing Authority Maintain existing level of Ongoing County Section 8 Assistance of the County of housing vouchers to contract with HUD Program Los Angeles serve 59 lower income households 7. Affordable Community Provide financial and Ongoing General Fund, Housing Development regulatory incentives to other public and Development Department private developers for private resources Assistance development of quality affordable housing for families and seniors. Seek additional funding sources to meet City housing goals. 8.Second Units Community Educate residents on the Expanded General Fund for Development availability of second second unit Dept. staff work Department units through outreach in development of 2013. informational materials for distribution at the public counter, and through advertisement on the City's website. Seek to achieve 34 second units for very low and low Income households. 9. Revise Density Community Update density bonus Update zoning General Fund for Bonus Procedures Development provisions consistent code Dept. staff work Department with State requirements. provisions for Advertise on City's density bonus website and disseminate in 2013. to developers. 10. Prepare Community Conduct inclusionary Conduct nexus General Fund for Inclusionary Development housing nexus study to study (in 2013) professional Housing Policy Department document the to assess basis consulting relationship between for adoption of assistance with residential development an inclusionary nexus study, and and demand for ordinance. for Dept. staff affordable housing, and coordination and to determine in -lieu fee follow-up work amount. Based on study results, consider adoption of an inclusionary housing policy/ordinance. 2-15 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM Housing Program Responsible Agency 2006-2014 Objective I Time Schedule Funding Source REMOVAL OF GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS complaints to Housing Funds 11. Multi -family Community Eliminate CUP Zoning code General Fund for Residential Review Development requirement for multi- revisions within Dept. staff work Process Department family within the six months of Disseminate fair housing 2010-2014 General Fund for Information Downtown Specific Plan, Housing Dept. staff work Program Department and for mutli-family in Element and on City's website. R-2 and R-3 zones. adoption. Replace with a non - discretionary review process conducted by staff utilizing the existing design guidelines. 12. Adopt a Community Implement a reasonable Implementation General Fund for Reasonable Development accommodation by the end of Dept. staff work Accommodation Department procedure through 2011 Procedure adoption of a code amendment. Advertise the procedure through City brochure/flyers and the City's website, 13. Housing for the Community Revise the zoning code Implementation General Fund for Disabled Zoning Development definition of "family." by the end of Dept. staff work Code Amendments Department Allow small residential 2013. Program care facilities "by right" in all residential zones. Streamline application process for residential care facilities housing seven or more disabled persons. CONSERVING EXISTING AFFORDABLE HOUSING 14. Housing Code Community 125 housing cases per 2006-2014 General Fund for Enforcement Development year Dept. staff work Program Department 15.Handyworker Community 51 rehabilitated 2006-2011 CDBG Funds Assistance Development housing units RDA Funds Program Department 16. Home Community 38 rehabilitated 2006-2014 CDBG Funds Improvement Development housing units Deferred Loan Department Program FAIR HOUSING 17, Fair Housing Community Refer fair housing 2006-2014 County CDBG Services Development complaints to Housing Funds Department, Rights Center Housing Rights Center 18.Fair Housing Community Disseminate fair housing 2010-2014 General Fund for Information Development information in flyers at Dept. staff work Program Department key community locations and on City's website. 2-16 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM PROGRAM CATEGORY #1: ACTIONS TO MAKE SITES AVAILABLE TO ACCOMMODATE THE RHNA Section 65583(c)(1) states that the housing program must: "Identify actions that will be taken to make sites available during the planning period of the general plan with appropriate zoning and development standards and with services and facilities to accommodate that portion of the city's ... share of the regional housing need for each income level that could not be accommodated on sites identified in the inventory ... without rezoning... "Sites shall be identified as needed to facilitate and encourage the development of a variety of types of housing for all income levels, including multifamily rental housing, factory -built housing, mobile homes, and housing for agricultural employees, supportive housing single -room occupancy units, emergency shelters, and transitional housing." [emphasis added] 1. Housing Need Summary Through the Regional Housing Needs Assessment, SCAG has allocated a new housing construction need to the City of almost 1,000 housing units. Table 2-7 shows the City's share of the regional housing need by five income groups. Table 2-7 Regional Housing Needs January 2006- June 2014) Income 2006-2014 Category Number Percent Extremely Low 118 12.0% Very Low 131 13.3% Low 156 15.8% Moderate 165 16.7% Above Moderate 417 42.2% Total: 987 100.0% Source. Southern California Association of Governments, Final Regional Housing Need Allocation Plan, July 12, 2007. 2. Goals, Policies and Quantified Objectives a. Goals Accommodate a portion of the housing needs of all income groups as quantified by the Regional Housing Needs Assessment. Facilitate the construction of the maximum feasible number of housing units for all income groups. 2-17 SECTION 2 b. Policies HOUSING PROGRAM Implement the Land Use Element, Zoning Code and Downtown Specific Plan to achieve adequate sites for all income groups. Facilitate and encourage residential development through lot consolidation incentives including density and height increases, reduced processing time, vacation of alleys, and fee reductions. Designate sites that accommodate a variety of housing needs. C. Quantified Obiectives The Sites Inventory and Analysis (Technical Appendix D) shows sufficient sites to accommodate the City's share of the regional housing need (RHNA) for all income categories. Temple City's quantified objective for adequate sites is thus for the 987 units identified by the RHNA, broken down by income category as shown in Table 2-7. 3. Housing Programs Program 1. Terri Citv Downtown Specific Plan Temple City's commercial core was founded along Las Tunas Boulevard in the 1920s. Over the past several decades, numerous downtown businesses have been lost to competing commercial areas, many of the buildings have become deteriorated and obsolete, and a large number of parcels are physically and economically underutilized and functioning at well below their market potential. In December 2002, the City Council adopted the Temple City Downtown Specific Plan to guide in the area's revitalization and to re-establish the downtown as a destination where residents can live, work, shop, dine and attend community events. One of the Plan's land use strategies is to introduce multi -family residential and mixed use development into the downtown. The Housing Element sites analysis (refer to Appendix D) identifies thirteen development opportunity sites in the downtown as suitable for recycling to residential use within the planning period, providing zoning capacity for over 300 new units. In order to better facilitate the integration of housing on these sites, the City will adopt the following adjustments to the development standards within the Specific Plan: • Allowance for horizontal (side-by-side) commercial/residential mixed use with ground floor residential in all districts, with the exception of parcels fronting on Las Tunas Drive in the City Center (CC) Commercial District • Establishment of 30 unit/acre residential densities for non -senior housing, with no established density cap for senior housing • Elimination of the conditional use permit • Elimination of one acre minimum lot size requirement for mixed use. The presence of small, underutilized parcels and irregularly shaped lots has been identified as one of the constraints affecting future development in portions of the downtown. The Specific Plan provides various density, height and parking incentives for the consolidation of smaller lots 2-18 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM into larger development sites as a means of achieving the scale and quality of development envisioned for the area. For instance, for multifamily residential projects, the consolidation of four to six lots will result in.a 15% increase in the number of allowable units and a one story increase to the maximum height. Additional incentives within the Downtown Specific Plan for lot consolidation include reductions in processing time, vacation of alleys, and fee reductions including processing fees, in -lieu fess and utility connection fees. 2006-2014 Objective: Promote identified opportunity sites and lot consolidation incentives to the residential development community and on the City's website. Amend residential development standards within the Specific Plan to better facilitate development. Program 2. Multi -family Sites Inventory and Development Incentives The majority of residential development in Temple City occurs through redevelopment of underutilized R-2 (medium density) and R-3 (high density) sites, either by adding to existing units, or more commonly, through the demolition of existing units and replacement with a greater number of units as permitted under zoning. As part of the City's Housing Element update, City staff has conducted a vacant and underutilized land use survey of all parcels located in the R-2 and R-3 zone districts (refer to Appendix D). In order to narrow the multi- family sites inventory to those underutilized properties that have realistic development potential within the 2006-2014 Housing Element planning period, the following criteria were applied based on review of past Temple City projects: • Ratio of existing building floor area to parcel size (FAR) of 0.30 or less in the R-2 zone and 0.50 or less in the R-3 zone; • Low building structure value, measured by a minimum 60% ratio of assessed land value to total assessed property value; • Age of improvements on site minimum of 30 years old; • Visual checks to ascertain the actual build -out and visual conditions of buildings. This systematic analysis of the City's multi -family zoned properties identifies 153 sites in the R-2 zone and 31 sites in the R-3 zone that are underutilized per this criteria. Particularly along Rosemead and Temple City boulevards, groupings of underutilized R-3 parcels developed with only a single, older unit provide significant opportunities for lot consolidation. As a means of facilitating recycling, the City is supportive of allowing increased multi -family densities on parcels which do not directly impact single-family residential neighborhoods. An R- 3 by -right density allowance of 30 units/acre would serve as a strong economic incentive for development, and by limiting these supplemental densities to non -R-1 adjacent parcels, would preserve Temple City's existing transition of densities from multi -family zoned areas to abutting single-family neighborhoods. To this end, the City will adopt the following zoning text amendments for R-3 parcels that do not border R-1 zoned properties: • Establishment of a by -right' 30 unit/acre residential density, and 20 unit/acre density floor • Establishment of building heights to 3 stories ' Consistent with Govn Code Section 65583.2(i), "by right' shall mean the City's review shall not require a CUP, a planned development permit, or other discretionary action that would constitute a "project' under CEQA. 2-19 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM • Allowance for reduced parking based on a parking study demonstrating reduced parking demand resulting from transit accessibility or other factors • Elimination of CUP requirement for projects with 3 or more units • Lot consolidation incentives (described further under Program 3). 2006-2014 Objective: Maintain an inventory of vacant and underutilized multi -family residential sites and place on the City's website, and provide to developers in conjunction with information on available development incentives. Adopt zoning text amendments for R-3 parcels that do not abut single family neighborhoods to facilitate program implementation. Program 3. Lot Consolidation Incentives As described under Program 1 (Downtown Specific Plan), the Specific Plan establishes a variety of density, height and parking incentives for the consolidation of parcels into larger development sites as a means of achieving the scale and quality of development envisioned for the area. Within the City's R-3 zoning districts, the Housing Element sites inventory identifies significant potential for consolidation of adjacent underutilized parcels into larger development sites, and specifically identifies adjacent parcels under common ownership. Given the small lot sizes in the R-3 zone, the majority of apartment and condominium projects combine one or more parcels, as illustrated by the four recent projects evaluated in Appendix D that all combined parcels to achieve lot sizes ranging from 19,000 to 32,000 square feet. In order to further facilitate lot consolidation and achieve the necessary economies of scale for affordable housing, the City will extend the Downtown Specific Plan lot consolidation program to the R-3 zone district. 2006-2014 Objective: Adopt incentives for lot consolidation in the R-3 zone modeled after the Downtown Specific Plan program, and contact property owners of 2 or more adjacent underutilized parcels to encourage consolidation. The following incentives will be provided. increased density and height, reduced parking, reduced processing time, vacation of alleys, and fee reductions. Program 4. Zoning for Special Needs The Zoning for Special Needs Program will meet the need to facilitate and encourage a variety of housing types. More specifically, the program aims to facilitate and encourage the following housing types: • Emergency shelters • Transitional and Supportive housing • Single Room Occupancy (SRO) Units. Emergency Shelters: The municipal code will be amended to establish a zone where emergency shelters are a permitted use and with sufficient capacity to accommodate the City's need for emergency shelter. This amendment will satisfy Government Code Section 65583(a)(4)(A) which requires the City to identify — 2-20 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM .. a zone or zones where emergency shelters are allowed as a permitted use without a conditional use permit or other discretionary permit. The identified zone or zones shall include sufficient capacity to accommodate the need for emergency shelter.... except that each local government shall identify a zone or zones that can accommodate at least one year-round emergency shelter." "If the local government cannot identify a zone or zones with sufficient capacity, the local government shall include a program to amend its zoning ordinance to meet the requirements of this paragraph within one year of the adoption of the housing element." [emphasis added] The City's commercial zones are located along Rosemead Boulevard, Temple City Boulevard and Las Tunas Drive. The Zoning Code establishes two commercial zones — a General Commercial (C-2) Zone and a Heavy Commercial (C-3) Zone — plus commercial areas within the Downtown Specific Plan. The C-3 Zone located along Rosemead Boulevard between Las Tunas Drive and Broadway will be the zone where emergency shelters will be permitted by right. Sites and buildings within this area can accommodate the City's homeless need of 28 persons (per the 2009 homeless count of the San Gabriel Valley Regional Homeless Services Strategy). Emergency shelters will be subject to the same development and management standards as other permitted uses in the C-3 Zone. The City will, however, develop written, objective standards for emergency shelters to regulate the following, as permitted under SB 2 (which amended Sections 65582, 65583 and 65589.5 of the California Government Code): • The maximum number of beds/persons permitted to be served nightly; • Off-street parking based on demonstrated need, but not to exceed parking requirements for other residential or commercial uses in the same zone; • The size/location of exterior and interior onsite waiting and client intake areas; • The provision of onsite management; • The proximity of other emergency shelters, provided that emergency shelters are not required to be more than 300 feet apart; • The length of stay for occupants; • Lighting; • Security during hours that the emergency shelter is in operation. 2006-2014 Objective: Amend the zoning ordinance within six months of Housing Element adoption to add emergency shelters as a permitted in the C-3 zone along Rosemead Boulevard_ Develop objective standards to regulate emergency shelters as provided for under SB 2. Transitional Housing and Supportive Housing: Another amendment to the municipal code will identify in the Zoning Code that transitional and supportive housing are considered a residential use of property. This effort will include definitions consistent with state law, as well as development standards for these residential uses. Transitional and supportive housing in single- family dwellings will be permitted in the R-1, R-2 and R-3 Zones. Transitional and supportive housing in multi -family structures will be permitted in the R-2 and R-3 Zones. HCD advises that transitional housing sites should be close to public services and facilities, including transportation. HCD also states that development standards such as parking 2-21 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM requirements, fire regulations, and design standards should not impede the efficient use of the site as transitional housing. 2006-2014 Objective: Amend the zoning ordinance within six months of Housing Element adoption to make explicit provisions for transitional and supportive housing. Single -Room Occupancy Units: This Zoning Code amendment will identify single room occupancy units as a conditionally permitted use within the C-3 zone district. This effort will include a definition of SRO units consistent with state law as well as development standards for this residential use; e.g., site area, unit size and occupancy, kitchen facilities, bathroom facilities, parking, and management. The City will review SRO ordinances adopted by the City of Santa Rosa as well as other cities. 2006-2014 Objective: Amend the zoning ordinance within six months of Housing Element adoption to define and establish parameters for single room occupancy uses within the C-3 zoning district. Program 5. Enerav Conservation Proaram Temple City is one of 27 San Gabriel Valley cities participating in the development of an Energy Efficiency Plan as part of a unified regional framework for meeting long-term energy efficiency goals. This framework will allow the Energy Efficiency Plan developed for each city to function as a stand-alone document tailored to individual communities. The City and the San Gabriel Council of Governments (SGVCOG) have developed an on-line resident survey and are hosting a number of workshops and events to gather community input and guide the development of the Energy Efficiency Plan. The Energy Efficiency Plan will: • Summarize the City's existing and future energy use • Project the City's existing future energy use (through 2020) • Identify energy efficiency goals and targets • Create an energy efficiency strategy to meet the City's energy reduction goals • Assist in meeting State and regional goals of greenhouse gas (GHG) reduction and long- term energy efficiency. The Energy Efficiency Plan project is funded by California utility ratepayers and administered by Southern California Edison (SCE). The funding was awarded to the SVGCOG to implement activities to achieve statewide energy efficiency goals. 2006-2014 Objective: Adopt the Energy Efficiency Plan by the end of 2012, anc continue to provide infonnation on the City's website to educate residents, businesses, and visitors on actions they can take to reduce energy use and conserve energy. Incorporate energy utilization and conservation policies within the General Plan update, targeted for a 2013 start date. 2-22 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM PROGRAM CATEGORY #2: ASSIST IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF ADEQUATE HOUSING TO MEET THE NEEDS OF EXTREMELY LOW-, VERY LOW-, LOW-, AND MODERATE- INCOME HOUSEHOLDS Government Code Section 65583(c)(2) states that a housing program shall: `Assist in the development of adequate housing to meet the needs of extremely low-, very low-, low- and moderate- income households." The term "development" includes providing for affordability covenants in existing housing and construction of new affordable housing units. The City's housing improvement programs, which are described in another section, also contributes to "adequate housing" by helping to improve housing quality and maintain affordability. Housing Need Summary Overpaying is defined as the number of lower income households that spend 30% or more of their income on housing costs. Severe overpaying occurs when households pay 50% or more of their gross income for housing. In 2000, overpaying — also known as cost burden -- was adversely affecting an estimated 1,364 lower income renter households and 933 lower income owners. In addition, the City's was allocated 405 housing units as its share of the regional housing need for lower income households. 2. Goals, Policies and Quantified Objectives a. Goals Facilitate the development of the maximum feasible number of housing units for extremely low-, very low-, low- and moderate- income households. Relieve the cost burdens of extremely low, very low and low income households. b. Policies Provide rental assistance to extremely low and very low income households through programs administered by the County of Los Angeles Housing Authority. Continue to implement the second unit ordinance to facilitate and encourage the development of new housing for extremely low and very low income households. Enact a density bonus ordinance and consider implementation of an inclusionary housing policy to encourage and facilitate the development of new housing for low and moderate income households. 2-23 SECTION 2 C. Objectives HOUSING PROGRAM Provide Section 8 rental assistance to 59 extremely low and very low households Produce 34 housing units affordable to extremely low, very low and low income households through second units. 3. Housing Programs Program 6. Rental Assistance (for Existina Cost Burdened Households) Temple City is a participating city with the Housing Authority of the County of Los Angeles. As a result, the Housing Authority administers the Section 8 Housing Choice Voucher Program within the City limits. The Housing Choice Voucher Program is HUD's major program for assisting very low-income families, the elderly, and the disabled to afford decent, safe, and sanitary housing in the private market. Since housing assistance is provided on behalf of the family or individual, participants are able to find their own housing, including single-family homes, townhouses and apartments. In general, a family's income may not exceed the very low income limits (50% of the median income) for Los Angeles County. By law, the Housing Authority must provide 75% of its vouchers to applicants whose incomes do not exceed 30% of the County median income. Under the provisions of the Voucher Program, the tenant pays approximately 30% of his/her income towards rent, and the Housing Authority pays the balance of the rent to the property owner, who participates in the program on a voluntary basis. HUD annually sets rent ceilings by bedroom size; Table 2-8 shows the FY 2012 rent ceilings. Table 2-8 2012 LA County Section 8 Fair Market Rents Unit Size Fair Market Rent Studio $961 1 Bedroom $1,159 2 Bedrooms $1,447 3 Bedrooms $1,943 4 Bedrooms $2,338 Within Temple City, the Housing Authority assists 59 lower income families, seniors and disabled householders. The objective maintains this number of assisted households given the uncertainty of funding in the future for the Section 8 Housing Choice Voucher Program. The income group objectives are based on 75% of the assisted households in the extremely low income group (44) and 25% of the assisted households in the very low income group (15). 2-24 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM In order to assist the Housing Authority staff in program implementation, the City will do all of the following: Transmit to the Housing Authority the completed Apartment Rental Survey and any future updates of these surveys. [The completed survey is found at the end of Technical Appendix C. The City will transmit the completed apartment rental survey to the Housing Authority during 2012.] Assist the Housing Authority in conducting its Landlord Outreach Program in Temple City. The City will contact the Housing Authority staff to determine a schedule for conducting a Landlord Outreach effort. The City will attempt to complete the Landlord Outreach Program in FY 2012-2013. Explore with the Housing Authority staff, opportunities for use of the Section 8 program in existing apartment housing. The City will explore these opportunities following completion of the Landlord Outreach Program and the Authority's review of the Apartment Rental Survey. 2006-2014 Objective: Maintain current levels of Section 8 assistance. Coordinate with the Housing Authority in conducting landlord outreach and explore opportunities to expand usage of Section 8 in existing apartment housing. Program 7. Affordable Housing Development Assistance The City can play an important role in facilitating the development of quality, affordable housing in the community through provision of regulatory incentives, land write-downs and direct financial assistance. By utilizing various tools to facilitate infill development, the City can help to address the housing needs of its lower and moderate income residents and workforce. The following are among the types of incentives the City can provide: • Reduction in development fees • Flexible development standards • Density bonuses • City support in affordable housing funding applications • Land write-down on City -owned property (such as public parking lots). Due to the statewide elimination of redevelopment agencies, Temple City's primary local funding source for affordable housing is no longer available. The City has been successful in securing in non -redevelopment sources of funds to implement public projects, as evidenced by the 14 different federal, state, county and other sources of funds being utilized for implementation of the Rosemead Boulevard Safety Enhancement and Beautification project. In an effort to meet its housing goals, the City will identify and secure creative funding sources that may not have been considered previously, such as foundation and private banking resources, as well as inclusionary housing in -lieu fees (refer to Program 10). 2006-2014 Objectives: Provide financial and regulatory incentives to private developers for the development of quality affordable housing for families and seniors. Seek additional funding sources to meet City housing goals. 2-25 SECTION 2 Program 8. Second Units HOUSING PROGRAM A second unit is a self-contained living unit with cooking, eating, sleeping, and full sanitation facilities, either attached to or detached from the primary residential unit on a single lot. Second units offer several benefits. First, they typically rent for less than apartments of comparable size, and can offer affordable rental options for seniors and single persons. Second, the primary homeowner receives supplementary income by renting out their second unit, which can help many modest income and elderly homeowners remain in or afford their homes. Temple City permits second residential units "by right' in the R-1, R-2 and R-3 zoning districts, providing significant additional capacity for second units throughout the community. The City has structured its second unit regulations to ensure their affordability, requiring rents to be maintained at levels affordable to very low income (<50% AMI) households and units to be occupied by very low income households. With 24 second units receiving final building permits during the planning period (2006 -April 2012 — refer to Attachment A for addresses), the market for second units in Temple City is robust. Projecting a similar rate of second unit construction during the remaining 2012-2013 period, the City anticipates an additional ten units to be developed. 2006-2014 Objective: Through implementation of the City's second unit ordinance, provide additional sites for the provision of rental housing. Educate residents on the availability of second units through development of informational materials for distribution at the public counter, and through advertisement on the City's website by 2013. Seek to achieve a total of 34 second units during the planning period. Program 9. Revise Densitv Bonus Procedures SB 1818, which took effect on January 1, 2005, revised the State density bonus law — Government Code Section 65915-65918. The law requires all cities to adopt procedures that describe how compliance with Sections 65915-65918 will be implemented. Density bonuses may be given for affordable housing, senior housing, land donations for affordable housing, and child care facilities. The City will prepare an ordinance describing its procedures for implementing the revised density bonus law. Pursuant to the SB 1818 provisions, density bonus units must be granted — when certain conditions are met by the applicant — for very low-, low-, and moderate -income households as well as senior citizen housing developments. The list below summarizes the SB 1818 density provisions (refer to Attachment A at the end of this Section for a more detailed explanation): A 20% bonus for developments with 5% very low-income units and increases that by 2.5% for every percentage of very low-income units above 5%, up to a cap of 35%. A 20% bonus for developments with 10% low-income units and increases that by 1.5% for every percentage of low-income units above 10%, up to a cap of 35%. A 5% bonus for condo/PUD developments with 10% moderate -income units and increases that percentage by 1% for every percentage of moderate -income units above 10%, up to a cap of 35%. 2-26 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM A 20% density for a senior citizen housing development. "Senior" and "affordable" housing density bonuses cannot be combined. That is, an applicant only may seek a density bonus from one of the very -low, low, moderate or senior categories. In addition to the density bonus, eligible projects may receive 1-3 additional development incentives, depending on the proportion of affordable units and level of income targeting. The following development incentives may be requested: ✓ Reduced site development standards or design requirements. ✓ Approval of mixed-use zoning in conjunction with the housing project. ✓ Other regulatory incentives or concessions proposed by the applicant or the City that would result in identifiable cost reductions. Applicants are also eligible to utilize the State's alternative parking ratio (inclusive of handicapped and guest spaces) of 1 space for 0-1 bedroom units, 2 spaces for 2-3 bedroom units, and 2.5 spaces for 4+ bedrooms. 2006-2014 Objective: Update the City's density bonus provisions consistent with State requirements by 2013. Encourage the use of density bonus incentives by advertising on Temple City's website and by providing information on available density and regulatory incentives in conjunction with discussions with development applicants. Program 10. Prepare Inclusionary Housing Policv Temple City will pursue adoption of an inclusionary housing program to require a minimum percent of units in development to be price -restricted as affordable to lower and moderate income households. An inclusionary housing ordinance would typically require: (a) provision of affordable housing on-site; or (b) provision of affordable units off-site; or (c) payment of an affordable housing in -lieu fee. Current case law (Palmer/Sixth Street Properties v. City of Los Angeles) limits the application of inclusionary requirements to: 1) for -sale housing projects, 2) rental projects receiving financial or regulatory assistance from the city subject to a written development agreement. The City will conduct an inclusionary housing nexus study to document the relationship between residential development and demand for affordable housing, and to determine both the maximum supportable and recommended in -lieu fee amount. Based on the study's findings, the City will develop and adopt an inclusionary housing ordinance structured to offer incentives to help offset the cost of providing affordable units. In -lieu fees generated from the program will be contributed to the City's Housing Trust Fund. Incentives offered under the Inclusionary Housing program will be linked with incentives offered under the City's Density Bonus program (Program #9). 2006-2014 Objective: Conduct an Inclusionary Housing Nexus and In -Lieu Fee Study to establish the basis for considering adoption of an inclusionary housing ordinance. 2-27 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM PROGRAM CATEGORY #3: ADDRESS AND, WHERE APPROPRIATE AND LEGALLY POSSIBLE, REMOVE GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS TO THE MAINTENANCE, IMPROVEMENT AND DEVELOPMENT OF HOUSING More specifically, Government Code Section 65583(c)(3) states that a housing program must: `Address and, where appropriate and legally possible, remove governmental constraints to the maintenance, improvement, and development of housing, including housing for all income levels and housing for persons with disabilities. "The program shall remove constraints to, or provide reasonable accommodations for housing designed for, intended for occupancy by, or with supportive services for, persons with disabilities." Housing Need Summary Technical Appendix B contains an analysis of several governmental factors that affect the maintenance, improvement and development of housing. The analysis indicates that the City should take certain actions to remove or ameliorate governmental constraints, as follows: Adopt a reasonable accommodation procedure. Allow residential care facilities for seven or more disabled persons to submit applications through the adopted reasonable accommodation procedure. Revise the Zoning Code definition of "family." Include "residential care facilities' — as required by State law — among the uses permitted in zones that allow single-family dwellings. 2. Goals, Policies and Quantified Objectives a. Goals Remove governmental constraints to the maintenance, improvement, and development of housing. b. Policies Provide Zoning Code provisions that address the fair housing needs of disabled persons. Ensure that Zoning Code provisions do not adversely impact the housing needs of disabled persons. C. Quantified Obiectives Accomplish the housing programs by the end of 2013. 2-28 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM 3. Housing Programs Program 11. Multi-familv Residential Review Process Temple City currently requires a conditional use permit (CUP) for multi -family development of three or more units in the R2 and R3 zone districts and for all multi -development within the Downtown Specific Plan, necessitating a public hearing before the Planning Commission. While the Housing Element constraints analysis (Appendix B) concludes that the City's processing procedures are efficient and do not serve as a constraint to development, the added $1,000 fee and processing time associated with the CUP does add cost and a degree of uncertainty to development. As a means of better facilitating housing, the City will implement a new administrative review process for multi -family development focused on site and architectural review that will be permitted "by right" rather than subject to a discretionary review process. In administering the process, staff will apply the City's existing detailed multi -family design guidelines, which are specified in the zoning code, to regulate development consistent with the quality and character of the Temple City community. With design guidelines in place, the City is in a position to replace the current multi -family CUP review and approval process with a ministerial design and site review process to be conducted by the Community Development Department's site plan review committee. 2008-2014 Objective: Eliminate the CUP requirement for new multi -family residential development within the Downtown Specific Plan and in the R-2 and R-3 zones for projects with greater than 2 units, and replace with a non -discretionary review process based on compliance with existing code -based design guidelines. Program 12. Adopt a Reasonable Accommodation Procedure The adoption of a reasonable accommodation procedure is a means of addressing the special needs of the disabled population. A request for reasonable accommodation may include a modification or exception to the rules, standards and practices for the siting, development and use of housing or housing -related facilities that would eliminate regulatory barriers and provide a person with a disability equal opportunity to housing of their choice. Technical Appendix B includes information on the nature and scope of a reasonable accommodation procedure. The Federal Departments' of Justice (DOJ) and Housing and Urban Development (HUD) as well as the California Attorney General all encourage cities to adopt a reasonable accommodation procedure. For example, both the DOJ and HUD state that - "Local governments are encouraged to provide mechanisms for requesting reasonable accommodations that operate promptly and efficiently, without imposing significant costs or delays. The local government should also make efforts to insure that the availability of such mechanisms is well known within the community.` `Joint Statement of the Department of Justice and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, Group Homes, Local Land Use, and the Fair Housing Act, August 18, 1999, page 4. 2-29 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM The Office of the State Attorney General advises localities to consider adoption of a reasonable accommodation procedure. In 2001, the Attorney General stated: "Both the federal Fair Housing Act ('FHA') and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act ('FEHA') impose an affirmative duty on local governments to make reasonable accommodations (i.e., modifications or exceptions) in their zoning laws and other land use regulations and practices when such accommodations 'may be necessary to afford' disabled persons 'an equal opportunity to use and enjoy a dwelling." 2006-2014 Objective: The City's Reasonable Accommodation Procedure Program will accomplish the following by the end of 2013: • Complete research on Federal and State laws and policies that require adoption of a reasonable accommodation procedure. This task will be completed by the end of 2009. • Review and evaluate at least three reasonable accommodation procedures adopted by California cities. • Conduct outreach with the disabled populations to review initial drafts of the procedure and gather input. The outreach will include but not be limited to Mental Health Advisory Services, Inc. • Process the reasonable accommodation procedure through a Zoning Code Amendment. • Display brochures/flyers of the procedure at the Community Development Department counter. • Advertise the procedure and application requirements on the City's website. Program 13. Housina for the Disabled Zonina Code Amendments The analysis of governmental factors (Technical Appendix B) identifies three amendments that the City will adopt to affirmatively further adequate housing opportunities for disabled persons. The Zoning Code amendments are to: Revise the City's definition of "family." A definition of family should refer to a housekeeping unit or household instead of distinguishing between related and unrelated persons, as the City's current definition does. Include the licensed residential care facilities that are required by state law to be permitted uses in the zones that allow single-family dwellings. Establish a streamlined procedure for applications for residential care facilities housing seven or more disabled persons. 2006-2014 Objective: The City will complete the above zoning code amendments by the end of 2013. 2-30 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM PROGRAM CATEGORY #4: CONSERVEAND IMPROVE THE CONDITION OF THE EXISTING STOCK OF AFFORDABLE HOUSING Government Code Section 65583(c)(4) states that a housing program shall describe actions to: "Conserve and improve the condition of the existing affordable housing stock, which may include addressing ways to mitigate the loss of dwelling units demolished by public and private actions." 1. Housing Need Summary Based on a windshield survey, the prior Housing Element estimated 650 housing units were substandard and suitable for rehabilitation. Since 2000, homeowners have made improvements to the housing stock and some substandard housing units have been demolished. In addition, the City's code enforcement actions have resulted in repairs and improvements to existing housing. Taking into account the home improvements made since 2000, and that some housing units have declined in quality during the past eight years, the current estimate is that 500 housing units are in need of rehabilitation. According to the prior Housing Element, an estimated 100 housing units were beyond repair and should be replaced. Census 2000 reported that 65 housing units lacked complete plumbing facilities and 168 lacked complete kitchen facilities. The replacement housing need is estimated to be between 100 and 125 housing units, based on estimates of the prior Housing Element, Census 2000 indicators, and demolition activity between 2000 and 2007. 2. Goals, Policies and Quantified Objectives a. Goals Achieve a housing stock free of substandard conditions. b. Policies Continue to implement the City's Housing Code Enforcement Program. Continue to implement the Home Improvement Deferred Loan Program. C. Quantified Objectives Housing code enforcement at an average level of 125 new cases per year for all income levels. Rehabilitation of 51 housing units through the Handyworker Assistance Program (2006- 2011). Rehabilitation of 38 housing units through the Home Improvement Deferred Loan Program (2006-2014). 2-31 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM 3. Housing Programs Program 14. Housina Code Enforcement Proqram The City's Housing Code Enforcement Program involves the enforcement of all municipal codes and ordinances, various State and local laws and health and safety regulations as they relate to conditions or activity within the City. The primary method that the City uses to obtain code compliance is voluntary compliance. If this method does not attain compliance, then other legal actions are taken to eliminate substandard conditions. The City continuously conducts housing code enforcement through two approaches. The first approach is drive by inspections focusing on fire hazards, nuisances and other violations of the housing and building codes. The second approach is complaint driven and often results in stop orders on illegal building practices (construction without appropriate permits). A primary objective of the program is to achieve code compliance through rehabilitation. As a result, code enforcement personnel are knowledgeable on the City's housing rehabilitation efforts, and refer homeowners to the rehabilitation specialist for information on how the loan and grant programs can help them to correct the code violations. Program 15. Handvworker Assistance Proaram The Handyworker Program is geared to assisting lower income homeowner households. Eligible improvements include exterior weatherization and the repair or replacement of obsolete or non- functioning heating, plumbing, electrical, or structural components of their owner -occupied residence. The program provides grants up to $10,000. The City's objectives under the program for the 2006-2011 period are as follows: Extremely Low Income 9 households/units Very Low Income 26 households/units Low Income 16 households/units The program has been funded primarily through the City's Redevelopment Agency, with some additional funding from the City's Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) funds allocation. However, due to the State of California's elimination of redevelopment agencies, and the federal government's ongoing reduction in annual CDBG allocations for cities, in 2011 the City suspended the Handyworker Assistance Program until additional funding becomes available. 2006-2014 Objective: Provide handyworker assistance grants to 51 households. Program 16. Home Improvement Deferred Loan Proqram This program offers assistance to owner -occupied households to make repairs or replace obsolete or non-functioning heating, plumbing, electrical, or structural components of the residence. The program features include: Deferred loans up to a $25,000 maximum 2-32 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM 3% per annum simple interest Interest accrues for 20 years Principal and interest are not due and payable until sale or change in title No prepayment penalty Examples of eligible repairs include: Bedroom additions to relieve overcrowding Roof repair/replacement Structural repair Plumbing/electrical repair Furnace repair/replacement Painting/stucco Yard clean-up Termite repair Insulation for energy/conservation Other repairs as needed The Deferred Loan Program has been expanded to include -- as eligible expenditures of CDBG funds -- modifications and retrofits to homes occupied by one or more disabled persons. The eligible modifications and retrofits include, but are not limited, to: Installation of grab bars Wheelchair ramps Lifts Expanded/modified doorways Railings Modifications of steps Outreach for the Deferred Loan Program involves the following: Program announcements on the City's Website Availability of program flyers at the Community Development Department Availability of program flyers at the Live Oak Park Community Center Display ads in the local newspaper Announcements in the City's quarterly newsletter Periodic workshops Resident interest and participation in the program is high, with the number of applications frequently exceeding available funds. 2006-2014 Objective: Continue to provide program outreach to achieve the following levels of assistance through the 2006 - 2014 period: Extremely Low Income 9 households/units Very Low Income 9 households/units Low Income 20 households/units 2-33 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM PROGRAM CATEGORY #5 PROMOTE HOUSING OPPORTUNITIES FOR ALL PERSONS Section 65583(c)(5) requires that the housing program: "Promote housing opportunities for all persons regardless of race, religion, sex, marital status, ancestry, national origin, color, familial status, or disability." Housing Need Summary In California, housing discrimination is against the law. The California Fair Employment and Housing Act - i Provides protection from harassment or discrimination in housing because of: o Race o Calor o Religion o Sex o Sexual Orientation o Marital Status o National Origin o Ancestry o Familial Status o Source of Income o Disability Prohibits discrimination and harassment in all aspects of housing including sales and rentals, evictions, terms and conditions, mortgage loans and insurance, and land use and zoning. Requires housing providers to make reasonable accommodation in rules and practices to permit persons with disabilities to use and enjoy a dwelling and to allow persons with disabilities to make reasonable modifications of the premises. Prohibits retaliation against any person who has filed a complaint with the Department, participated in a Department investigation or opposed any activity prohibited by the Act. The California Department of Fair Employment and Housing (DFEH) enforces the Fair Employment and Housing Act (FEHA), Unruh Civil Rights Act, and Ralph Civil Rights Act. In 2006, the DFEH received 1,096 FEHA housing complaints, 39 Ralph Civil Rights Act complaints and 125 Unruh Civil Rights Act Complaints. The Ralph Civil Rights Act provides protection from hate crimes based on characteristics such as race, color, disability and age. The Unruh Civil Rights Act provides protection from discrimination by all business establishments based on characteristics of color, disability, national origin and race. The Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) governing the Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) Program requires that entitlement jurisdictions prepare an assessment of impediments to providing fair housing choice within their jurisdiction (CFR 570.904 [c][1]). "Fair housing 2-34 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM choice" means the ability of persons of similar income levels regardless of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, handicap and familial status to have available to them the same housing choices. Temple City is a participating city in the County of Los Angeles CDBG Program. The County's Community Development Commission is the entity responsible for preparation of the Analysis of Impediments to Fair Housing Choice (Al). The County's 2006 Al made the following conclusion: Evidence demonstrates that households with protected classes, such as familial status, the disabled, and race and national origin, are still affected by discriminatory terms and conditions as well as discriminatory refusal and lack of reasonable accommodation, including advertising activities by housing providers. The Al recommends that the County Community Development Commission encourage participating cities to undertake the following actions: Adopt procedures for reasonable accommodation Remove or modify the definition of family in zoning ordinances to eliminate restrictions based on whether household occupants are related or unrelated Ensure zoning ordinances are in compliance with the Lanterman Development Disabilities Services Act. The Temple City Housing Element sets forth programs to address each of these three Al recommendations (refer to Programs #12 and #13). A summary of the AI's complete findings and recommendations is included in Attachment B at the end of this section. 2. Goals, Policies and Quantified Objectives a. Goals Attain a housing market with "fair housing choice" meaning the ability of persons of similar income levels regardless of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, handicap and familial status to have available to them the same housing choices. b. Policies Continue to promote fair housing opportunities through the City's participation in the County's Community Development Block Grant Program. Promote fair housing by providing information to residents on agencies that can help them with their fair housing needs. C. Quantified Objective Quantified objectives are not established for this program category because a projection of the cases and clients to be served cannot be made at this time. 2-35 SECTION 2 3. Housing Programs Program 17. Fair Housing Services HOUSING PROGRAM Through the City's participation in the County's CDBG Program, the Housing Rights Center provides fair housing services to Temple City's residents. The Center offers the following services to city residents: Housing Discrimination Complaints: HRC investigates housing discrimination complaints brought under both State and Federal fair housing laws. A housing discrimination complaint can be investigated through testing, the gathering of witness statements, or through research surveys. HRC resolves cases in a number of ways including conciliation, litigation or referrals. Outreach and Education: HRC has established an effective and comprehensive outreach and education program. The Center continuously develops and distributes written materials that describe the applicable laws that protect against housing discrimination and ways to prevent housing injustices. Additionally, HRC presents fair housing law workshops and programs to target audiences to teach communities how to stop housing inequity. The Center's materials and programs are offered to a variety of audiences such as property personnel (e.g. landlords, property managers, and realtors), tenants, prospective homebuyers, code enforcement personnel, police officers, city employees, and other non-profit organizations. Depending on the audience, the written materials and presentations can be translated by HRC staff into Armenian, Korean, Mandarin, Spanish, or Russian. Tenant/Landlord Counseling: HRC provides telephone and in-person counseling to both tenants and landlords regarding their respective rights and responsibilities under California law and local city ordinances. In addition to answering basic housing questions, counselors commonly cite specific civil codes that pertain to the client's matter and/or provide sample letters that discuss a particular issue. When a client's matter is outside the scope of HRC's services, the Center provides appropriate referral information. These referrals include, but are not limited to local housing authorities, health and building & safety departments, legal assistance agencies, and other social service providers. Beginning in FY 2012-2013, the City will co-sponsor an annual Temple City Fair Housing Workshop and Temple City Walk-in Clinic. The Walk-in Clinic will be held at the Community Center. 2006-2014 Objective: Continue to promote fairhousing practices, and refer fair housing and tenant/landlord complaints to the Housing Rights Center. Program 13. Fair Housina Information The City furthers fair housing education and outreach in the local community by making fair housing information available at City Hall, Chamber of Commerce, Live Oak Park Community Center, the Temple City Library and the City's Newsletter. Information includes brochures and 2-36 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM other written information obtained from the Housing Rights Center, HUD, DFEH and other sources. In addition, the City will make information available on its Website and provide links to additional resources such as the following: Reasonable Accommodations State Department of Fair Employment and Housing's (DFEH) video on reasonable accommodations for tenants htto://www.dfeh.ca.aov/fairHousinaVdeo.asr)x Fair Housing Information for New Developments Accessibility Requirements fo'r Buildings - htto://www. hud. aov/offices/fheo/disabilities/accessibilitvR.cfm HUD Fair Housing Act Design Manual - htto://www.huduser.om/r)ublications/destech/fairhousina.htm] "Fair Housing Accessibility First Website" — httn://www.fairhousinafirst.cra/index.asr) Zoning Activities Covered Under Fair Housing Laws Information on the Fair Housing Act as it relates to Group Homes and Local Land Use Additional HUD Fair Housing Information HUD Office of Fair Housina and Edual Opportunity HUD information on Fair Housina as it relates to Senior Housina 2006-2094 Objective: Advertise services available through the fair housing program through distribution of fair housing brochures in community locations, and provide information on fair housing resources on the Temple City Website. 2-37 SECTION 2 ATTACHMENT A SB 1818 Density Bonus Provisions For the very low-income density bonus, SB HOUSING PROGRAM 1818 gives a 20% bonus for developments with For the moderate income condo/PUD density 5% low-income units and increases that by bonus, SB 1818 gives a 5% bonus for 2.5% for every percentage of low-income units condo/PUD developments with 10% moderate above 5%, up to a cap of ?5% income units and increases that by 1 % for every percentage of low-income units above 10%, up to % Very Low -Income % Density Bonus a cap of 35%. Units 20 % Moderate Income Units % Density Bonus 5 22.5 6 25 10 5 7 27.5 11 6 8 30 12 7 9 32.5 13 8 10 35 14 9 11 15 10 16 11 17 12 For the low-income density bonus, SB 1818 18 13 gives a 20% bonus for developments with 10% 19 14 low-income units and increases that by 1.5% for 20 15 every percentage of low-income units above 21 16 10%, up to a cap of 35% 22 17 23 18 % Low -Income Units % Density Bonus 24 19 25 20 10 20 26 21 11 21.5 27 22 12 23 28 23 13 24.5 29 24 14 26 30 25 15 27.5 31 26 16 29 32 27 17 30.5 33 28 18 32 34 29 19 33.5 35 30 20 35 36 31 37 32 38 33 39 34 40 35 2-38 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM ATTACHMENT B Analysis of Impediments to Fair Housing Choice Los Angeles Urban County Final Report October 5, 2006 SECTION VIII. 2006 IMPEDIMENTS & RECOMMENDATIONS 2006 IMPEDIMENTS TO FAIR HOUSING CHOICE The 2006 Analysis of Impediments presents Community Development Commission (CDC) are separately enumerated below. FAIR HOUSING SERVICES four Fair Housing Impediments. Actions the can consider in overcoming these impediments Impediment #1: A lack of adequate resources for the effective delivery of fair housing services exists in the Los Angeles Urban County. This leads to insufficient public awareness of fair housing and fair housing services, as well as lower than needed testing, audit, and enforcement activities. LENDING PRACTICES Impediment #2: Predatory lending by sub -prime lenders is being practiced in the Los Angeles Urban County. Furthermore, unreasonably high loan denial rates for selected racial and ethnic minorities are occurring, and specific geographic areas are suffering higher denial rates than may be warranted. DISCRIMINATION Impediment #3: Unlawful discrimination against protected classes in both the rental and homeownership markets persists, with ongoing issues pertaining to illegal actions in both housing markets. PUBLIC POLICIES AND PRACTICES Impediment #4: Some participating jurisdictions have public policies and practices that are not in the spirit of affirmatively furthering fair housing. ACTIONS FOR THE CDC TO CONSIDER FAIR HOUSING SERVICES Recommendation 1: Increase fair housing resources to the Housing Rights Center, and its affiliated organizations, by providing technical assistance in the form of HUD Fair Housing Initiative Program grant application writing skills. This task will assist in successful application for the Housing Rights Center and affiliated groups for FHIP funding from HUD in the upcoming NOFA funding cycles. The 2006 grant application cycle for the Fair Housing Initiatives Program opened in early March of 2006 and closed in latter May 2006. 2-39 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM With this grant cycle in mind, the CDC should consider preparing for this assistance in late 2006. The ultimate goals of this effort are as follows: Increase resources devoted to education and outreach Increase resources devoted to testing and enforcement. Recommendation 2: The CDC should ensure that contracted fair housing providers: Concentrate the areas in which trainings, booths, and other outreach efforts occur to areas with high disproportionate shares of low income and selected minority households, including geographic areas with extremely high loan application denial rates. Seek ways to increase attendance at housing fairs and fair housing events. This can, in part, be done by having the Housing Rights Center share mailing and email lists with the CDC and the CDC building and maintaining email and communication lists for future Analysis of Impediments updates and Consolidated Planning activities. Ensure that additional opportunities for stakeholders and other housing experts to enhance their understanding of fair housing law exist. Require the Housing Rights Center to establish a reporting system that presents the protected class and discriminatory issues associated with all housing complaints. LENDING PRACTICES Recommendation 3: The CDC needs to ensure that racial and ethnic minorities, as well as all lower-income clientele, better understand the overall operation of the credit markets, the use of sub -prime credit, and the importance of having good credit. The CDC should enhance its outreach and education of credit for homebuyers and prospective low-income homeowners. The CDC should target these activities to areas having the most severe denial rates and areas having a higher percentage of sub -prime refinanced mortgages in the Los Angeles Urban County. The CDC should require the Housing Rights Center, and its affiliated agencies, to incorporate the topic of predatory sub -prime refinancing of existing mortgages, and typical predatory terms and activities, in its outreach and education efforts. The CDC should distribute the list of major sub -prime lenders operating in the Los Angeles Urban County to housing providers and housing rights organizations. DISCRIMINATION Recommendation 4: The CDC should work to enhance outreach and education, as well as testing and enforcement activities by the three fair housing entities under the Housing Rights Center umbrella, particularly for protected classes and areas with higher concentrations of minority racial and ethnic households. Evidence demonstrates that households with protected classes, such as familial status, the disabled, and race and national origin, are still affected by discriminatory terms and conditions as well as discriminatory refusal and lack of reasonable accommodation, including advertising activities by housing providers. The CDC should continue to monitor this issue. 2-40 SECTION 2 HOUSING PROGRAM • Comments received during the 2006 Fair Housing Surveys referred to redlining and steering occurring in the Urban County. The CDC and the fair housing contract service providers should enhance efforts to encourage inclusive housing activities by the facilitators and marketers of housing products, including continued exposure to fair housing training. • The CDC should refer all prospective housing complaints to the Housing Rights Center and affiliated agencies • The Housing Rights Center, and affiliated agencies, should increase testing and enforcement activities as soon as FHIP funding is received. PUBLIC POLICIES AND PRACTICES Recommendation 5: While some progress in affirmatively furthering fair housing has been achieved by participating jurisdictions over the last few years, the CDC should continue to encourage these jurisdictions to do the following: Come into compliance with the State Housing Element law Adopt procedures for reasonable accommodation Remove standards that limit the number of persons that may share a housing unit Remove or modify the definition of family in zoning ordinances Have zoning ordinances in compliance with the Lanterman Development Disabilities Services Act. 2-41 CITY OF TEMPLE CITY 2008-2014 HOUSING ELEMENT TECHNICAL APPENDICES Appendix A: Housing Needs Assessment Appendix B: Governmental Constraints Analysis Appendix C: Non -Governmental Constraints Analysis Appendix D: Sites Inventory and Analysis Appendix E: Progress Report March 26, 2013 CITY OF TEMPLE CITY COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 9701 LAS TUNAS DRIVE TEMPLE CITY, CA 91780 I ►®A/1 KAREN WARNER ASSOCIATES TABLE OF CONTENTS Technical Appendix A Housing Needs Assessment A — Introduction & Summary...............................................................A-1 Introduction...................................................................................................................... - A-1 2. Housing Needs Summary .................................................................................................. A-2 B — Housing Characteristics and Existing Housing Needs......................A-6 1. Housing and Household Characteristics .................... ............ .......................... ..... ....... --. A-6 (A) Existing Housing Stock .......... -.... ............................................. ................................... A-6 (B) Housing Types Occupied by Owners/Renters......................... ............. ....................... A-7 (C) Vacant Housing Units ........................... .................. .................................. ................... A-8 (D) Year Housholder Moved to Unit................................................................................... A-9 (E) Household Income-2000.............................................................................................. A-10 (F) Household Income Groups-2008................................................................................. A-11 (G) Temple City's Income Groups..................................................................................... A-13 (H) Temple City's Households by Income, Household Type and Tenure ................... ...... A-13 2. Overpaying......................................................................................................................... A-14 (A) Guidelines ...... ................ ...................................................... ...................................... - A-14 (B) Analysis........................................................................................................................ A-14 (C) Conclusions and Findings............................................................................................ A-16 3. Overcrowding ............................. ................................... ................................ ...A-19 (A) Guidelines.................................................................................................................... A-19 (B) Analysis........................................................................................................................ A-19 (C) Conclusions and Findings .................................. ...................................... .................... A-20 4. Conditions of the Existing Housing Stock ............. .................................. ................ A-20 (A) Guidelines... ........ __ ..... ....................................................................................... __ .... A-20 (B) Analysis........................................................................................................................ A-20 (C) Conclusions and Findings........ ........................................ ........................................... A-21 5. At -Risk Housing Assessment ...... ............................................. .......................... A-23 (A) Guidelines.................................................................................................................... A-23 (B) Analysis........................................................................................................................ A-23 (C) Conclusions and Findings............................................................................................ A-23 C— Special Housing Needs.............................................................................A-24 Elderly................................................................................................................................ A-24 (A) Definitions.................................................................................................................... A-24 (B) Special Housing Needs of the Elderly..........-............................................................. A-25 (C) Temple City's Older Persons....................................................................................... A-26 (D) Many Older Persons Have Low Income and Are Cost Burdened ............................... A-27 (E) Housing for the Elderly...... . . ......................................... - .......................................... _ A-27 (F) Conclusions and Findings............................................................................................ A-28 2. Persons with Disabilities....................................................................................................A-28 (A) Definitions....--........................................................................................................... A-28 (B) Special Housing Needs for Persons with Disabilities.................................................. A-29 (C) People with Disabilities........................................................... .......... ...... .......... ........... A-29 (D) Housing for the Disabled ................................................. -...... -.............. ......... ......... - A-32 (E) Conclusions and Findings............................................................... ...... .............. --..... A-32 3. Large Families ............ .................................................. ............. ................. .... A-32 (A) Definitions.................................................................................................................... A-32 (B) Special Housing Needs ................................. -.................. ....... .................... --........... A-32 (C) Large Families/Households...................................................... -......... ................ ........ A-33 (D) Housing for Large Families/Households.... ........ ......... ............ -............... ...... .........-- A-34 (E) Housing Affordability.................................................................................................... A-34 (F) Conclusions and Findings............................................................. -- .......................... A-35 4. Farmworkers.............................................................. ........ ....................... ......................... A-35 (A) Guidelines.................................................................................................................... A-35 (B) Definitions....................................................... —... ......... ........................... -- ...... —...... A-35 (C) Farmworkers in Temple City........................................................................................ A-35 (D) Conclusions and Findings ....................................... ......... ..... --.... -............................. A-36 5. Female Householders ...................... ......... --- ............................................. ........... -- .... A-36 (A) Definitions.................................................................................................................... A-36 (B) Special Housing Needs of Female Householders ............. --- ....... -- ......................... A-36 (C) Estimate of Female Householders............................................................................... A-37 (D) Conclusions and Findings............................................................................................ A-37 6. Families and Persons in Need of Emergency Shelter.......................................................A-39 (A) Guidelines ......... .................... ....................................................................................... A-39 (B) Definitions.................................................................................................................... A-39 (C) Special Housing Needs.................................................—.......................................— A-40 (D) Estimates of Homelessness ..................................... ........ —..... ........ ........................... A-40 (E) Homeless Shelters and Services .............................................. -..... .... ........................ A-41 (F) Conclusions and Findings ............................................... -........ ................................... A-41 D — Projected Housing Needs ............ ....... .......................................... .A-41 Population Trends and Projections.. ... ........... - ................................................................. A-41 2. Employment Trends and Projections..... —........................................................................ A-42 (A) Jobs Located in the City .................................................... --... ....... -- ............. ........... A-42 (B) Labor Force — Workers Employed Residents.............................................................. A-43 3. Share of Regional Housing Needs.................................................................................... A-43 E — Analysis of Opportunities For Energy Conservation ........................A-45 List of Tables A-1 Housing Stock by Type of Unit Jan. 1 2008 .............................................A-7 A-2 Tenure by Units in Structure 2000...........................................................A-8 A-3 Vacant Housing Units by Units in Structure 2000 ....................................A-9 A-4 Year Householder Moved into Unit 2000 ................... .............................. A-10 A-5 Household Income by Tenure 2000 ........................................................ A-11 A-6 Los Angeles County 2008 Annual Income Limits Adjusted by Household Size .......................................................................................................... A-12 A-7 Los Angeles County Income Limits for a 3 -person Household ................ A-12 A-8 Annual Household Income Distribution by Tenure 2000 .......................... A-13 A-9 Number of Households by Household Type, Income and Tenure ............ A-15 A-10 Gross Rent as a Percentage of Income 1999 ...................................... .... A-15 A-11 Cost Burdened Renter Households by Income Group and Household Type - 2000........................................................................................................ A-17 A-12 Severely Cost Burdened Renter Households by Income Group - 2000... A-17 A-13 Cost Burdened Owner Households by Income Group - 2000 .................. A-18 A-14 Severely Cost Burdened Owner Households By Income Group 2000..... A-18 A-15 Persons per Room by Tenure 2000 ........................................................A -20 A-16 Age of Housing Stock by Year Built 2000 ................................................ A-22 A-17 Demolitions Submitted to State Department of Finance 2000-2007 ........ A-22 A-18 Senior Population by Age Group and Gender 2000 ................................ A-26 A-19 Senior Householders (65+) by tenure and Household Type 2000 ........... A-27 A-20 Total Disabilities Reports by Type 2000 .................................................. A-30 A-21 Disability Prevalence Rates by Age Group (5+years)..............................A-31 A-22 Households with Disabled Persons by Income Group and Tenure.......... A-32 A-23 Number of Households by Household Size and Tenure 2000 ................. A-33 A-24 Large Family Renters and Owners with Housing Assistance Needs by Income Group2000.............................................................................................A-34 A-25 Female Householders by Tenure 2000 ................................................... A-37 A-26 Female Households by Tenure and Age of Householder 2000 ............... A-38 A-27 Population Growth Trends 1970 -2008 .....................................................A-42 A-28 Housing Stock Trends 1990-2008...........................................................A-42 A-29 Share if Regional Housing Needs January 1 2006 -June 30 2015 ............ A-44 List of Charts A-1 Housing Needs.......................................................................................A-3 A-2 Summary of Housing Needs................................................................... A-4 A-3 Definitions of Income Groups as a Percentage of Area Median Income.. A-11 Attachment A: Los Angeles County Senior Population Profile Los Angeles County Area Agency on Aging Preparing for the Future: A Report on the Expected Needs of Los Angeles County's Older AdultPopulation...........................................................................................A-47 Attachment B: Los Angeles County Office of Education Referral Guide for Homeless Children, Youth and Families Service Providers Located Near Temple City. ................................ ........................ — ...A-50 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A A. INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY Introduction HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT According to State law, Temple City's Housing Element must contain: 1. An analysis and documentation of household characteristics, including level of payment compared to ability to pay, housing characteristics, including overcrowding, and housing stock condition. 2. An analysis of existing assisted housing developments that are eligible to change from low-income housing uses during the next 10 years due to termination of subsidy contracts, mortgage prepayment, or expiration of restrictions on use. 3. An analysis of any special housing needs, such as those of the elderly, persons with disabilities, large families, farmworkers, families with female heads of households, and families and persons in need of emergency shelter. 4. An analysis of population and employment trends and documentation of projections and a quantification of the locality's existing and projected housing needs for all income levels. These existing and projected needs shall include the locality's share of the regional housing need in accordance with Section 65584. Technical Appendix A provides estimates and projections on the City's housing needs, as those needs are defined by the State Housing Element Law. In addition to serving as a beginning point for looking at the community's housing needs, Technical Appendix A also serves the following functions: ❑ Benchmark data to track trends later in this decade. ❑ Establish a community "housing" profile. ❑ Meet the requirements of the Housing Element Law. ❑ Quantify the "need" among different population groups. ❑ Provide a shared understanding of the nature and scope of housing needs. ❑ Provide information helpful to setting priorities. A-1 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT 2. Housing Needs Summary Chart A-1 shows the three housing need categories and the specific needs included in each category. Chart A-2 provides estimates of the City's housing needs. A-2 O Overcrowding O Disabled O Employment Trends and Projections O Housing Condition O Large Families O Share of Regional Housing Needs O "At Risk" Housing O Farmworkers O Female Householders O Homeless city of Temple City Housing Element Update HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Existing , Special•` :-: ProjeeEed Housing ;; :Needs Housing fV"eeds..:._ Poulatibns Needs O Overpaying O Elderly y O Population Trends and Projections O Overcrowding O Disabled O Employment Trends and Projections O Housing Condition O Large Families O Share of Regional Housing Needs O "At Risk" Housing O Farmworkers O Female Householders O Homeless city of Temple City Housing Element Update TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Chart A-2 City of Temple City Summary of Housing Needs Existing Housing Needs An estimated 600 female householders are lower-income, occupy rental housing and are overpayinq A-4 As of January 2008, the City has 11,921 housing units and 11,578 households Census 2000 reports the City had 7,178 owner- and 4,215 renter -occupied housing units General Household Characteristics: The homeownership rate is 63+% The largest number of renters (almost 3,000) occupies single- family homes, not apartment units 58.2% of all households moved into their housing unit prior to 1995 Ove a in y g' 1,364 lower income renters are overpaying 933 lower income owners are overpaying 842 owners are overcrowded Overcrowding: 396 owners are severely overcrowded 902 renters are overcrowded 451 renters are severely overcrowded Rehabilitation Need. 500 housing units Replacement Need: 100-125 housing units At Risk" Housinq None Special Hot sing Needs 13.9% of the population are seniors 20.7% of the households are seniors 170 Elderly: lower income senior renters are overpaying. 270 lower income senior owners are overpayinq Census 2000 indicates that 5,468 persons Disabled: 5 years and over reported a disability A total of 10,227 disabilities were reported Between 1990-2000, the number of large Large Families: households increased from 1,391 to 1,667 219 and 170 lower income large family renters and owners are overpayinq No farmworker jobs are located in the City; Farmworkers: 25 residents had jobs in the "agricultural" industry 3,225 of the City's householders are female householders (28.4%) About 43% of female householders live Female Householders: alone An estimated 600 female householders are lower-income, occupy rental housing and are overpayinq A-4 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT The Los Angeles Homeless Services Homeless: Authority estimates 36 homeless persons in Temple City Projected Hcusing Needs As of January 2008, the City's population was estimated to be 35,683 In both the 1980's and 1990s the City Population Trends: gained more than 2,000 persons Since 2000 the City's population has increased by about 2,300 persons Employment Trends: Share of Regional Need: There are an estimated 6,000 to 6,500 jobs in the City SCAG projects an increase of 439 jobs between 2005 to 2015 The Regional Housing Needs Assessment allocates 987 housing units to Temple City for the January 1, 2006 -June 30, 2014 time period Of the total housing units allocated to the City, 41 % are in the extremely low, very low- and low-income groups A-5 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT B. HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS AND EXISTING HOUSING NEEDS Part B includes data and analysis on: ❑ Housing and household characteristics — for example, the existing housing stock and household incomes. ❑ Overpaying —for example, lower income households who are cost burdened because housing costs exceed 30% of their income. ❑ Overcrowding —too many people living in a home. ❑ Condition of the housing stock — for instance, the need to rehabilitate or replace existing dwellings. 1. Housing and Household Characteristics Part B 1 provides a "profile" of some key housing and household characteristics. This part includes information on — ❑ Existing Housing Stock ❑ Housing Types Occupied by Owners and Renters ❑ Vacant Housing Units ❑ Year Householders Moved into Unit ❑ Household Income by Tenure ❑ 2008 Household Income Groups ❑ City Household Income Groups a. Existing Housinq Stock As of January 1, 2008, 11,921 dwellings comprise the City's housing stock. Table A-1 shows that more than eight out of ten housing units are single-family detached structures. Less than 7% of the dwellings are attached single-family homes Only one half of one percent of the housing stock is mobile homes. During the past two calendar years — 2006 and 2007 — 65 single family homes have been added to Temple City's housing stock. Lu TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT 5+ units Mobile homes' Total Housing Units 983 Table A-1 58 0.5% City of Temple City 100.0% Housing Stock by Type of Unit—January 1, 2008 Type of Unit Number of Units Percent 1 unit, detached 9,657 81.0% 1 unit, attached 802 6.7% 2 to 4 units 421 3.5% 5+ units Mobile homes' Total Housing Units 983 8.3% 58 0.5% 11,921 100.0% 'City records indicate there are mobile home units or parks in Temple City. Source: California Department of Finance, Demographic Research Unit, Citv/County Population and Housing Estimates, January 1, 2008 Table construction by Castaneda & Associates b. Housino Tvoes Occupied by Owners/Renters Census 2000 reports 11,393 occupied housing units – 7,178 owners and 4,215 renters. As of January 1, 2008, there are 11,578 occupied housing units, according to the State Department of Finance, Demographic Research Unit. The housing types occupied by owners and renters, as of 2000, are presented in Table A-2. According to Census 2000, 63% of the housing stock is owner occupied and 37% is renter occupied. Between April 1, 2000 and January 1, 2008, the number of occupied housing units has increased by 185. The City's homeownership rate has increased since 2000 because all of the new housing has been single family homes. The percentage figures in Table A-2 represent the percentage of housing units of that type that are occupied by owners or renters. For example, 72.4% of the occupied single-family detached structures are owner -occupied while 27.6% are renter occupied. In 2000, the vast majority of owners lived in single-family detached (6,647) and attached (321) housing units. Renters live in all housing types; however, the largest numbers reside in single-family detached and attached units as well as apartment projects with 5 to 9 units. A-7 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Table A-2 City of Temple City Tenure by Units in Structure — 2000 Source: Census 2000 Summary File 3, Table H32 Units in Structure by Tenure Table construction by Castaneda & Associates C. Vacant Housino Units Less than three percent of the housing units were vacant at the time of Census 2000. Table A-3 indicates the vacant units by housing type. The highest vacancy rates occur in single-family attached units. Stated differently, the City had a scant 313 vacant housing units when Census 2000 was taken. The State Department of Finance's Demographic Research Unit estimates 343 vacant units and a 2.88% vacancy rate as of January 1, 2008, essentially the same vacancy rate as in 2000. GID Owner Percent of Renter Percent of Total Units in Structure Occupied Occupied Occupied Occupied Occupied 1, detached 6,647 72.4% 2,535 27.6% 9,182 1, attached 321 42.2% 439 57.8% 760 2 30 24.6% 92 75.4% 122 3 or 4 19 6.5% 275 93.5% 294 5 to 9 62 14.0% 382 86.0% 444 10 to 19 44 13.3% 286 86.7% 330 20-49 16 8.7% 168 91.3% 1841 50 or more 0 0.0% 19 100.0% 19 Mobile Home 39 73.6% 14 26.4% 53 RV, Van 0 0.0% 5 100.0% 5 Total 7,178 63.0% 4,215 37.0% 11,393 Source: Census 2000 Summary File 3, Table H32 Units in Structure by Tenure Table construction by Castaneda & Associates C. Vacant Housino Units Less than three percent of the housing units were vacant at the time of Census 2000. Table A-3 indicates the vacant units by housing type. The highest vacancy rates occur in single-family attached units. Stated differently, the City had a scant 313 vacant housing units when Census 2000 was taken. The State Department of Finance's Demographic Research Unit estimates 343 vacant units and a 2.88% vacancy rate as of January 1, 2008, essentially the same vacancy rate as in 2000. GID TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Table A-3 City of Temple City Vacant Housing Units by Units in Structure — 2000 Units in Vacant Total Percent Structure Units Units Vacant 1, detached 254 9,436 2.7% 1, attached 44 804 5.5% 2 4 126 3.2% 3 or 4 2 296 0.7% 5 to 9 6 450 1.3% 10 to 19 0 330 0.0% 20-49 3 187 1.6% 50 or more 0 19 0.0% Mobile Home 0 53 0.0% RV, Van 0 5 0.0% Total 313 11,706 2.7% Source: Census 2000 Summary File 3, Table H30 -H31 Units in Structure by TenureA/acancy Status Table construction by Castaneda & Associates d. Year Householder Moved to Unit Another characteristic of interest is how recently householders have moved to their Temple City housing unit. Table A-4 on the next page shows that as of April 2000, 74.2% of all owners had moved to their unit prior to 1995. By comparison, 30.9% of all renters had moved to their unit prior to 1995. The data indicate that owners have been residents of Temple City for a longer period of time than renters. However, it must be noted that the data does not mean that 69.1 % of all renters actually moved to Temple City between 1995 and 2000. Indeed, some may have moved from one unit in Temple City to another one in the City after 1995. A-9 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Table A-4 City of Temple City Year Householder Moved into Unit -2000 Owner Renter Year Occupied Percent Occupied 1999-2000 544 7.6% 1,217 1995-1998 1,306 18.2% 1,695 <1995 5,328 74.2% 1,303 Total 7,178 100.0% 4,215 Percent Total Percent 28.9% 1,761 15.5% 40.2% 3,001 26.3% 30.9% 6,631 58.2% 100.0% 11,393 100.0% Source: Census 2000 Summary File 3, Table H38, Year Householder Moved Into Unit Table construction by Castarieda & Associates e. Household Income -- 2000 Lower income renter households, to a higher degree than owners, experience many of the housing needs addressed by the Housing Element Law, such as overpaying, overcrowding and living in substandard housing. Therefore, communities having a majority of renter households also will have more housing needs than communities where owners predominate. In Temple City, owners occupy 63% and renters occupy 37% of all housing units. Table A-5 presents data on household income by tenure. In 2000, about one of every six households had annual incomes of less than $20,000. Households in this income category can afford a maximum of $500 per month on housing costs, based on the 30% of income standard. In the income groups between $20,000 and $50,000, the number of owners (2,996) and renters (2,934) are almost identical. However, in the income groups of $50,000 or more, the owners outnumber the renters by more than 3:1 — 4,182 owners and 1,281 renters. A way to measure basic income changes is the median household income in 1999 -- $48,722 -- and 1989 -- $38,789. The median household income increased by nearly 26% during the period between the 1990 and 2000 Census'. The income percentage gains are far less than the increases in the cost of existing homes and condominiums that the City experienced in the same period. A-10 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Table A-5 City of Temple City Household Income by Tenure - 2000 Owner Renter Household Income Occupied Percent Occupied Percent Total Percent <$20,000 833 11.6% 1,123 26.6% 1,956 17.2% $20,000-$24,999 318 4.4% 300 7.1% 618 5.4% $25,000-$34,999 677 9.4% 629 14.9% 1,306 11.5% $35,000-$49,999 1,168 16.3% 882 20.9% 2,050 18.0% $50,000-$74,999 1,706 23.8% 823 19.5% 2,529 22.2% $75,000-$99,999 1,231 17.1% 258 6.1% 1,489 13.1% $100,000-$149,999 856 11.9% 147 3.5% 1,003 8.8% $150,000 or more 389 5.4% 53 1.3% 442 3.9% Total 7,178 100.0% 4,215 100.0% 11,393 100.0% Source: Census 2000 Summary File 3, Table HCT11 - Household Income in 1999 by Tenure Table construction by Castaneda & Associates f. Household Income Groups -- 2008 By way of background, the State Housing Element Law defines five income groups based on increasing percentages of the median income of Los Angeles County. Chart A-3 defines each income group. Chart A-3 Los Angeles County Definitions of Income Groups as a Percentage of Area Median Income Income Group Extremely Low Very Low Low Moderate Above Moderate % of Median Income 0-30% 30-50% 50-80% 80-120% 120%+ A-11 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Table A-6 shows the 2008 household income limits for four income groups, adjusted by household size. The above moderate income group encompasses households with incomes more than the upper limits of the moderate -income category. Table A-6 Los Angeles County 2008 Annual Income Limits Adjusted by Household Size Household Size Extremely Very Low Lower Moderate (# of persons) Low Income Income Income Income 1 person $15,950 $26,550 $42,450 $50,300 2 persons $18,200 $30,300 $48,500 $57,400 3 persons $20,500 $34,100 $54,600 $64,600 4 persons $22,750 $37,900 $60,650 $71,800 5 persons $24,550 $40,950 $65,500 $77,500 6 persons $26,400 $43,950 $70,350 $83,300 7 persons $28,200 $47,000 $75,200 $89,000 8 persons $30,050 $50,050 $80,050 $94,800 Source: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, FY 2008 Income Limits, February 13, 2008. State Department of Housing and Community Development, Year 2008 Income Limits, February 28, 2008. The City's average household size is 3.038 persons. (State Department of Finance, Demographic Research Unit, CitylCounty Population and Housing Estimates, January 1, 2008) For illustration purposes, Table A-7 shows the low to high ranges of the income limits for a three-person household. Source: Table A-6. A-12 Table A-7 Los Angeles County Income Limits for a 3 -Person Household Income Group Income Limits Monthly Income Extremely Low less than $20,500 less than $1,708 Very Low $20,501-$34,100 $1,709-$2,841 Low $34,101-$54,600 $2,842-$4,550 Moderate $54,601-$64,600 $4,551-$5,383 Above Moderate $64,601 plus $5,384+ Source: Table A-6. A-12 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A g. Temple Citv's Income Groups HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT At this time, data are unavailable on the numbers of owners and renters in each group — extremely low-, very low-, low- and moderate -income. Table A-8 — which bases the income groups on Census 2000 — reveals that about 30% of the households have annual incomes less than the "lower" level and that nearly 70% have annual income above that threshold. Table A-8 City of Temple City Annual Household Income Distribution by Tenure —2000 Income Renter Owner Total Percent Group Households Households Households Distribution Extremely Low (0- 30% AMI) 561 332 893 7.9% Very Low (30-50% AMI) 534 462 996 8.8% Lower (50-80% AMI) 750 804 1,554 13.7% Above Lower (>80%AMI) 2,316 5,559 7,875 69.6% Total 4,161 7,157 11,318 100.0% Percentage 36.8% 63.2% 100.0% Source: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, CHAS Data Book, "Housing Problems for All Households," published 2004 Table construction by Castaneda & Associates h. Temple Citv's Households by Income, Household Tvpe and Tenure The meanings of the four household types are: Elderly: A one or two person household in which the head of the household or spouse is at least 62 years of age. Small Related: A household of 2 to 4 persons that includes at least one person related to the householder by blood, marriage, or adoption. Larqe Related: A household of 5 or more persons that includes at least one person related to the householder by blood, marriage, or adoption. Other: A household of one or more persons that does not meet the definition of a small related, large related, elderly, or special population household. This category includes all households with only unrelated individuals present except those qualifying as elderly or special population households. A-13 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Table A-9 provides estimates of the number of households by type and income. There an estimated 3,443 households in the extremely low, very low and low income groups. The general distribution is: Small Families42.0% Elderly 25.3% Other Households 18.2% Large Families 14.5% Altogether Table A-9 identifies 32 individual household groups. Of these 32 groups, the largest numbers are in the following groups: Lower income (50-80%) small family renters 418 12.1% Lower income (50-80%) small family owners 372 10.8% Lower income (50-80%) elderly owners 274 8.0% Extremely low income (0-30%) small family renters 233 6.8% Very low income (30-50%) elderly owners 209 6.1% 2. Overpaying a. Guidelines In comparing level of payment with ability to pay, the number of lower-income households (those at or below 80 percent of the median income) who are overpaying for housing should be quantified by tenure (ownedrenter). Overpaying is defined in terms of a percentage of the gross household income a household spends for housing including utilities. Overpaying for housing is also known as the housing cost burden, Thirty percent of gross household income is the standard affordability level. Severe overpaying occurs when households pay 50 percent or more of their gross income for housing. The element should estimate the number of lower- income households navino more than 30 oercent of their income for housing and the number of households who nav 50 oercent or more of their cross income for housing. (The italicized text is guidance provided Housing and Community Development in October 2006.) b. Analysis by the State of California Department of Housing Element Questions and Answers, When housing costs exceed the ability to pay, other family needs are sacrificed — health care, childcare, food, insurance, transportation, for example. Therefore, the most serious problem confronting lower income households often is paying more than they really can afford for housing. "Need" is quantified separately for lower income renter and owner households because owners have more financial options (e.g., reverse mortgages) than renters, and monthly cost assistance to owners is usually unavailable from governmental sources. A-14 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Table A-9 City of Temple City Number of Households by Household Type, Income and Tenure Total Eld :rly Small =amity Large =amity All Other Households Income Category Owner Renter Owner Renter Owner Renter Owner Extremely Low 143 52 110 233 25 89 54 Very Low 209 92 164 148 55 120 34 Lower 274 102 372 418 125 85 33 Above Lower 1,145 179 3,010 1,264 855 269 549 Total Households 1,771 425 3,656 2,063 1,060 563 670 Source: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, CHAS Da a Book, for All Households," published 2004 Table construction by Castaneda & Associates Renter Owner Renter 187 332 561 174 462 534 145 804 750 604 5,559 2,316 1,110 7,157 4,161 lousing Problems 1) Renter Households: Table A-10 shows Census 2000 data on gross rent as a percentage of income for 3,939 renter households. An estimated 1,656, or 42%, of all renter households paid 30% or more of their income on rent. An estimated 854, or 21.6%, of all renters paid 50% or more of their income on rent. Table A-10 City of Temple City Gross Rent as a Percentage of Income — 1999 Rent as % of Income Number Percent <30% 2,283 58.0% 30.0-34.9% 332 8.4% 35.0-39.9% 247 6.3% 40.0-49.9% 223 5.7% 50% or more 854 21.6% Total 3,939 100.0% Note: Gross rent as a % of income not computed for 273 renter households. Units for which no cash rent is paid and units occupied by households that reported no income or a net loss comprise the category "not computed." Source: Census 2000 Summary File 3, Table H69 — Gross Rent as a Percentage of Income in 1999 Table construction by Castaneda & Associates By comparison, 47.4% of all renters in 1989 paid 30% or more of their income on gross rent. Comparable 1990 severe overpaying (50%+) percentages are unavailable as the A-15 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT data was reported only for those paying 35% or more of their income on rent. The rate of overpaying among all renters, then, has actually decreased by about 5% between 1990 and 2000. In 2000, overpaying was adversely affecting 1,364 lower income renter households. (430+478+456) Table A-11 shows that "small related" renter households comprise about 44% of the "cost burdened" lower income renter households. (189+130+283/1,364) Table A-12 shows that 802 of the 1,364 cost burdened lower income renters are severely overpaying for housing. These households are spending more than one-half of their income on housing costs. Extremely low income small families comprise almost one-fourth of all the lower income renters that are severely cost burdened. Many overpaying renters probably live in single-family homes rather than apartments because about 70% of all renters occupy single-family homes (see Table A-2) The City's participation in the Section 8 rental housing assistance programs helps some of the cost burdened renters. As of January 2008, 59 Temple City households are being assisted by the Section 8 program. (171 City householders are on the Section 8 waiting list.) 2) Owner Households: Housing costs as a percentage of income were calculated for specified owner -occupied housing units. According to the U.S. Census Bureau: "Owner costs are the sum of payments for mortgages, deeds of trust, contracts to purchase, or similar debts on the property; real estate taxes; fire, hazard, and flood insurance; utilities; and fuels and, where appropriate, the monthly condominium fee. Table A-13 shows that in 2000, 993 lower income owners were overpaying. Lower income small families comprise almost one-half (492 of 993) of the cost burdened owners. Table A-14 shows that 767 of the 993 lower income owners who are overpaying are severely cost burdened. All of the extremely low income small families (95) are severely cost burdened. c. Conclusions and Findings Although the causes of overpaying are uncertain, they could be due to added debt from equity lines of credit, higher energy costs, loan approvals with housing debt -to -income ratios exceeding 30%, and unemployment. In summary, overpaying is often cited as one of the major problems confronting the lower income population. In Temple City more "lower" renters than owners are cost burdened (1,364 versus 933). The City has ongoing housing assistance programs to help lower income renters. However, providing monthly cost assistance to owner is exceedingly difficult, if not impossible. A-16 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A Income Group Extremely Low 0-30% MFI Very Low 31-50% MFI Low 51-80% MFI Above Low HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Table A-11 City of Temple City Cost Burdened Renter Households By Income Group and Household Type -2000 Small Large All Other Elderly Related Related Households 38 189 89 114 84 130 48 283 110 20 154 105 Total Households 430 478 456 >80% MFI 29 119 30 44 222 Total 199 721 249 417 1,586 Source: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, State of the Cities Data Svstems Comprehensive Housinq Affordability Strategv (CHAS) Data, "Housing Problems Output for All Households', May 2004 [Data current as of 2000] Table construction by Castaneda & Associates Table A-12 City of Temple City Severely Cost Burdened Renter Households By Income Group -2000 Income Small Large All Other Total Group Elderly Related Related Households Households Extremely Low 0-30% MFI 28 189 69 110 396 Very Low 31-50% MFI 74 70 55 90 289 Low 51-80% MFI 19 83 0 15 117 Above Low >80% MFI 0 4 0 4 8 Total 121 346 124 219 810 Source: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, State of the Cities Data Svstems Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategv (CHAS) Data, "Housing Problems Output for All Households', May 2004 [Data current as of 2000] Table construction by Castaneda & Associates A-17 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT A-18 Table A-13 City of Temple City Cost Burdened Owner Households By Income Group — 2000 Income Small Large All Other Total Group Elderly Related Related Households Households Extremely Low 0-30% MA 108 95 25 40 268 Very Low 31-50% MFI 54 129 55 19 257 Low 51-80% MFI 85 268 90 25 468 Above Low >80% MFI 76 695 235 195 1,201 Total 322 1,187 405 279 2,194 Source: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, State of the Cities Data Svstems: Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strateov (CHAS) Data, "Housing Problems Output for All Households," May 2004 [Data current as of 20001 Table construction by Castaneda & Associates Table A-14 City of Temple City Severely Cost Burdened Owner Households By Income Group — 2000 Income Small Large All Other Total Group Elderly Related Related Households Households Extremely Low 0-30% MFI 79 95 25 20 219 Very Low 31-50% MFI 29 114 55 15 213 Low 51-80% MFI 45 205 60 25 335 Above Low >80% MFI 25 126 55 45 251 Total 178 540 195 105 1,018 Source: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, State of the Cities Data Svstems: Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategv (CHAS) Data. "Housing Problems Output for All Households," May 2004 [Data current as of 2000] Table construction by Castaneda & Associates A-18 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT 3. Overcrowding a. Guidelines The Census defines an overcrowded unit as one occupied by 1.01 persons or more per room (excluding bathrooms and kitchens). Units with more than 1.5 persons per room are considered severely overcrowded. Localities are to estimate the number of households that live in overcrowded and severely overcrowded units. This incidence of overcrowding and large households frequently parallel. An example of overcrowding is an eight -room home: three bedrooms, a living room, a dining room, a kitchen and two bathrooms. If six persons live in the home, it would be considered overcrowded (six persons divided by five habitable rooms = 1.2 persons per room). b. Analysis Overcrowding is one result of the shortage of interior living space. Overcrowding reflects the financial inability of households to buy or rent housing units having enough space for their needs. Consequently, overcrowding is considered a household characteristic (instead of a housing structural condition). An 'overcrowded" housing unit does not necessarily imply one of inadequate physical condition; rather, with fewer persons it becomes "uncrowded". Overcrowding also may be a temporary situation since some households will move to larger housing units to meet space requirements. Overcrowding emerges when households initially move into a unit or overtime. Changes in household size and composition also can lead to overcrowded conditions. If these conditions are serious enough, households can move to housing units with enough space to accommodate family changes. However, financial constraints can prevent them from moving to larger housing. For owners, who have ties to neighborhoods, schools and local churches, moving to another home may not be considered a practical choice. Instead, they can adjust their lifestyle, or if incomes allow, make physical additions to their home. For renters, making physical changes to their apartment is not possible. Although renters have a higher mobility rate than owners, financial constraints can limit their ability to move to housing with enough space to meet their needs. Table A-15 shows that in 2000 overcrowding was affecting more than 15% of the households. Overcrowding, in terms of numbers, is more of a problem for renters than owners, with 902 renters overcrowded versus 842 owners households. In addition, on a percentage basis, there is a larger proportion of renters overcrowded (21.4% versus 11.7%). Severe overcrowding affects 5.5% of all owners and 10.7% of all renters. A-19 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A Persons Per Room Less than 1.00 1.01 to 1.50 1.51 to 2.00 2.01 or More Total HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Table A-15 City of Temple City Persons per Room by Tenure — 2000 Owner Renter Occupied Percent Occupied Percent 6,336 446 294 102 7,1781 88.3% 6.2% 4.1 1.4% 100.0% 3,313 451 292 159 4,215 78.6% 10.7% 6.9% 3.8% 100.0% Total Households 9,649 897 5861 261 11,393 SourceCensus Summary File 3, Table H2O —Occupants Per Room by Tenure. Table construction by Castaneda & Associates C. Conclusions and Findinqs Percent 84.7% 7.9% 5.1% 2.3% 100.0% Since 1990, both the number and percentage of overcrowded households has increased. The number of overcrowded households has increased by 703 renters and owners while the percentage increased from 9.4% to 15.3%. The increases in the number and percentage of overcrowded owners and renters could be due to rising rental costs and home prices that cause households to double -up in order to bring housing costs closer to their ability to pay. Particularly noteworthy is that more than one fifth of all renters were severely overcrowded. 4. Condition of the Existing Housing Stock a. Guidelines The element should include an analysis of the condition of the housing stock including an estimate of the total number of substandard units (e.g., those in need of rehabilitation/repair) and those in need of replacement (demolition). The number of units to be rehabilitated and/or replaced may be estimated from a recent (within the last five years) windshield survey or sampling, estimates from the local building department, knowledgeable builders/developers in the community, nonprofit housing developers or organizations and redevelopment agencies. Estimates can also be derived from census data such as percentage of units built before 1960, which can serve as an estimate of the maximum rehabilitation need. b. Analysis There are differences between housing stock condition and housing improvement needs. The term "condition" refers to the physical quality of the housing stock; for instance, "fair" or "poor" condition. Housing improvements, on the other hand, refer to the nature of the 'remedial' actions necessary to correct defects in housing conditions such as demolition, minor repairs, major repairs and rehabilitation. 1) Rehabilitation Needs: HCD indicates that a general indicator of housing adequacy is the age of housing. Generally speaking, for owners, the dilemma often is A-20 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT one of maintenance problems. For these households, low incomes mean a lack of money for maintenance and repairs. For rental properties, the rents collected may not result in a cash flow sufficient to catch up to needed maintenance and replacement. In general, there is a relationship between the age of the housing stock and the prevalence of poor housing conditions. For instance, the older a home, the greater is the need for maintenance, repair and/or replacement of key mechanical systems. Housing condition problems frequently are concentrated in the interior deficiencies. Generally, two to three times as many units have interior problems as units with exterior problems. Table A-16 shows the Census 2000 estimates on the age of the housing stock. Eight years have been added to each "age" interval to approximate the age as of mid -year 2008. Housing that is 40+ye2rs old is indicator of the maximum rehabilitation need, as indicated by the HCD guidelines. An estimated 3,751 housing units are at least a 59+ years old, which represents 32.1% of the entire housing stock. Another 5,771 dwellings are 39 to 58 years old. Housing this old may exhibit rehabilitation needs due to age and deferred maintenance. The prior Housing Element estimated 650 housing units were substandard and suitable for rehabilitation. Since 2000, homeowners have made improvements to the housing stock and some substandard housing units have been demolished. Table A-17 estimates that 378 housing units were demolished between 2000 and 2007. In addition, the City's code enforcement actions have resulted in repairs and improvements to existing housing. Taking into account the home improvements made since 2000, and that some housing units have declined in quality during the past eight years, the current estimate is that 500 housing units are in need of rehabilitation. 2) Replacement Needs: Housing that is beyond reasonable repair or in a dilapidated condition usually requires replacement, not rehabilitation. According to the prior Housing Element, an estimated 100 housing units were beyond repair and should be replaced. Census 2000 reported that 65 housing units lacked complete plumbing facilities and 168 lacked complete kitchen facilities. As noted above, some substandard housing units have been demolished since 2000. The replacement housing need is estimated to be between 100 and 125 housing units, based on estimates of the prior Housing Element, Census 2000 indicators, and demolition activity between 2000 and 2007. C. Conclusions and Findinos The rehabilitation estimate is 500 housing units. The replacement estimate is 100-125 housing units. The City implements two housing rehabilitation programs: 1) a $5,000 grant to repair non-functioning systems such as plumbing, heating, electrical or structural elements and 2) a 3% interest loan up a maximum amount of $25,000. These programs help to address the City's housing rehabilitation needs. In addition, private demolitions will contribute to meeting a portion of the replacement housing need. A-21 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Table A-16 City of Temple City Age of Housing Stock by Year Built— 2000 Age Number of Units Percent 69 years+ 1,390 11.9% 59 to 68 years 2,361 20.2% 49 to 58 years 3,732 31.9% 39 to 48 years 2,039 17.4% 29 to 38 years 992 8.5% 19 to 28 years 611 5.2% 14 to 18 years 356 3.0% 10 to 13 years 140 1.2% Less than 10 years 85 0.7% Total" 11,706 100.0% Source: Census 2000 Summary File 3, Table 1-134, Year Structure Built by Tenure Table construction by Castaneda & Associates Table A-17 City of Temple City Demolitions Submitted to State Department of Finance 2000-2007 Number of Cumulative Year Demolitions Total 2000 48 units 48 units 2001 40 units 88 units 2002 56 units 144 units 2003 68 units 212 units 2004 32 units 244 units 2005 49 units 293 units 2006 39 units 332 units 2007 46 units 378 units Source: City of Temple City, Housing Unit Change Form, "Report Units Lost From Fire or Demolitions," 2000-2007. [Note: All units lost were single unit structures.] Table construction by Castaneda & Associates A-22 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT 5. At -Risk Housing Assessment a. Guidelines Assisted housing developments are multifamily rental housing complexes that receive government assistance under .... federal, state, and/or local programs .... which are eligible to change to market -rate housing due to termination (opt -out) of a rent subsidy contract .... or other expiring use restrictions (e.g., State or local programs) within the 5- vear Dlannina period of the housina element and the subsequent 5-vear period. [emphasis added] b. Analysis The City has no rental complexes assisted by the following: ❑ Federal Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) funds ❑ Federal Home Investment Partnership (HOME) funds ❑ Temple City is not eligible to compete for United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) funds ❑ State housing financial assistance programs ❑ Local mortgage revenue bond programs ❑ Redevelopment Agency rental housing units assisted with the Low- and Moderate -Housing Income Fund ❑ Local in -lieu fees and inclusionary housing programs ❑ Local density bonus and directly assisted units The analysis is based on the following sources: ❑ City of Temple City housing inventory ❑ California Housing Partnership Corporation database ❑ California Department of Housing and Community Development, List of Affordable Rental Housing Developments ❑ California Debt Allocation Committee database ❑ California Tax Credit Allocation Committee, Project History 1987-2007 C. Conclusions and Findinqs Temple City has no multifamily rental complexes at risk of conversion to market rate housing. A-23 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT C. SPECIAL HOUSING NEEDS The Housing Element must include: An analysis of any special housing needs, such as those of the elderly, persons with disabilities, large families, farmworkers, families with female heads of household, and families and persons in need of emergency shelter." HCD guidance on special housing needs is cited below: Special needs are those associated with relatively unusual occupation or demographic groups which call for very specific program responses, such as preservation of residential motels or the development of four bedroom apartments. The statute specifically requires analysis of the special housing needs of the elderly, the disabled, female headed households, large families, farmworkers and homeless persons and families. A thorough analysis of the special needs groups helps a locality identify groups with the most serious housing needs in order to develop and prioritize responsive programs. A special needs assessment starts with general knowledge of the community's demographics. The housing element should analyze the needs of each aroun specifically mentioned in the statute as well as any other group the locality deems appropriate. The analysis should include a discussion of the nature of the special housing need of each group as well as quantification of the need. [emphasis added] A housing element should include: A quantification and qualitative description of the need. For instance, of the 600 elderly households, census data reveals that 400 are homeowners and 200 are renters and that 250 of all elderly households, have incomes below the poverty level. A qualitative description of the need would include a description of the potential housing problems faced by the group. For example, the analysis of elderly need might show that an estimated 30 percent of elderly households below the poverty level live in substandard housing, indicating a housing rehabilitation need. Most local governments consult information available for service providers, housing or service waiting lists, and data on income and housing costs to identify special housing needs. [emphasis added] So the focus of the analysis is on the nature of the need, potential housing problems, and a quantification of the persons and/or households in each group. Elderly a. Definitions For purposes of the Housing Element, elderly persons and seniors are considered synonymous. There are four age groups that are frequently referred to as "seniors' — 55+, 60+, 62+ and 65+. This part includes data on persons that are 62 years of age or older, as well as those that are 65 years of age and older. A-24 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT b. Special Housing Needs of the Elderly Some key housing needs that seniors could potentially experience include, but are not limited, to: ❑ Affordable housing ❑ Units with accessibility modifications ❑ Units with special accommodations for live-in caretakers ❑ Housing developments that provide on-site supportive services ❑ Assistance in locating housing or in securing shared housing ❑ Housing located near transportation, shopping and medical services The special housing needs of seniors are unique because of the aging process. The housing needs of seniors are often the result of the age, gender, health, and economic status of elderly couples and individuals. Attachment A provides an overview — based on an Area Agency on Aging report - of the senior population in Los Angeles County. As the younger seniors become the older old, the types of housing needed to meet their needs changes. To accommodate the needs of seniors, several special housing types have evolved over the years, which include, but are not limited, to: Senior Apartment: Age -restricted multiunit housing with self-contained living units for older adults who are able to care for themselves. Independent Living: Multi -unit senior housing developments that may provide supportive services such as meals, housekeeping, social activities, and transportation. Independent Living typically encourages socialization by provision of meals in a central dining area and scheduled social programs. Assisted Living: A residential community with services that include meals, laundry, housekeeping, medication reminders, and assistance with Activities of Daily Living (ADLs) and Instrumental Activities of Daily Living (IADLs). [Activities of Daily Living (ADLs): Everyday activities such as bathing, grooming, eating, toileting, and dressing. Instrumental Activities of Daily Living (IADLs): Day-to-day tasks such as preparing meals, shopping, managing money, taking medication, and housekeeping.] Continuing Care Retirement Community (CCRC): Housing planned and operated to provide a continuum of accommodations and services for seniors including, but not limited to, independent living, congregate housing, assisted living, and skilled nursing care. A CCRC resident contract often involves either an entry fee or buy -in fee in addition to the monthly service charges, which may change according to the medical services required. A-25 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Nursing Home: Facility licensed by the state that provides 24-hour nursing care, room and board, and activities for convalescent residents and those with chronic and/or long-term care illnesses. Skilled Nursing Facility (SNF): A Medicare -certified nursing home, with increased emphasis on rehabilitative therapies. Development of these housing types usually involves large project sizes and land area. Sites for major new developments of this kind are not possible in the City because of limited land availability. Existing senior housing in Temple City includes the Baldwin Gardens Nursing Center, Santa Anita Retirement & Assisted Living Center, Santa Anita Convalescent Hospital and four Adult Residential Care Facilities for the Elderly. C. Temple Citv's Older Persons Seniors comprise about 16.4% of the City's total population, according to Census 2000. Table A-18 shows the 2000 senior population by age group and gender. In 2000, females comprised 58.6% percent of the City's 5,471 persons 62 years of age and older. Table A-18 City of Temple City Senior Population by Age Group and Gender— 2000 Age Group Male Female Total Percentage 62-64 374 441 815 14.9% 65-66 209 247 456 8.3% 67-69 306 342 648 11.8% 70-74 475 636 1,111 20.3% 75-79 423 614 1,037 19.0% 80-84 259 459 718 13.1% 85+ 221 465 686 12.5% Total 2,267 3,204 5,471 100.0% Source: Census 2000 Summary File 1, Table P12 —Age by Sex and Residence Type (All Persons) Table construction by Castaneda & Associates Table A-19 reports on the general characteristics of senior householders. The list below notes some key characteristics: ❑ Because of their smaller household size, seniors comprise a larger proportion of the City's households than of the population. In fact, 13.9% of the population is 65+ whereas 20.7% of the City's households have a householder 65+. ❑ 79.2% of all senior householders are homeowners (N = 1,869) ❑ 41.8% of all the senior householders are female householders (N = 986) A-26 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT ❑ 39.7% of all senior householders live alone (N = 895) Table A-19 City of Temple City Senior Householders (65+) by Tenure and Household Type — 2000 Type of Household Family households Married couple family Male householder, no wife Female householder, no husband Subtotal Nonfamily households Male householder living alone Male householder not living alone Female householder living alone Female householder not living alone Subtotal Total Owner Renter Total 899 160 1,059 64 17 81 215 57 272 1,178 234 1,412 137 75 212 16 7 23 513 170 683 25 6 31 691 258 949 1,869 492 2,361 Source: Census 2000 Summary File 1, Table H17 — Tenure by Household Type (Including Living Alone) by Age of Householder Table construction by Castaneda & Associates d. Many Older Persons Have Low Income and Are Cost Burdened Seniors experience a variety of housing needs because of their fixed and often low incomes and rising housing -related costs (i.e., home repairs, utilities, etc.) ❑ Elderly households comprise almost one of every five of the City's households. ❑ 872 elderly households have "lower" incomes (<80% AMI) — 626 owners and 246 renters. ❑ 170 lower income elderly renter households are cost burdened. ❑ 270 lower income elderly owner households are cost burdened. e. Housino for the Elderly Census 2000 indicates that just over 5,000 of Temple City's seniors live in households. However, an estimated 409 seniors live in nursing homes (275 women and 134 men). The City's nursing home facilities include: Baldwin Gardens Nursing Center 59 beds Santa Anita Retirement & Assisted Living Center 95 beds Santa Anita Convalescent Hospital 391 beds A-27 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT In addition, the City has four Residential Care Facilities for the Elderly (RCFE) with a capacity of 24 beds. The California Department of Social Services defines these facilities as follows: RCFEs provide care and supervision and assistance with activities of daily living, such as bathing and grooming. They may also provide incidental medical services under special care plans. The facilities provide services to persons 60 years of age and over and persons under 60 with compatible needs. RCFEs may also be known as assisted living facilities, retirement homes and board and care homes. The facilities can range in size from six beds or less to over 100 beds. The residents of these facilities require varying levels of personal care and protective supervision. Conclusions and Findings As previously indicated, an estimated 170 lower income elderly renter households are cost burdened. The Section 8 rental assistance program can assist some of these elderly, cost burdened households. Future affordable housing developments should include 1 -bedroom units to meet the needs of senior couple and individuals. There are no programs available to address the estimated 270 lower income owners that are cost burdened. Some owners have or may seek reverse mortgages to help them reduce their monthly housing costs or meet other needs. The City's housing rehabilitation program helps lower income homeowners address the need to repair their homes. 2. Persons with Disabilities a. Definitions Census 2000 defines disability status as: "People 5 years and over are considered to have a disability if they have one or more of the following: (a) blindness, deafness, or a severe vision or hearing impairment; (b) a substantial limitation in the ability to perform basic physical activities, such as walking, climbing stairs, reaching, lifting, or carrying; (c) difficulty learning, remembering, or concentrating, or (d) difficulty dressing, bathing, or getting around inside the home. In addition to the above criteria, people 16 years and over are considered to have a disability if they have difficulty going outside the home alone to shop or visit a doctor's office, and people 16-64 years old are considered to have a disability if they have difficulty working at a job or business." A-28 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT The 1973 Rehabilitation Act defines "disability" as referring to any person who: Has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of such person's major life activities; Has a record of such impairment, or Is regarded as having such impairment Disability under Social Security is based on a person's inability to work. A person is considered disabled if he/she is unable to do any kind of work for which he/she is suited and the disability has lasted or is expected to last for at least a year or to result in death. (Social Security Administration) b. Special Housing Needs for Persons with Disabilities Some key special housing needs may include: ❑ Affordable housing ❑ Units with accessibility modifications ❑ Units with special accommodations for live-in caretakers ❑ Housing developments that provide supportive services ❑ Units accessible to public transportation ❑ Assistance in locating housing or in securing shared housing ❑ Housing with design features that facilitate mobility and independence The majority of housing units in most communities lack features such as ramps, extra wide doors, raised toilets, hand rails, lowered counters, or slip -resistant floors that would make them suitable for, or readily adaptable to, people with mobility limitations and people using assistive technology. The majority of existing dwellings are inaccessible to people with a mobility impairment. C. People With Disabilities Table A-20 indicates that a total of 10,227 disabilities were reported by the populations 5 years+, meaning that many disabled persons reported having more than one disability. In fact, there was an average of 1.87 disabilities per disabled person. A-29 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Table A-20 City of Temple City Total Disabilities Reported by Type — 2000 Source: Census 2000, Summary File 3, Table P41, Types of Disability. Table construction by Castaneda & Associates Census 2000 gives the following meanings to the disabilities: Sensory disability: blindness, deafness, or a severe vision or hearing impairment. Phvsical disability: a condition that substantially limits one or more basic physical activities, such as walking, climbing stairs, reaching, lifting, or carrying. Mental disabilitv: difficulty learning, remembering, or concentrating. Self-care disability: difficulty dressing, bathing, or getting around inside the home. Go -outside disability: difficulty going outside the home alone to shop or visit a doctor's office. Emolovment disability: difficulty working at a job or business As noted above, the disabilities having the highest frequency are those that prevent people from working and go -outside -home disabilities. Census 2000 data indicates that 5,468 persons 5 years and over reported a disability. Disability prevalence rates progressively increase as the population ages. For instance, 4.1% of the population 5-15 years of age reports one or more disabilities. By contrast, 56.4% of the population 75+ years reports one or more disabilities. A closer look at Table A-21 indicates that more than four of every ten seniors over 65 (45%) live with one or more disability. A-30 Number of Type of Disability Persons Percent Sensory Disability 1,093 10.7% Physical Disability 2,088 20.4% Mental Disability 1,459 14.3% Self-care Disability 800 7.8% Go -outside -home Disability 2,527 24.7% Employment Disability 2,260 22.1% Total 10,227 100.0% Source: Census 2000, Summary File 3, Table P41, Types of Disability. Table construction by Castaneda & Associates Census 2000 gives the following meanings to the disabilities: Sensory disability: blindness, deafness, or a severe vision or hearing impairment. Phvsical disability: a condition that substantially limits one or more basic physical activities, such as walking, climbing stairs, reaching, lifting, or carrying. Mental disabilitv: difficulty learning, remembering, or concentrating. Self-care disability: difficulty dressing, bathing, or getting around inside the home. Go -outside disability: difficulty going outside the home alone to shop or visit a doctor's office. Emolovment disability: difficulty working at a job or business As noted above, the disabilities having the highest frequency are those that prevent people from working and go -outside -home disabilities. Census 2000 data indicates that 5,468 persons 5 years and over reported a disability. Disability prevalence rates progressively increase as the population ages. For instance, 4.1% of the population 5-15 years of age reports one or more disabilities. By contrast, 56.4% of the population 75+ years reports one or more disabilities. A closer look at Table A-21 indicates that more than four of every ten seniors over 65 (45%) live with one or more disability. A-30 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Source, Census 2000, Summary File 3, Table P42, Disability Status by Age Table constructed by Castaneda & Associates HUD -produced data reveal that 1,664 households had a "mobility or self care limitation," representing 14.6% of all households. According to HUD: This includes all households where one or more persons has 1) a long- lasting condition that substantially limits one or more basic physical activity, such as walking, climbing stairs, reaching, lifting, or carrying and/or 2) a physical, mental, or emotional condition lasting more than 6 months that creates difficulty with dressing, bathing, or getting around the home. What this means is that the data in Table A-22 should not be interpreted as an estimate of the number of heads of household with a disability. Instead, the disability could be affecting someone other than a householder, perhaps a spouse, child, grandchild or grandparent. The total numbers of owner -disabled householders outnumber disabled renter householders by a 2.3 to 1 ratio. Key housing need indicators are: 274 `lower" income renter households have a disabled member. (103+78+98) 81 % experience one or more housing problems. 325 `lower income owner households have a disabled member. (88+85+152) 41 % experience one or more housing problems. One or more housing problem includes a cost burden greater than 30% of income and/or overcrowding and/or without complete kitchen or plumbing facilities. A-31 Table A-21 City of Temple City Disability Prevalence Rates by Age Group (5+ Years) With a Total Prevalence Age Group Disability No Disability Population Rate 5to15 211 4,917 5,128 4.1% 16 to 20 232 1,863 2,095 11.1% 21 to 64 3,051 16,467 19,518 15.6% 65 to 74 697 1,441 2,138 32.6% 75+ years 1,277 987 2,264 56.4% Total 5,468 25,675 31,143 17.6% Source, Census 2000, Summary File 3, Table P42, Disability Status by Age Table constructed by Castaneda & Associates HUD -produced data reveal that 1,664 households had a "mobility or self care limitation," representing 14.6% of all households. According to HUD: This includes all households where one or more persons has 1) a long- lasting condition that substantially limits one or more basic physical activity, such as walking, climbing stairs, reaching, lifting, or carrying and/or 2) a physical, mental, or emotional condition lasting more than 6 months that creates difficulty with dressing, bathing, or getting around the home. What this means is that the data in Table A-22 should not be interpreted as an estimate of the number of heads of household with a disability. Instead, the disability could be affecting someone other than a householder, perhaps a spouse, child, grandchild or grandparent. The total numbers of owner -disabled householders outnumber disabled renter householders by a 2.3 to 1 ratio. Key housing need indicators are: 274 `lower" income renter households have a disabled member. (103+78+98) 81 % experience one or more housing problems. 325 `lower income owner households have a disabled member. (88+85+152) 41 % experience one or more housing problems. One or more housing problem includes a cost burden greater than 30% of income and/or overcrowding and/or without complete kitchen or plumbing facilities. A-31 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Table A-22 City of Temple City Households With Disabled Persons by Income Group and Tenure Source: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, State of the Cities Data Systems Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) Data, "Housing Problems Output for Mobility & Self Care Limitations', May 2004 [Data current as of 2000] Table construction by Castaneda & Associates d. Housino for the Disabled Temple City has no rental housing complexes developed exclusively for disabled persons. However, two of the eight apartment complexes surveyed in March 2008 reported that 31 units were accessible to disabled persons. In addition, the City has six Adult Residential Facilities (ARFs) having a capacity of 34 beds. ARFs are facilities of any capacity that provide 24-hour non-medical care for adults ages 18 through 59, who are unable to provide for their own daily needs. Adults may be physically handicapped, developmentally disabled, and/or mentally disabled. e. Conclusions and Findinos The lack of affordable housing and financial resources to make modifications to their housing units are likely to be serious problems affecting lower income disabled renters. Owners also may need physical modifications to their home. The City's housing rehabilitation program may provide grants or loans to owners to help them retrofit or modify their homes. 3. Large Families a. Definitions HCD defines large families as consisting of five or more persons. Census data provides estimates of households with five, six, seven or more persons. b. Special Housing Needs Lower income, large families need three, four or five bedroom housing units at affordable costs. Since housing with these numbers of bedrooms usually command higher costs than smaller units, affordability is another key need of large families/households. A-32 Disabled Disabled Total Percentage Income Group Renters Owners Households Distribution Extremely Low 103 88 191 10.8% Very Low 73 85 158 9.0% Low 98 152 250 14.2% Above Low 254 907 1,161 66.0% Total 528 1,232 1,760 100.0% Source: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, State of the Cities Data Systems Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) Data, "Housing Problems Output for Mobility & Self Care Limitations', May 2004 [Data current as of 2000] Table construction by Castaneda & Associates d. Housino for the Disabled Temple City has no rental housing complexes developed exclusively for disabled persons. However, two of the eight apartment complexes surveyed in March 2008 reported that 31 units were accessible to disabled persons. In addition, the City has six Adult Residential Facilities (ARFs) having a capacity of 34 beds. ARFs are facilities of any capacity that provide 24-hour non-medical care for adults ages 18 through 59, who are unable to provide for their own daily needs. Adults may be physically handicapped, developmentally disabled, and/or mentally disabled. e. Conclusions and Findinos The lack of affordable housing and financial resources to make modifications to their housing units are likely to be serious problems affecting lower income disabled renters. Owners also may need physical modifications to their home. The City's housing rehabilitation program may provide grants or loans to owners to help them retrofit or modify their homes. 3. Large Families a. Definitions HCD defines large families as consisting of five or more persons. Census data provides estimates of households with five, six, seven or more persons. b. Special Housing Needs Lower income, large families need three, four or five bedroom housing units at affordable costs. Since housing with these numbers of bedrooms usually command higher costs than smaller units, affordability is another key need of large families/households. A-32 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A C. Larne Families/Households HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Table A-23 shows an estimated 1,667 large households with five, six, and seven or more persons, representing 14.7% of all households. Between 1990 and 2000, the number of large households residing in Temple City increased by 276 from 1,391 to 1,667. In 2000, the number of large owner households (1,077) is nearly twice the number of renter households (590). Table A-23 City of Temple City Number of Households By Pousehold Size and Tenure — 2001 Number of Persons Owner Percent Renter Percent Total Percent 1 person 1,215 17.0% 1023 24.5% 2,238 19.7% 2 persons 2,098 29.3% 1082 25.9% 3,180 28.0% 3 persons 1,386 19.4% 809 19.3% 2,195 19.4% 4 persons 1,380 19.3% 678 16.2% 2,058 18.2% 5 persons 656 9.2% 360 8.6% 1,016 9.0% 6 persons 272 3.8% 136 3.3% 408 3.6% 7 persons+ 149 2.1% 94 2.2% 243 2.1% Total 7,156 100.0% 4,182 100.0% 11,338 100.0% Source: Census 2000 Summary File 1, Table H15, Household Size by Tenure Table construction by Castaneda & Associates In 2000, the City's lower-income, large households had multiple housing problems, including overpaying, overcrowding and substandard housing. Table A-24 reveals that all extremely low and very low income large family homeowners and renters experience one or more housing problems. Also, about eight of every nine low income large family owners and renters experience one or more housing problems. A-33 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Table A-24 City of Temple City Large Family Renters and Owners with Housing Assistance Needs By Income Group -2000 *Note: Any housing problems means cost burden greater than 30% of income and/or overcrowding and/or without complete kitchen or plumbing facilities. Source: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, State of the Cities Data Svstems Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strateov (CHAS) Data, "Housing Problems Output for All Households", May 2004 [Data current as of 2000] Table construction by Castaneda & Associates d. Housinq for Larqe Families/Households Census 2000 reports a total of 5,059 occupied housing units with 3, 4 or 5+ bedrooms. A comparison is given below of housing availability for large owner and renter households: ❑ An estimated 4,244 owner occupied housing units with 3, 4 or 5+ bedrooms were occupied at the time of the Census. There were a total of 1,077 large owner households for a ratio over 3.9 to 1. ❑ An estimated 815 renter occupied housing units with 3, 4 or 5+ bedrooms were occupied at the time of the Census. There were a total for 590 large renter households for a ratio of 1.4 to 1. Based on these indicators, housing availability for large renter householders is significantly less than for owners. e. Housing Affordabilitv Besides having enough space, housing affordability is another key need of large families. Overpaying is a problem affecting large renter and owner households alike. The list below compares renters and owners. A-34 % with any % with any Income Housing Housing Group Renters Problems* Owners Problems* Extremely Low 0-30% MFI 89 100.0% 25 100.0% Very Low 31-50% MFI 120 100.0% 55 100.0% Low 51-80% MFI 85 88.2% 125 88.0% Above Low >80% MFI 269 65.1% 855 57.3% Total 563 81.5% 1,060 64.2% *Note: Any housing problems means cost burden greater than 30% of income and/or overcrowding and/or without complete kitchen or plumbing facilities. Source: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, State of the Cities Data Svstems Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strateov (CHAS) Data, "Housing Problems Output for All Households", May 2004 [Data current as of 2000] Table construction by Castaneda & Associates d. Housinq for Larqe Families/Households Census 2000 reports a total of 5,059 occupied housing units with 3, 4 or 5+ bedrooms. A comparison is given below of housing availability for large owner and renter households: ❑ An estimated 4,244 owner occupied housing units with 3, 4 or 5+ bedrooms were occupied at the time of the Census. There were a total of 1,077 large owner households for a ratio over 3.9 to 1. ❑ An estimated 815 renter occupied housing units with 3, 4 or 5+ bedrooms were occupied at the time of the Census. There were a total for 590 large renter households for a ratio of 1.4 to 1. Based on these indicators, housing availability for large renter householders is significantly less than for owners. e. Housing Affordabilitv Besides having enough space, housing affordability is another key need of large families. Overpaying is a problem affecting large renter and owner households alike. The list below compares renters and owners. A-34 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT 219 lower income (<80% AMI) large renter households were overpaying in 2000, representing 16% of all the lower income renters that were overpaying. 170 lower income large owner households were overpaying in 2000, representing 17% of all the lower income owners that were cost burdened. Conclusions and Findings Overcrowding and overpaying are significant problems for large renter households. These two problems affect most of the 219 lower income large family renters. In the future, the needs of large families could be effectively addressed by including 3 -bedroom housing units in market rate and affordable multifamily housing developments. 4. Farmworkers a. Guidelines The element should estimate the number of permanent and migrant farmworkers within the community. The analysis should describe the zones where housing for farmworkers is allowed, evaluate whether sufficient opportunities for housing for migrant and permanent farmworkers exists, and describe any conditions on development, development standards, and processing requirements. b. Definitions A farm worker is -- A person who performs manual and/or hand tool labor to plant, cultivate, harvest, pack and/or load field crops and other plant life. A person who attends to live farm, ranch or aquacultural animals including those produced for animal products." [Source: State of California, Employment Development Department, Labor Market Information Division Occupational Definition] Because of their predominantly low incomes, housing affordability is an acute need for farmworkers. C. Farmworkers in Temole Citv The City has no land devoted to the production of field crops and/or other plant life. Likewise, there is no land used for animals. As a result, there are no farmworkers employed in Temple City. There may be persons residing or "housed" in the City who are farmworkers at locations outside the municipal boundaries. The housed "farmworkers" who may reside in the City would live in a household and occupy a housing unit. As such, they would be among the existing households counted as part of the 2000 Census, and estimates of existing and projected housing needs produced by SCAG. Consequently, the resident low-income "farmworker" households — A-35 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT if any — would be included among all the households. That is, the resident farmworker housing needs would be counted as part of the lower income households experiencing problems of overpaying, overcrowding, and living in substandard housing. Census 2000 estimates that a total of 25 persons/residents had jobs in the "agricultural, forestry, fishing, and hunting" industry, Twenty persons were the employee of a private company. There were no persons employed by private not-for-profit wage and salary workers. The number of residents employed in "agricultural' compared to "forestry, fishing and hunting" is unknown. d. Conclusions and Findinas The City has not devoted a residential zone exclusively for farmworker housing. However, housing for farmworkers could be developed in the multifamily residential zones. Based on the above information, however, the City concludes that there is not a need for farmworker housing in Temple City. 5. Female Householders a. Definitions By way of background - "Householders are classified by type according to the sex of the householder and the presence of relatives. Two types of householders are distinguished: family householders and non -family householders. A family householder is a householder living with one or more people related to him or her by birth, marriage, or adoption. The householder and all of the people in the household related to him or her are family members. A nonfamily householder is a householder living alone or with nonrelatives only." (U.S. Census Bureau) In most cases, the householder is the person, or one of the people, in whose name the home is owned, being bought, or rented and who is listed as Person 1 on the Census questionnaire. A female householder, then, is one who is maintaining a household. A female householder, no husband present means a familywith a female householder and no spouse of the householder present. b. Special Housino Needs of Female Householders Some key housing needs include: ❑ Affordable housing ❑ Housing developments that provide supportive services ❑ Assistance in locating housing or in securing shared housing ❑ Access to housing which accommodates children A-36 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT ❑ Access to housing which is designed for security and convenience ❑ Access to housing near parks and open space to serve the needs of female householders with children. C. Estimate of Female Householders Of the City's 11,393 households, 3,225 (28.4%) are female householders. Table A-25 shows the owner/renter status of female householders, as well as household type. As indicated, 55.5% are owners and 44.5% are renters. Table A-25 City of Temple City Female Householders by Tenure — 2000 Type of Household Owner Renter Total Percent Family, No Husband 829 796 1,625 50.4% Not Livinq Alone 105 109 214 6.6% Livinq Alone 855 531 1,386 43.0% Total 1,789 1,436 3,225 100.0% Percent 55.5% 44.5% Source: Census 2000, Summary File 1, Table H17 -Tenure by Household Type (Including Living Alone) by Age of Householder Table construction by Castaneda & Associates As Table A-25 shows some important female householder characteristics: ❑ 1,625 live in a family of two or more persons with no spouse present (50.4%) ❑ 1,386 live alone (43.0%) ❑ 214 live in nonfamily households with nonrelatives (6.6%) Table A-26, on the following page, further describes the tenure and age characteristics of female householders. ❑ Seniors comprise nearly one-half (683 of 1,386) of all the female householders living alone. About 62% of these women are owners. ❑ Female family householders are predominantly non -seniors. The percentage of owners and renters is nearly 50/50. ❑ There are few non -family female householders. d. Conclusions and Findinqs Because so many female householders live alone, overcrowding is not expected to be a problem as it is for small and large families. Female householders, especially those that A-37 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT are renting an apartment or home, do have housing affordability concerns. Perhaps, the key indicator of housing need is the overpaying situation of female householders living in rental housing. About 600 renter female householders are cost burdened based on the overpaying rate among all the City's renter households (42% of 1,436 renters). Table A-26 City of Temple City Female Households by Tenure and Age of Householder — 2000 Type of Household Living Alone 15-34 35-64 65+ Total 2 or More Persons, No Husband 15-34 35-64 65+ Total 2 or More, Nonfamily 15-34 35-64 65+ Total Owner I Renter Total 21 99 120 321 262 583 513 170 683 855 531 1,386 74 213 287 540 526 1,066 215 57 272 829 796 1,625 17 45 62 63 58 121 25 6 31 105 109 214 Source: Census 2000, Summary File 1, Table H17 -Tenure by Household Type (Including Living Alone) by Age of Householder Table construction by Castaneda & Associates A-38 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT 6. Families and Persons in Need of Emergency Shelter a. Guidelines An estimate or count of the daily average number of persons lacking permanent shelter. Wherever possible, this figure should be divided into single males and females, and families (one or more adults with children). These subgroups require significantly different types of shelter. As local data allows, also include the mentally ill, developmentally disabled, substance abusers, survivors of domestic violence, and other categories of homeless considered significant by the jurisdiction. An inventory of the number, approximate location, and type of existing shelter beds, hotel/motel vouchers, and units of transitional housing available, Present shelter resources by type (e.g., family shelter beds, homeless adult female housing, transitional living units, etc.). An estimate derived from the figures above, of the number of additional beds or shelters and transitional housing units needed. Definitions The following definitions are those adopted by the Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority: Homeless Persons: are people who lack a fixed, regular and adequate nighttime residence, and have a primary nighttime residence that is either a public or private shelter, an institution that provides temporary residence for individuals intended to be institutionalized, or a public or private location that is not designed for, or ordinarily used as, a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings. Emergency Shelter. is the provision of a safe alternative to the streets, either in a shelter facility, or through the use of motel vouchers. Emergency shelter is short-term, usually for 30 -days or less. Domestic violence shelters are considered emergency shelter, as they provide safe, immediate housing for victims and their children. Transitional Housing: facilitates the movement of homeless individuals and families to permanent housing. It is housing in which homeless persons may live up to 24 months and receive supportive services that enable them to live more independently. Supportive services — which help promote residential stability, increased skill level or income, and greater self-determination — may be provided by the organization managing the housing, or coordinated by that organization and provided by other public or private agencies. Transitional housing can be provided in one structure or several structures at one site, or in multiple structures at scattered sites. A-39 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Unsheltered Persons: are those homeless who are living on the streets, in abandoned buildings, storage structures, vehicles, encampments, or any other place unfit for human habitation. Generally, those not utilizing Los Angeles County operated emergency or transitional housing shelters are considered unsheltered. [Source: Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority, 2007 Greater Los Angeles Homeless Count, Appendix VIII, Definitions and Abbreviations, pgs. 169 and 170.] C. Special Housina Needs HUD's model approach to helping meet the needs of the homeless is referred to as a Continuum of Care. A Continuum of Care begins with a point of entry in which the needs of a homeless individual or family are assessed. The intake and assessment component is performed by an emergency shelter or through a separate assessment center. To reach and engage homeless persons living on the street, the homeless service system also includes a strong outreach component. Once a needs assessment is completed, the person/family may be referred to permanent housing or to transitional housing where supportive services are provided to prepare them for independent living. For example, a homeless person with a substance abuse problem may be referred to a transitional rehabilitation program before being assisted with permanent housing. Some individuals, particularly persons with chronic disabilities, may require ongoing supportive services once they move into permanent housing. The goal of the comprehensive homeless service system is to ensure that homeless individuals and families move from homelessness to self-sufficiency, housing and independent living. d. Estimates of Homelessness As noted in a recent report — "...the transience of America's unhoused makes it difficult to quantify the homeless population and determine who is at risk of becoming homeless. In addition to having no fixed address, individuals may experience bouts of homelessness lasting a few days or several years, and a significant number return to homelessness after leaving the streets, resulting in constant population fluctuation." [Helping America's Homeless: Emergency Shelter or Affordable Housing?] This same report found that the — "Essential elements of homelessness as a social problem are so extreme that homeless people cannot remove their homeless condition themselves." Whatever the causes of homelessness, the "count" in many communities, including Temple City, varies within the year, and year to year, and over extended periods of time. There are an estimated 36 homeless persons in Temple City, according to the 2007 A-40 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT street count (actual enumeration) conducted by the Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority. e. Homeless Shelters and Services Attachment B provides an inventory of homeless shelters and service providers located near Temple City. There are no emergency shelters or shelters for domestic violence victims located in Temple City. Conclusions and Findinqs Government Code Section 65583(a)(4)(A) requires the City to establish a zone or zones where emergency shelters are a permitted use and with sufficient capacity to accommodate the City's need for emergency shelter. This same Government Code Section further states: "If the local government cannot identify a zone or zones with sufficient capacity, the local government shall include a program to amend its zoning ordinance to meet the requirements of this paragraph within one year of the adoption of the housing element." [emphasis added] The City's Housing Program includes a program to amend the Zoning Code to establish .. a zone or zones where emergency shelters are allowed as a permitted use without a conditional use permit or other discretionary permit." D. PROJECTED HOUSING NEEDS 1. Population Trends and Projections As of January 1, 2008, the City's population was 35,683 persons, according to the State Department of Finance. Census 2000 estimated a total population of 33,377 persons consisting of a group quarters population of 511 persons and a household population of 32,866. The majority of the group quarters' population (409) lived in nursing homes, while the remainder lived in "other non institutional" group quarters (98) and "other institutions" (4). Table A-27 shows that in both the 1980s and 1990s, Temple City gained more than 2,000 persons in each decade. Since Census 2000, the City's population has increased by about 2,300 persons. The housing stock has experienced modest gains compared to the population growth. Between April 1, 1990 and January 1, 2008, the City's housing stock has increased by 373 dwelling units. By contrast, the community's population has increased by an estimated 4,583 persons. That means that some vacant units became occupied during the 18 -year period and that the average household size has increased. Table A-28 shows Temple City's housing stock trends. A-41 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Source: U.S. Census for Years 1970, 1980, 1990 and 2000 State Department of Finance, Demographic Research Unit, Population Estimate for the January 1, 2005 and January 1, 2008 Table construction by Castaneda & Associates April 1, 1990 January 1, 1995 April 1, 2000 January 1, 2005 January 1, 2008 Table A-28 City of Temple City Housing Stock Trends: 1990-2008 Total Cumulative Housinq Units Table A-27 11,548 11,625 City of Temple City 11,674 126 Population Growth Trends: 1970-2008 310 11,921 373 Total Incremental Percentage Population Increase Increase April 1, 1970 31,034 --- --- April 1, 1980 28,972 -2,062 -6.6% April 1, 1990 31,100 2,128 7.3% April 1, 2000 1 33,377 2,277 7.3% January 1, 2005 1 35,431 2,054 6.2% January 1, 2008 1 35,683 252 0.7% Source: U.S. Census for Years 1970, 1980, 1990 and 2000 State Department of Finance, Demographic Research Unit, Population Estimate for the January 1, 2005 and January 1, 2008 Table construction by Castaneda & Associates April 1, 1990 January 1, 1995 April 1, 2000 January 1, 2005 January 1, 2008 Table A-28 City of Temple City Housing Stock Trends: 1990-2008 Total Cumulative Housinq Units Increase 11,548 11,625 77 11,674 126 11,858 310 11,921 373 Percentage Increase Source: 1990 Census and Census 2000, Summary File 1. State Department of Finance, Demographic Research Unit, Housing Unit Estimates, January 1, 2008. Table construction by Castaneda & Associates 2. Employment Trends and Projections a. Jobs Located in the City SCAG estimates that in 2005 there were 6,534 jobs located in Temple City. Between 2005 and 2015, SCAG projects an increase of 439 jobs from a total of 6,534 to 6,973. Over the 8 '/2 year housing element period the local jobs would increase by 373, or 44 jobs per year. The ZIP Code Business Patterns estimates that in 2005 there were almost 4,800 jobs located in Temple City, an increase of just over 300 jobs since 2000. ZIP Code Business Patterns presents data on establishments and employment based on the physical location address reported in Census Bureau programs. Data are excluded for self- employed persons, employees of private households, railroad employees, agricultural production workers and most government employees. Therefore, the 4,800 job estimate does not include employees working at City Hall, the library or fire station. And the A-42 TECHNICAL APPENDIX HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT estimate probably excludes the 525 workers, who according to Census 2000, worked at home. As a result, the number of jobs physically located in Temple City probably ranges between 6,000 and 6,500. Moreover, job growth during the next few years is expected to be modest — ranging between 30 and 45 per year -- based on trends between 2000 and 2005, the SCAG projections, and the sluggish economy. 2. Labor Force -- Workers-Emnloved Residents The City, as of April 2008, has a labor force of 18,600 workers and 17,900 employed residents, according to the California Employment Development Department. The unemployment rate is 3.6%. Census 2000 reports 14,800 workers 16 years of age or over. Almost 1,600 employed residents (11%) worked at a job located within Temple City. About 4,400 employed residents worked in the City of Los Angeles and 8,000 worked in another community located in Los Angeles County. Census 2000 reports the following commute times <15 minutes 3,260 workers 22% 15-30 minutes 4,817 workers 33% 30+ minutes 6,727 workers 45% 3. Share of Regional Housing Needs According to the Housing Element Law: .. a locality's share of the regional housing needs includes that share of the housing needs of persons at all income levels within the area significantly affected by a jurisdiction's general plan." (Section 65584 [a]) Pursuant to the State Housing Element Law, SCAG is responsible for allocating to each city its share of the regional housing need. SCAG's RHNA allocates 987 housing units for the January 1, 2006 to June 30, 2014 period. The three components of the City's allocation include household growth, replacement housing needs, and an ideal vacancy rate: Replacement housing needs, according to the RHNA Methodology, are based on the nine-year average between 1997 and 2005 of demolition permits reported to the State Department of Finance (DOF). Household growth refers to the housing needed to accommodate the projected increase in households (i.e., occupied housing units). Vacancy allowance refers to adjustments in housing units need to make up for vacancy deficits or surpluses. A-43 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT The components of the City's 987 -unit share of the regional housing need include: Household Growth 578 housing units Replacement Housing Need 375 housing units Vacancy Allowance 34 housing units In 2006, AB 2634 amended the State housing element law to require that the needs assessment specifically analyze the "extremely low income' level. The law was amended to indicate that — "Local agencies shall calculate the subset of very low income households allotted under Section 65584 that qualify as extremely low income households." The calculations shown in Table A-29 are based on the City's proportion of extremely low- (.4727) and very low-income (.5273) households among all the households below 50% of the area median income. These two proportions were applied to the RHNA allocation of housing units to the a50% of median income group. Table A-29 shows the Final RHNA for all five income groups. Table A-29 City of Temple City Share of Regional Housing Needs January 1, 2006- June 30, 2014 Income 2006-2014 Category Number Percent Extremely Low 118 12.0% Very Low 131 13.3% Low 156 15.8% Moderate 165 16.7% Above Moderate 417 42.2% Total: 987 100.0% Source: Southern California Association of Governments, Final Regional Housing Need Allocation Plan — Planning Period January 1, 2006 — June 30, 2014 for Jurisdictions within the Six County SCAG Region, July 12, 2007. Technical Appendix D contains the inventory of sites that can accommodate the City's share of the regional housing need for the January 1, 2006 through June 30, 2014 time period. A-44 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT E. ANALYSIS OF OPPORTUNITIES FOR ENERGY CONSERVATION Cities across the country, State and local governments and nations around the world are adopting programs and policies that provide economic and quality of life benefits such as reduced energy bills, air quality improvements, open space conservation, reduced traffic congestion, improved transportation choices, and economic development and job creation through energy conservation and the development of new energy technologies. In order to implement existing opportunities for energy conservation, the City will accomplish the following: Adopt an energy conservation goal to reduce per capita energy consumption by 10% by 2014. 2. Strive to meet or exceed the conservation goal by taking actions in to be good stewards of our environment. 3. Create and adopt an energy action plan to include the following milestones: Determine baseline energy use, including an assessment of current energy practices within Temple City. Establish specific targets and long-term goals to create a framework for implementation of a citywide energy conservation plan. Implement policies and measures citywide that increase energy conservation and efficiency. Monitor results and showcase positive outcomes 4. Educating residents, businesses, visitors and governments to reduce energy use and conserve energy: Share information and promote programs to encourage behavior changes that lead to lower energy bills. Encourage lower energy use and off peak use during hot summer months. 5. Provide incentives, tools, and energy conservation programs that help individuals and businesses to decrease their peak and annual power use. 6. Adopt and enforce land use policies that promote efficient energy use and resource sustainability. 7. Promote awareness and education about sustainability' and energy conservation through websites, newsletters, and other community and regional outreach opportunities. A-45 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Sustainability refers to the physical development and institutional operating practices that meet the needs of present users without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs, particularly with regard to use and waste of natural resources. Sustainable practices support ecological, human, and economic health and vitality. Sustainability presumes that resources are finite, and should be used conservatively and wisely with a view to long-term priorities and consequences of the ways in which resources are used. (as defined by the University of California, 2003) In addition, the City's Website will inform residents of the Southern California Edison's "Energy Management Assistance Program" (EMA) which provides services designed to help income -qualified households to conserve energy and reduce their electricity costs. Through this program, SCE pays all the costs of purchasing and installing energy efficient appliances and equipment free to homeowners and renters. The City's Website also will inform residents of The Gas Company's energy efficiency rebate program. That program offers rebates to the owners of single family homes, apartments and mobile homes who buy energy efficient appliances. A-46 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Attachment A Los Angeles County Senior Population Profile Los Angeles County Area Agency on Aging Preparing for the Future: A Report on the Expected Needs of Los Angeles County's Older Adult Population Greater numbers of older persons, age 65 and over, will reside in Los Angeles County, characterized by: • Increased numbers of older persons overall, and a greater proportion of the population (one in five) that is age 65+; • Increased ethnic diversity, especially of Latino and Asian/Pacific Islander elderly; • Increased numbers of older persons for whom English is their second language; • Increased numbers of persons who are victims of Alzheimer's disease and related dementias; • Increased numbers of functionally -Impaired persons; • Increased prevalence of chronic health conditions; • Increased numbers of older persons living in poverty; • Increased longevity, with persons age 85+ comprising one in twenty older persons; • A greater number of older persons relying solely on Social Security for income and Medicare for health insurance, and thus unprepared for the costs of their own long-term care needs; • A greater number of the older military veterans relying on County health and social service systems More Older Adults Will Live in Poverty — Los Angeles County will see an increase in the number of persons age 65 and over living in poverty. Poverty rates among non-white ethnic minority populations are normally higher than among whites (Administration on Aging, 1997). Because the County is projected to have a high percentage of non-white, ethnic minority groups, the percentage of County resident's age 65+ living in poverty is expected to be above the national average. More Adults Will Live with Functional Disabilities and Chronic Health Problems — One in five persons age 60+ report some functional impairment ranging from difficulties performing instrumental activities of daily living (IADLs, e.g., shopping, cooking, cleaning), to more severe impairments limiting ability to perform the most basic activities of daily living (ADLs, e.g. bathing, ambulating, eating, dressing) (Gornick Warren, & Eggers, 1996). Fifty percent (50%) of non -institutionalized persons age 85+ reports the need for personal assistance (Hobbs & Damon, 1996) More Older Persons Will Rely on the In -Home Supportive Services Program and Other Programs for Personal and Home Care Assistance — The federal and state funded In -Home Supportive Services (IHSS) program is the County's largest home- based long-term care program for functionally -impaired persons, with the majority if its clientele (65.5%) age 65 and over. In May 1990, the program aided 56,381 County residents, whereas by May 1999, the program aided 92,184 County residents. Assistance in the home can be difficult to obtain and cost prohibitive for older persons on limited incomes; many people go without the in-home care they need, and deteriorate to A-47 TECHNICAL APPEND/XA HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT the point of requiring institutionalization (Little Hoover Commission, 1996) In-home care is an important resource that better answers the needs and wants of older persons and their families than institutional care (Alzheimer's Association & National Association of State Units on Aging, 1995; Little Hoover Commission, 1996) Various programs beyond In -Home Supportive Services provide home care services, both in the public and private sectors. These include Older Americans Act in-home services under the Area Agency on Aging, private home care and home health care providers, and others; these are also important aspects of the long-term care continuum. Residential Care Facilities Will Continue to Be an Important Option on the Continuum of Care — Residential Care Facilities for the Elderly vary greatly in size, ranging from under six beds to more than 100. All licensed residential care facilities, however, must provide care and supervision, in addition to assessment and linkage to services that meet a resident's specific needs. Such facilities "...provide a range of services that stop just short of medical care, including meals, shelter, laundering, transportation, supervision of medications and limited assistance with activities of daily living (Little Hoover Commission, 1996). Although the facilities are responsible for their safety, residents are free to come and go as they please. Residents cannot be bedridden or require 24 hour nursing care (Little Hoover Commission, 1996). Residential Care Facilities for the Elderly are an important alternative for many older persons who are unable to continue living at home. These facilities are "a consumer - favored option for long-term care because of the home -like setting, lower cost and individual freedom provided" (Little Hoover Commission, 1996) In Los Angeles County, 43,700 older persons live in 1,200 residential care facilities for the elderly (also known as "board and care facilities") (M. Arechaederra, personal communication, October 8, 1999). Although no public funding source pays directly for the cost of residential care, the government does impose a limit on what facilities may charge if the resident receives Supplement Security Income/State Supplemental Payment (SSI/SSP)(Little Hoover Commission, 1996) Nursing Homes — Although nursing homes are an important part of the service delivery continuum for older persons, it is also important to note that often older persons are placed in these facilities due to lack of options rather than a need for 24-hour nursing care. Consumers prefer to receive care at home instead of in nursing homes (Little Hoover Commission, 1996) Nursing homes, which take the lion's share of public funds expended on long-term care, are an expensive way to deliver care unless the person actually needs round-the-clock nursing attention. Experts believe that many existing residents of nursing homes, who receive 24 -hour -a -day care, could be served in home or community settings if adequate but limited assistance were available (Little Hoover Commission, 1996) Considering the projected growth in the elderly population overall, and especially the projected growth in the frail and chronically -ill elderly population, it is important to consider new service delivery strategies that address the specialized needs of this group. As the Little Hoover Commission state, "Many people go without adequate care and deteriorate to the point of requiring institutionalization because in home assistance is difficult to obtain. Others are pushed into costly skilled nursing facilities prematurely A-48 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT because of the perverse financial incentives of government assistance" (Little Hoover Commission, 1996) Affordable Housing - Affordable housinc especially for older adults on fixed incomes. income older adults from their communities rent control. continues to be a critical unmet need An emerging trend is the "eviction" of low - (large and highly -developing cities) with no Women's Issues - The most pivotal demographic indicator reflects the disproportionate role of women as both care -receivers and caregivers. Women will place a much greater demand on long-term care services for several core reasons: (i) the total number of elderly women will increase dramatically in the next three decades, more than doubling by 2030, (ii) females comprise a larger percentage of the frail elderly (age 85+ years), outnumbering males by nearly a 2:1 ratio, and (iii) women generally have significantly fewer financial resources (e.g., pensions and shorter work histories) than men and have to stretch them further due to lower lifetime earnings and greater longevity. Furthermore, as caregivers, females constitute an even more significant majority of people who are engaged in providing some level of informal care to family or friends, about 75% of the total caregivers according to some estimates. (Mother's Day Report, Washington D.C.: Older Women's League 2001. Summary - Senior and disabled care is going to change very suddenly and dramatically, as the Baby Boomers reach elderly status and enter retirement. In coming decades, the ranks of the elderly and people with disabilities will swell to a degree that is unprecedented in history. The growth of this population, coupled with generational differences between them and the rest of the County's population, will likely overwhelm County programs and resources unless appropriate plans are made. A-49 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Attachment B Los Angeles County Office of Education Referral Guide for Homeless Children, Youth and Families Service Providers Located Near Temple City Department of Public Social Service (DPSS) EI Monte Office (Cal WORKS, Food Stamps, Medi -Cal) 3350 Aerojet Ave. EI Monte CA 91731 Office Tel: (626) 569-3183 or (626) 569-3688 Housing Sup: Carmen Ruiz Tel: (626) 569-3487 Housing Dep Dir: Janet Liang Tel: (626) 569-3691 Director: Elba Rangel Tel: (626) 569-3677 Access Center Institute for Urban Research & Development Project ACHIEVE — EI Monte 11411 E. Valley Blvd., EI Monte CA 91731 Tel: (626) 444-9000 Contact: Joe Colletti Target Population: All Populations Services: Outreach, intake and assessment services for homeless persons. On site supportive services include intake/assessment, case management housing assistance, veterans' services, mental health services, life skills training, benefits advocacy, parenting classes and referrals. Supportive Services Prototypes: Community Assessment Center 11100 Valley Blvd. Suite 116, EI Monte CA 91731 Tel: (626) 444-0705 Services: Mental Health Outpatient, Adult Day Rehab for Children and Adults School District Homeless and Foster Youth Liaisons Arcadia USD Homeless and Foster Youth Liaisons Denise Fong Tel: (626) 821-6613 Fax: (626) 308-4486 E-mail: dfonar&ausd.net Homeless Liaison Silvana Aguirre, Homeless Liaison Tel: (626) 339-6432 Fax: (626) 339-7054 E -Mail: silvanaan..azusausd.kl2.ca.us A-50 TECHNICAL APPENDIX A HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT Foster Liaison Garry Creel, CWA Coordinator Tel: (626) 339-6432 Fax: (626) 339-7054 Email: oarrvcZ.asuzausd.k12.ca.us Temple City USD Homeless Liaison David Jaynes, Chief Business Official Tel: (626) 548-5005 Fax: (626)548-5025 Email: diavnesB-tcusd.net Foster Liaison Ann Keyes, Coord. Spec. Ed. Tel: (626) 548-5009 Fax: (626) 548-5037 E -Mail: akevesa.tcusd.net Food Pantries American Asian Pacific Ministries, Inc. 4022 N. Rosemead Blvd. Rosemead CA 91770 Tel: (626) 287-3475 Arcadia Presbyterian Church 121 Alice St., Arcadia CA 91006 Tel: (626) 445-7470 Arcadia Welfare and Thrift Shop 323 N. First St., Arcadia CA 91006 Tel: (626) 447-6864 Catholic Charities EI Monte Community Services 4171 Tyler Ave., EI Monte CA 91731 Tel: (626) 575-7652 Our Saviour Center 4368 Santa Anita Ave., EI Monte CA 91731 Tel: (626) 579-0290 People for People Food Program 860 E. Mission Rd., San Gabriel CA 91776 Tel: (626) 285-2549 Salvation Army San Gabriel Corps 125 E. Valley Blvd., San Gabriel CA 91776 Tel: (626) 288-8846 St. Anthony's Christian Service 1901 San Gabriel Blvd., San Gabriel CA 91776 Tel: (626) 288-8912 A-51 Technical Appendix B Governmental Constraints TABLE OF CONTENTS Technical Appendix B Governmental Constraints A — Introduction and Summary ................................................. ........... B-1 1. Introduction........................................................................................................................ B-1 2. Summary............................................................................................................................ B-2 (A) Land Use Controls....................................................................................................... B-2 (B) State Housing Law and the California Building Code .................................................. B-2 (C) On and Off Site Improvements.................................................................................... B-3 (D) Fees and Exactions..................................................................................................... B-3 (E) Processing and Permit Procedures............................................................................. B-3 (F) Constraints on Housing for Persons with Disabilities................................................... B-3 (G) Constraints on Meeting Regional Share Housing Needs ............................................ B-3 B— Land Use Controls.............................................................................................. B-4 1. Guidelines.......................................................................................................................... B-4 2. Analysis.............................................................................................................................. B-4 (A) General Plan Residential Land Use Categories.......................................................... B-4 (B) Residential Zones........................................................................................................ B-5 (C) Residential Zone Development Standards.................................................................. B-7 (D) Mixed Overlay Zone...... ............................................................................................... B-12 (E) Downtown Specific Plan.............................................................................................. B-14 (F) Senior Housing Overlay Zone....... ...... ........... ......................... ............ ... _ ... ......... - B-21 (G) Affordable Second Unit Housing................................................................................. B-23 (H) Affordable Housing Land Use Controls........-............................................................. B-23 (1) Moratoria and Prohibitions on Multifamily Housing....................................................... B-24 (J) Growth Controls and Urban Growth Boundaries.. ........................................................ B-24 3. Conclusions and Findings.................................................................................................. B-24 C — Building Codes and Enforcement......................................................................B-25 1. Guidelines.......................................................................................................................... B-25 2. Analysis.............................................................................................................................. B-25 (A) State Housing Law....................................................................................................... B-25 (B) City Building Code ............................................ -......................................................... B-25 (C) Code Enforcement....................................................................................................... B-26 3. Conclusions and Findings.................................................................................................. B-27 D — On -Site and Off -Site Improvement Requirements ............................................ B-27 1. Guidelines ...................................... .......................................... .......................................... B-27 2. Analysis.............................................................................................................................. B-27 3. Conclusion and Findings................................................................................................... B-28 E — Fees and Exactions............................................................................................ B-28 1. Guidelines..........................................................................................................................B-28 2. Analysis.............................................................................................................................. B-29 (A) Fee Categories......................................................................................................._. B-29 (B) Fees for Typical Multi -Family Housing......................................................................... B-29 (C) Fees for a Typical Single -Family Housing................................................................... B-29 (D) Exactions ...... ............. -....... ............................................................................ :............ B-30 3. Conclusions and Findings...... .......... _ ............................................................................... B-30 F — Processing and Permit Procedures................................................................... B-30 1. Guidelines ........... .......... ..... ........................ ....................................................................... B-30 2. Analysis., ..... ........ ....... ............................................ B-30 (A) Types of Permits for Residential Land Uses by Zone District ..................................... B-30 (B) Processing Time/Fast Track Processing..................................................................... B-31 (C) Site Plan Review Process............................................................................................ B-33 (D) Conditional Use Permit Process.................................................................................. B-34 (E) Design Review Guidelines and Processing... ...... .... __ ..... .. ................ .................... B-35 3. Conclusions and Findings.............................................................. -.................................. B-36 G — Constraints on Housing for Disabled Persons ................................................. B-37 1. Guidelines.......................................................................................................................... B-37 2. Analysis.............................................................................................................................. B-37 (A) Reasonable Accommodation Procedure..................................................................... B-37 (B) Zoning and Land Use................................................................................................... B-38 (C) Permits and Processing .................................... ............. -.... .... ___ ....... ,..................... B-43 (D) Building Codes. ...................................................... ...... _ ...................................... B-44 3. Conclusions and Findings.......................................................................................-......... B-45 H — Constraints on Meeting the City's Share of the Regional Housing Need ....... B-45 1. Guidelines.......................................................................................................................... B-45 2. Analysis.............................................................................................................................. B-46 3. Conclusions and Findings. ............ .................................................................................... B-46 List of Tables B-1 Residential Zoning and Development Standards ..................................... B-8 B-2 Approved Developments R-2 Zone ......................................................... B-9 B-3 Lot Area and Dimensions........................................................................ B-10 B-4 Setback Requirements for Residential Zone ........................................... B-12 B-5 Downtown Specific Plan - Land Use Matrix ............................................. B-16 B-6 Downtown Specific Plan — Zoning Summary ........................................... B-17 B-7 Fees for Multi -Family and Single -Family Housing ................................... B-29 B-8 Housing Types by Residential Zone and Permits Required ..................... B-32 Attachment A: Joint Statement of the Department of Justice and the Department of Housing and Urban Development Group Homes, Local Land Use, and the Fair Housing Act August 18, 1999.......B-47 Attachment B Background Material — Reasonable Accommodation Procedure ................................... ...... B-49 Attachment C: Zoning Definitions... ....................... ...... ..... .................... .... ........ B-51 Attachment D: Sample Group Home Definition ....... .......... ................... ......... ............ ......................... B-56 Attachment E: Summary of Voluntary Model Universal Design Ordinance.................................................B-57 List of Exhibits B-1 Land Use Element.................................................................................. B-6 TECHNICAL APPENDIX 8 GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS A. INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY 1. Introduction Technical Appendix B provides: 'An analysis of potential and actual governmental constraints upon the maintenance, improvement, or development of housing for all income levels....' The analysis of governmental constraints includes — Land use controls, building codes and their enforcement, site improvements, fees and other exactions required of developers, local processing and permit procedures. The analysis shall also demonstrate local efforts to remove governmental constraints that hinder the locality from meeting its share of the regional housing need ... and for meeting the need for housing for the disabled. Therefore, the required analysis includes seven subjects: ❑ Land use controls ❑ Building codes and their enforcement ❑ On- and off-site improvements ❑ Fees and exactions ❑ Processing and permit procedures ❑ Constraints on housing for persons with disabilities ❑ Constraints on meeting regional share housing needs The purpose of the analysis is to find out if a standard or practice - "...constitute a barrier to the maintenance, improvement or development of housing." And whether certain policies — "...have a disproportionate or negative impact on the development of particular housing types (e.g., multifamily) or on housing developed for low- or moderate -income households." A determination should be made for each potential constraint whether it poses an actual constraint. AM TECHNICAL APPENDIX 8 GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS 2. Summary A brief summary of the governmental constraints analysis is presented below, with the complete analysis in the sections which follow. a. Land Use Controls The analysis of land use controls includes the following: General Plan Land Use Categories Residential Zones Residential Zone Development Standards Mixed Use Overly Zone Downtown Specific Plan Senior Housing Overlay Zone Affordable Second Unit Housing Affordable Housing Land Use Controls Moratoria and Prohibitions Against Multifamily Housing Growth Controls and Urban Growth Boundaries Based on the analysis of land use controls, the Housing Element sets forth programs to: amend the residential development standards in the Downtown Specific Plan; adopt zoning text amendments for non -R-1 adjacent R-3 parcels to provide for development at higher densities; provide incentives for consolidation of multi -family parcels; and adopt a local density bonus ordinance. b. State Housino Law and the California Buildino Code On January 15, 2008, the City Council adopted the "Building Code known and designated as Title 26: Building Code of the Los Angeles County Code by adopting the 2007 California Building Code and portions of the 1997 Uniform Building Code." The CBC was adopted by reference with only minor variations that do not adversely impact the cost of housing. The City's codes are considered to be the minimum necessary to protect the public health, safety and welfare. The Codes, which are based on the State Housing Law and uniform codes, are adopted by many cities throughout southern California and do not pose a constraint to residential development. C. On- and Off -Site Improvements The City's improvement requirements have been applied to existing housing as well as all residential developments under construction and approved for development. All development in the City is infill developments on existing (consolidated) lots that have existing dwellings. Consequently, streets have already been constructed to the maximum widths and there is existing curbs, gutter, sidewalks and other infrastructure such as street lights. d. Fees and Exactions The City believes that the fees for planning services, user charges, and plan check are both necessary and appropriate for residential development. The City has established each fee after careful study and consideration. B-2 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS The fees charges for typical single-family and multi -family housing represent a small percentage of the total development costs or sales prices. The Temple City Downtown Specific Plan encourages and facilitates housing development by allowing reductions in processing fees and utility connection fees. These incentives are granted through a development agreement process. e. Processing and Permit Procedures The City's processing and permit procedures are not a constraint on the development of housing. The City implements a "fast track" processing system. Nonetheless, in order to better facilitate housing, the City will implement a new administrative review process for multi -family and mixed use development focused on site and architectural review, replacing the current requirement for a conditional use permit. f. Constraints on Housino for Persons with Disabilities The City will amend the Zoning Code to ensure that its rules, policies, and standards are consistent with fair housing laws. The City will develop a reasonable accommodation procedure that encompasses both zoning and building standards. Guidance for developing the procedure will be obtained from disabled persons and advocacy groups. Once adopted, the reasonable accommodation procedure will be explained on the City's website and prominently displayed at the Community Development Department counter. In addition, the City will amend the Zoning Code to ensure that residential care facilities for six or fewer persons are permitted in all zones that permit single-family homes. The reasonable accommodation procedure — to be developed and adopted as part of the Housing Program — will make explicit that facilities housing seven or more disabled persons may seek an exception or waiver from the Zoning Code standards. Residential care facilities serving seven or more non -disabled persons will be required to have an approved Conditional Use Permit. The City's family definition will be revised to be consistent with fair housing laws, as well as all Zoning Code definitions that include the term "family." g. Constraints on Meetino Reoional Share Housino Needs Local governmental constraints that would prevent the City from meeting its share of the regional housing need will be ameliorated by the implementing amendments to the Downtown Specific Plan, allowance for higher densities on R-3 sites not adjacent to R-1 parcels, elimination of conditional use permit requirements for multi -family housing, and adopting a local density bonus ordinance. In summary, the City will accomplish the following actions and programs to address actual or potential governmental constraints: Downtown Specific Plan — revised residential standards B-3 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Multi -family Development Incentives Lot Consolidation Incentives Non -Discretionary Multi -Family Review Procedures Density Bonus Ordinance Inclusionary Housing Ordinance Reasonable Accommodation Procedure Revise Family Definition Include Residential Care Facilities in Zones that Permit Single Family Homes Zoning Provisions for Residential Care Facilities for Seven or More Persons Zoning for Special Needs (described in Technical Appendix D) B. LAND USE CONTROLS Guidelines HCD suggests that the analysis of land use controls - Identify and analyze zoning, density, parking requirements, lot coverage, height limits, lot sizes, unit sizes, design criteria, floor area ratios, setbacks, moratoria and prohibitions against multifamily housing developments, growth controls, urban growth boundaries, open space requirements, etc. (The italicized text is guidance provided by the State Department of Housing and Community Development in Housing Element Questions and Answers, October 2006, pg. 31.) The focus of analysis, then, is on whether the City's land use controls facilitate the development of a variety of housing types that can meet a wide spectrum of needs, including special housing needs. 2. Analysis The analysis of land use controls includes the following: General Plan Land Use Categories Residential Zones Residential Zone Development Standards Mixed Use Overly Zone Downtown Specific Plan Senior Housing Overlay Zone Affordable Second Unit Housing Affordable Housing Land Use Controls Moratoria and Prohibitions Against Multifamily Housing Growth Controls and Urban Growth Boundaries a. General Plan Residential Land Use Categories The City's General Plan provides three residential land use categories, which are described below: TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Low Densitv Residential: Residential dwelling unit densities in this category range from one (1) to six (6) units per acre. This particular land use designation is characterized by single-family detached units and is found throughout the City. The population intensity with maximum development is approximately seventeen persons per acre (based on an average household size of 2.75 persons). Medium Densitv Residential: This land use designation applies to those areas of the City in which the allowable densities for residential development range between seven (7) and twelve (12) units per acre. Housing units within this density range typically include a mix of single- family detached and attached units and duplexes. Medium Density Residential is concentrated in the far eastern, southwestern and northeastern sections of the City. The population per acre ranges from nineteen to thirty-three persons, assuming a 2.75 average household size. Hioh Densitv Residential: This land use designation refers to those areas of the City where the allowable residential densities are between thirteen (13) and twenty-four (24) units per acre. This designation identifies those neighborhoods where triplexes, fourplexes and apartment buildings are located. The potential population intensity per acre ranges from approximately thirty-six to sixty-six persons per acre. Exhibit B-1 on the next page is the City's General Plan Land Use Map.. b. Residential Zones The Temple City Zoning Code provides for housing in three residential zones. The R-1 Zone permits single-family homes up to a density of six dwelling units per acre. The R-2 Zone permits single-family homes, duplexes and multifamily housing up a density of 12 dwelling units per acre. The R-3 zone permits single-family homes, duplexes and multifamily housing up to a density of 18 dwelling units per acre. B-5 G7 -n TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS C. Residential Zone Development Standards Table B-1 on the next page describes seven development standards for each of the three residential zones. The analysis of development standards is discussed below in subjects (1) through (7). 1) Density and Lot Area: As illustrated below, housing density ranges from 6 to 18 dwelling units per acre. The densities noted above are realistic in that the minimum lot size and lot area per dwelling unit were determined after consideration of the other development standards including setbacks, minimum lot widths, floor area ratios and maximum lot coverage. That is, in the R-3 Zone four dwelling units can be constructed (and meet the development standards) on a lot that meets the minimum lot size of 10,000 square feet. Likewise, two units can be built on a R-2 lot that meets the minimum lot size requirement of 7,200 square feet. It must be noted that Temple City has no vacant residentially zoned sites except for one R-1 lot. Residential development occurs on infill lots that are consolidated by investor/builders. As a result, development does not occur on lots of, say, 7,200 square feet or 14,400 square feet. Most development occurs on R-2 lots of various sizes. Table B-2 demonstrates that on lots of various sizes the maximum densities can be attained and the minimum and maximum development standards satisfied. Table B-2 shows the characteristics of five recently approved developments in the R-2 Zone. The maximum densities were achieved while parking, height, floor area, lot coverage and open space requirements were met. The lot sizes ranged from 12,017 square feet to 38,006 square feet. As a result, the cumulative effect of the development standards does not reduce the housing supply capacity below the maximum that can be developed. Lowering the development standards would not result in bringing new housing within the cost/rent levels affordable to lower income households. Land costs and the cost of constructing the housing unit itself exceeds the maximum housing costs affordable to lower income households pursuant to the HOME Program, California Community Redevelopment Law and Low Income Housing Tax Credits. 3 Minimum Lot Lot Area Per Dwelling Units Residential Zone Size (Sq. Ft.) Dwelling Unit Per Acre R-1 7,200 7,200 6 R-2 7,200 3,600 12 R-3 10,000 2,400 18 The densities noted above are realistic in that the minimum lot size and lot area per dwelling unit were determined after consideration of the other development standards including setbacks, minimum lot widths, floor area ratios and maximum lot coverage. That is, in the R-3 Zone four dwelling units can be constructed (and meet the development standards) on a lot that meets the minimum lot size of 10,000 square feet. Likewise, two units can be built on a R-2 lot that meets the minimum lot size requirement of 7,200 square feet. It must be noted that Temple City has no vacant residentially zoned sites except for one R-1 lot. Residential development occurs on infill lots that are consolidated by investor/builders. As a result, development does not occur on lots of, say, 7,200 square feet or 14,400 square feet. Most development occurs on R-2 lots of various sizes. Table B-2 demonstrates that on lots of various sizes the maximum densities can be attained and the minimum and maximum development standards satisfied. Table B-2 shows the characteristics of five recently approved developments in the R-2 Zone. The maximum densities were achieved while parking, height, floor area, lot coverage and open space requirements were met. The lot sizes ranged from 12,017 square feet to 38,006 square feet. As a result, the cumulative effect of the development standards does not reduce the housing supply capacity below the maximum that can be developed. Lowering the development standards would not result in bringing new housing within the cost/rent levels affordable to lower income households. Land costs and the cost of constructing the housing unit itself exceeds the maximum housing costs affordable to lower income households pursuant to the HOME Program, California Community Redevelopment Law and Low Income Housing Tax Credits. 3 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Table B-1 City of Temple City Residential Zones and Development Standards Source: City of Temple City Zoning Code Chart construction by Castaneda & Associates Permitted Required Yard Setbacks Max. Min. Lot Area Pef Min, Max. Zone Uses Height Lot Dwelling Lot F.A.R. Lot Size Unit Width Cov Front Side Rear R-1 Single 20' 1st story: 5' or 15' 18' 7,200 sf 7200 sf 60' Single story. 50% Family Min, 10% of the lot (single (existing (existing N/A Dwelling width whichever story) lots are lots are (Up to 6 30' is greater exempt) exempt) Two story. du/acre) Max Street Side: 10' 26' 35 % of the (Ord. 2nd story. 15' for (two lot size or 98- the total story) 3,500 sq. ft , 823) combined whichever is setback on both smaller sides, or 20' if it's a corner lot R-2 Single/ 20' Single story: 5' 15' 30' 7,200 sf 3,600 sf 60' 50% 50% Multiple Street Side, 10' (existing (divide the (existing w/garage Family, Two story: lots are lot size by lots are Duplexes Iststory 10' exempt) this number exempt) (Up to 12 2nd story. no to get the Ju/acre) less than the 1 max. no. of story with an units) average of 15' setback R-3 Single/ 20' Single story: 5' 15' 30' 10,000 2,400 sf Interior 70% 50% Multiple Street side: 10' sf (divide the 80Ft w/garage Family, Two story: (existing lot size by Corner Duplexes 1st story: 10' lots are this number 100 It (Up to 18 2nd story. no exempt) to get the (existing du/acre) less than max. no. of lots are _ the 1st story with units) exempt) an average of 15' setback Source: City of Temple City Zoning Code Chart construction by Castaneda & Associates TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Table B-2 City of Temple City Approved Developments R-2 Zone Single-family 2 parking spaces per dwelling unit, each of which must be located in a garage. 3 garage parking spaces per dwelling unit for dwellings with more than 4 bedrooms. A den, library, study or similar habitable room which functionally could be used as a bedroom shall be considered a bedroom for purposes of determining required parking. Multiple 2 parking spaces per dwelling unit, each of which must be located in a garage or carport, plus 1 space, which shall be open and unenclosed, for each 2 units or any fraction thereof. Second unit 2 parking spaces, each of which shall be in a garage. Said parking may be in tandem. Lot Sizes 12,017 S.F. 16,128 S.F. 21,850 S.F. 27,569 S.F. 38,006 SY # of Units Maximum 3 4 6 7 10 Proposed 3 4 5 7 10 Garage Parking Minimum 6 8 10 14 20 Proposed 6 8 10 14 20 Guest Parking Minimum 3 4 5 7 10 Proposed 3 4 5 9 10 Height Maximum 30'0" 30'0" 30'0" 30'0" 30'0" Proposed 23'10" 25'4" 25'11" 24'4" 25'0" Floor Area Maximum .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 Proposed .49 .49 .48 .49 .49 Lot Coverage Maximum 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% Proposed 37% 31% 29% 34% 25% Open Space Minimum 1,500SF 2,OOOSF 2,500SF 3,500SF 5,000SF Proposed 2,576SF 3,136SF 3,489SF 7,100SF 13,395SF Source: Staff reports to Planning Commission on five R-2 Zone projects. 2) Parking Requirements: The parking requirements for dwelling units are as follows: Single-family 2 parking spaces per dwelling unit, each of which must be located in a garage. 3 garage parking spaces per dwelling unit for dwellings with more than 4 bedrooms. A den, library, study or similar habitable room which functionally could be used as a bedroom shall be considered a bedroom for purposes of determining required parking. Multiple 2 parking spaces per dwelling unit, each of which must be located in a garage or carport, plus 1 space, which shall be open and unenclosed, for each 2 units or any fraction thereof. Second unit 2 parking spaces, each of which shall be in a garage. Said parking may be in tandem. TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Condominiums 2 parking spaces (enclosed in a garage with door) per dwelling unit, plus 1 additional open and unenclosed space for each 2 dwelling units. Units with 3 or more bedrooms shall require an additional 1/2 parking space. Provided that lots in the R-1, R-2 and R-3 Zones meet the minimum lot sizes, the parking requirements pose no physical constraints to the development of said parcels. The residential densities are achievable as the minimum housing unit sizes can be developed within the framework of lot size, setback, F.A.R. and lot coverage standards. The cost impact of the City's parking standards pertains primarily to construction costs. For a given project, the land costs for two parking spaces whether enclosed or in a carport are essentially the same. According to the Marshall -Swift Building Valuation Services, the value for a wood frame private garage is $46.02 per square foot. Therefore, a 400 square foot garage (20' x 20') would have an estimated cost of $18,408. The monthly cost would be about $116 (30 -year loan amortization, 6.5% interest rate). Thus, the cost of enclosed parking spaces is very modest in the context of the total housing construction and production costs. Moreover, the difference in the costs of a carport ($26.77/SF) and a garage ($46.02/SF) is $19.25 per SF. A carport, then, would cost $7,700 less than a garage. The parking standards have not had a negative impact on the supply of housing. The number of spaces per unit is almost the same as the standards of surrounding cities. The recent multifamily developments have provided the required off-street parking within the framework of the lot sizes and maximum densities. 3) Lot Sizes and Dimensions: Table B-3 summarizes lot size and dimensions for each zone. The minimum lot size and lot area per dwelling unit were determined after consideration of the other development standards including setbacks, minimum lot widths, floor area ratios and maximum lot coverage. The lot area and dimensions facilitate development at the noted densities of 6, 12 and 18 dwelling units per acre. Table B-3 City of Temple City Lot Area and Dimensions Minimum Lot Residential Zone Area R-1 7,200 R-2 7,200 R-3 10,000 Source: City of Temple City Zoning Code Chart construction by Castaneda & Associates B-10 Minimum Lot Minimum Lot Frontage Depth 60 120 60 120 Interior 80 Interior 125 Corner 100 Corner 100 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS 4) Height Limits: The R-1 designation permits single story dwellings to a maximum of 18 feet, and two story dwellings to 26 feet. Both the R-2 and R-3 zones have a maximum height of 30 feet. Based on recent development and housing under construction, the typical heights in R-2 and R-3 Zones are less than the maximum allowed, ranging from 23'10' to 26'0" The height limits have posed no development constraints on lots that satisfy the minimum lot area standards. The Downtown Specific Plan provides increased height incentives for projects that consolidate lots. 5) Floor Area Ratios and Housing Unit Sizes: Within the R-1 district, two story units the F.A.R is 35% of the lot size or 3,500 square feet, whichever is smaller. The F.A.R. on a standard R-1 lot of 7,200 SF is 2,520 SF. The F.A.R. within in the R-2 district is 50% including the garage and 70% including the garage in R-3 zones. Numerous variables impact the cost of producing new multifamily housing. For a given level of housing quality, the larger the housing unit size, the more it will cost to construct. The market rate housing constructed or under construction in Temple City has the following housing unit sizes: 3 -bedroom unit 1,670 square feet 4 -bedroom unit: 1,492-1,512 square feet (3 bathrooms) 1,619-1,909 square feet 2,294 square feet Consequently, minimum housing unit sizes have not constrained the production of market rate housing. With respect to "affordable housing," housing unit size is but one factor in the total cost of housing production. For example, the cost savings induced by reducing the housing unit size by 200 square feet would not be dramatic in the context of total construction and production costs. For many affordable housing projects, this cost savings would be wiped out by the imposition of prevailing wage rates. For instance, the Los Angeles Community Development Commission asks funding applicants to increase construction costs by 20% if they think the development will be subject to prevailing wages. As indicated elsewhere, the City will amend the Zoning Code to facilitate and encourage the production of SRO housing units. SROs have housing unit sizes considerably less than one -bedroom units. Once the minimum and maximum SRO housing unit sizes are determined, they will contribute to more dramatic construction cost reductions. 6) Setbacks: According to the Zoning Code, building setback means the minimum distance between any property line and the closest point of the foundation of any building or structure on the property. Table B-4 on the following page shows the setbacks for the three residential zones. As previously explained, the minimum setback requirements do not pose a physical constraint to the development of housing on lots that meet the minimum lot area standards of the R-1, R-2 and R-3 Zones. B-11 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Table B-4 City of Temple City Setback Requirements for Residential Zones Residential Lot Size Front Rear Side Setback Zone (Sq. Ft.) Setback Setback R-1 7,200 20 15 1' Story: 5' or 10% of the lot width whichever is greater Side Street: 10' 2nd Story: 15' for the total combined setback on both sides, or 20' if it is a corner lot R-2 7,200 20 15 Single Story: 5' Street Side: 10' Two Story: 15t Story: 10' 2nd Story: no less than the 1 st story with an average of 15' setback R-3 10,000 20 15 Sinqle Story: 5' Street Side: 10' Two Story: 1' Story: 10' 2nd Story: no less than the 1st story with an average of 15' setback Source: City of Temple City Zoning Code Chart construction by Castaneda & Associates 7) Open Space Requirements: All R-1, R-2 and R-3 zones require 500 square feet of landscaped open space per unit. Housing recently constructed and under construction has met or exceeded the minimum open space requirements. The projects listed in Table B-2 all exceeded the 500 square foot standard. d. Mixed Use Overlav Zone 1) General Description of MUZ: Zoning code Article R.1 establishes a Mixed -Use Zone (MUZ). A mixed use development, according to the MUZ, is a development project that consists of residential uses in conjunction with commercial and office uses on a single integrated development site. The MUZ provides for a combined mix of medium (12 dus/ac) and high density (18 dus/ac) residential development with retail, office and service uses, with the nonretail uses located primarily at the street level to create a pedestrian oriented environment. B-12 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS The MUZ intends to encourage new housing opportunities, such as residential over retail which are proximate to commercial services and promote pedestrian activity. The Mixed -Use zone is designed as an overlay zone where the General Plan designation of the property is "commercial" and where the minimum site size is one acre. The reclassification or rezoning process is the same as that used for rezoning property in general as set forth in the Zoning Code. Additionally, no property can be designated or classified as a Mixed -Use Zone unless the rezoning request is accompanied by a development agreement and a precise plan of development. In addition to high density residential uses, which would be allowed in conjunction with any mixed use development, special consideration and/or a density bonus can be awarded when housing is specifically designated and reserved for low moderate income households. If the development agreement specifies a low income or moderate income housing component, specific rent and/or sale price parameters are to be incorporated into the development agreement to assure that affordable housing is continuously maintained as such. 2) MUZ Development Standards: No specific development standards are incorporated in the Overlay Zone as its purpose is to foster creative design and development solutions. The Mixed Use Overlay Zone is intended to facilitate and encourage a creative design that accommodates residential and non-residential uses on commercially zoned sites that are a minimum of one -acre. Through this Overlay Zone, then, the City encourages housing opportunities on sites that are not zoned residential. According to the City's Zoning Code: "The mixed-use zone (MUZ) provides for a combined mix of medium and high density residential development with retail, office and service uses, with the nonretail uses located primarily at the street level to create a pedestrian oriented environment. Development approaches are intended to encourage new housing opportunities, such as residential over retail which are proximate to commercial services and promote pedestrian activity. Plazas, courtyards, outdoor dining and other public gathering spaces and community amenities may be incorporated into such developments. Development and design focuses on assuring that mixed use projects are functionally integrated through the relationships between location and types of uses and structures, the efficient use of land, optimal site planning and design elements. Mixed use projects shall also assure that infill development is distributed and designed in a manner sensitive to scale and design to the street environment and that such development incorporates appropriate landscaping and buffering techniques. (Ord. 05-903, 1-3-2006)" [emphasis added] In addition, the Zoning Code describes this zone as follows: "The mixed-use zone as set forth in this article shall be designated as an overlay zone where the general plan designation of the property is "commercial" and where the minimum site size is one acre. Any B-13 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS development in the mixed-use zone (MUZ) shall require the preapproval of a development agreement between the applicant/owner and the city in accordance with California Government Code sections 65864, 65865 and 65866. An application for a change to the mixed-use zone overlay category shall be accompanied by a proposed development agreement and a precise plan of development which sets forth principal permitted uses, accessory uses and precise development parameters to include, but not limited to, fully dimensioned plans that show the proposed amount of building square footage by use, detailed architectural drawings showing building elevations and fully dimensioned building scales, detailed descriptions of points of ingress and egress for both pedestrians and vehicles and other associated development details deemed necessary in order to fully evaluate, assess, apply and enforce mitigation measures or conditions of approval. (Ord. 05-903, 1-3-2006)" [emphasis added] "The development agreement shall specify the duration of the agreement, permitted uses, allowed density and intensity of the uses, the maximum height and size of the proposed buildings and structures and any provisions for reservation or dedication of land for public purposes. The benefits of the agreement to the city, if any, shall also be stated. The agreement may contain other provisions as permitted in the Government Code. Once signed by all parties to the agreement, the agreement shall be recorded with the county recorder as a covenant or deed restriction upon the property. [emphasis added] "The development agreement and precise plan shall contain all pertinent information relative to the proposed development project including fully dimensioned plans that illustrate the total square footage, the building configuration, building height, the amount of parking, floor area ratio, as well as the intensity and density of both commercial and residential land uses. In addition to high density residential uses, which would be allowed in conjunction with any mixed use development, special consideration and/or a density bonus shall be awarded when housing is specifically designated and reserved for low or moderate income households. If the development agreement specifies a low income or moderate income housing component, specific rent and/or sale price parameters shall be incorporated into the development agreement to assure that affordable housing is continuously maintained as such. (Ord. 05-903, 1-3-2006)" [emphasis added] Downtown Specific Plan Area The City has one specific plan — the Temple City Downtown Specific Plan and that Specific Plan encourages and facilitates the development of high density housing and affordable senior housing. The Specific Plan designates a two -acre area as Residential - Commercial and encourages senior housing throughout the Specific Plan area. 1) Residential Uses Permitted by the Downtown Specific Plan: Convalescent homes are conditionally permitted in the Temple City Boulevard Commercial District and the Las B-14 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Tunas East Commercial District. Mixed use projects and senior citizen/congregate care housing are conditionally permitted throughout the DTSP Area. Additionally, in the R -C District any property may be improved in accordance with the R- 3 development standards with a CUP or a Senior Citizen Housing development with a CUP. The R-3 Zone permits non -senior housing. Please refer Table B-5 -- Downtown Specific Plan Land Use Matrix on the next page. 2) Specific Plan Development Standards: Table B-6 shows the development standards for each zone within the Downtown Specific Plan Area. The development standards provide incentives for high intensity development. For instance, the greater the minimum lot width, the higher the maximum building height and the greater the lot coverage. In addition, landscaping in the parking areas can satisfy a portion of the total landscaping requirements. Front yard setbacks are not required in four of the five zones. Altogether, the development standards seek to facilitate higher intensity land uses in Temple City's downtown. B-15 Table B-5 Downtown Specific Plan — Land Use Matrix Residential Uses' GC WC CC TC EC Mixed Use — Commercial / Retail / Residential C C C C C Convalescent Homes (including Adult Day Care Health Care Centers C C Mixed Use Projects C C G C G (Commercial / Residential — Minimum One Acre Site) Senior Citizen / Congregate Care C3 C3 C3 C3 C 'In the R -C District, any property may be improved in accordance with the R-3 development standards with a CUP or a Senior Citizen Housing project, subject to a CUP. Additionally, property in the R -C district may be developed as commercial when combined with a commercially -designated lot(s) with frontage on Temple City Boulevard or Las Tunas Drive, utilizing the applicable commercial development standards of the abutting or adjoining commercial lot(s). Notes: 1 -Refer to provisions in Chapter Ill 2 -Any permitted outdoor operations are subject to approval of a CUP 3 -Restricted to upper floors only P -Permitted Use C -Conditional Use Permit City of Temple City Downtown Specific Plan GC -Gateway Commercial District WC -Las Tunas West Commercial District CC -City Center Commercial District TC -Temple City Blvd. Commercial District EC -Las Tunas East Commercial District Land Use and Development Standards Table B-6 Downtown Specific Pian Zoning FRONT SIDE REAR MIN LOT MAX BLDG MAX LOT ZONE SETBACK SETBACK SETBACK LANDSCAPE WIDTO HEfGRT4 COVERAGE LOT SIZE GC '7 `2 -2 Min. of 5%; 50'ar less 15' 50% 7,000—less Landscaping in 51'to 75' 30' 70% 7001 -10,000 parking area may be 76'to 100' 45' 100% 10,001.20,000 included in the 56,. over 100' 45, 100% over 20,001 WC `1 `2 '2 Min. of 59/6; 50' or loss I T 50% 7,000 — less Landscaping in 51'to 75' 3G' 70% 7001 -10,000 parking areas may be 76' to 100' 45' 100 % 10,001-20,001) included in the 5%. over 100' 45 100% over20A01 cc Max 10 R. -2 -2 See T.C. Zoning 25' 3 floors or 45; 100% less the Code 30' when req. parking, Not Applicable abutifng R zone setbacks, and landscapinq TC '1 -2 '2 Mm. of 5%; Be, or less 15' 50% 7,000—less Landscaping in 51' to 75' 30' 70% 7001 •10,000 parking areas may be 76to 100' 45' 100% .101001-20,000 Included in the 5%. over 100' 45' 100% over 20,001 EC 'i "2 '2 Min. of 511e, 50' or less 15' 50% 7,000 — less Landscaping in 51'to 75' 30' 70% 7001-10,000 parking areas may be 76' to 100' 45' 100% 10,001-20,000 included in the 5%. over 100' 45' 100% over 20,001 RC Please contact the Community Development Director for additional information *1 In the GC, WC, TC and EC Zones, no setback is required; however, a setback may be imposed as part of the Design Review Process. *2 As a guideline, the side and rear yard setback shall be 10'-0" for each floor above the ground floor when abutting an R -Zone. Additional setbacks may be imposed as part of the Design Review Process. *3 The minimum lot width for new lots in the GC, WC, TO, and EC zones is 50 feet. *4 No portion of a building shall exceed 2 stories within 20 feet of an R -zoned let. City of Temple City Downtown Specific Plan Land Use Development Standards TECHNICAL APPENDIX 8 GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS 3) Downtown Residential -Commercial District This district allows high density (R- 3) residential, senior housing, or allows a land use mix if parcels are combined with parcels fronting Temple City Boulevard or Las Tunas Drive, The R-3 development standards (18 dus/ac) apply to freestanding high density developments. The R -C District is comprised of eight parcels having a total of 87,482 square feet. Therefore, 36 high density housing units can be built in the R -C District. The R -C District contains existing uses such as low density housing, some multifamily housing, and parking lots (30,100 square feet). The Specific Plan encourages and facilitates the development of the high density housing by granting the following lot consolidation/density bonus incentives: Consolidation of 4-6 lots 15% density bonus Add 1 story to maximum height Consolidation of 7 or more lots 20% density bonus Add 2 stories to maximum height Other incentives such as vacation of alleys, reductions in processing fees, in lieu fees, or utility connection fees. These incentives are granted through a development agreement process. The purpose and intent of this district is to allow development at the high-density residential (R-3) level or to allow Senior Citizen Housing or, alternatively to allow lots designated as RC to be combined with commercial properties with frontage on either Temple City Boulevard or Las Tunas Drive. If any designated parcel is combined with a parcel designated as TC or CC, the applicable criteria for the designated District shall apply. When any RC zoned property is developed as a freestanding development, the applicable development standards for R-3 zoned properties shall apply. Likewise, if any RC zoned property is being developed for Senior Citizen Housing, it shall be in accordance with the standards set forth herein. When any RC zoned property is combined for development with a property in the TC District or CC District, applicable standards as set forth in those Districts shall apply. Any new development project in an RC District shall be subject to a Conditional Use Permit. 4) Senior Housing Located in the Downtown Specific Plan: The provision of senior housing is encouraged throughout the Specific Plan area. However, senior citizen living facilities are restricted from the first floor of the building, unless it is located in the EC District of this Specific Plan. Senior Citizen living facilities may be up to four stories and a maximum of 55 feet. A Conditional Use Permit required and density is determined during the CUP process. In order to encourage the provision of senior citizen housing within the Downtown Specific Plan Area, the City may offer a density bonus incentive and other development and zoning incentives, as follows: Whenever at least fifty percent of the total dwelling units of a housing development are made available for qualifying senior citizen residents as B-18 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS defined by State law (Civic Code 51.2), a density bonus may be approved. In addition to the above, the City may offer at least one of the following regulatory incentives to ensure that the project will be developed at an affordable cost for senior citizens: A reduction or modification of Code requirements which exceed the minimum building standards approved by the State Building Standards Commission as provided in Part 2.5 (commencing with Section 18901) of Division 123 of the Health and Safety Code, including but not limited to, a reduction in the minimum setback and square footage requirements and the ratio of off-street parking spaces that would otherwise be required. Approval of mixed use development in conjunction with senior citizen residential project if commercial or office use will reduce the cost of the development and if the project will be compatible internally and with the existing development in the area. Other regulatory incentives proposed by the developer or the City which results in identifiable cost reductions. Currently, a request for a density bonus requires a Conditional Use Permit. However, this requirement will be eliminated by the adoption of the City's new density bonus ordinance. A request for regulatory incentives will require a CUP. The key senior housing development standards include: Density: The Specific Plan establishes no minimum or maximum density. The density is determined through a CUP process, a process which allows a developer to request a density bonus and additional regulatory incentives. Lower Income Group Set -Asides: In order to obtain a density bonus, the development must set- aside a portion of the housing units for low income households. Heiaht Limits: The Specific Plan allows senior housing to be up to four stories or a maximum height of 55 feet. Housina Unit Size: The senior housing development standards require a minimum of 650 square feet for a 1 -bedroom unit and 800 square feet for a 2 -bedroom unit. The Specific Plan area includes existing six established and distinct commercial districts. As business has been lost to competing commercial areas throughout the City and adjacent cities, there is a need to revitalize the Downtown. The Specific Plan facilitates and encourages senior housing by the following incentives: 50% housing for qualifying Density Bonus Senior residents as defined by Reduction of setback, square foot B-19 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Civil Code 51.2 age and parking requirements and the same lot consolidation incentives as for high density residential Senior housing density, height limits, and incentives facilitate and encourage the development of housing at a density of at least 40-45 housing units per acre. 5. Lot Consolidation Incentives in the Downtown Specific Plan Area: The presence of small, underutilized lots and irregularly shaped lots has been identified as one of the constraints affecting future development in portions of the Specific Plan Area. It is desirable to encourage the consolidation of smaller lots into larger development sites in order to achieve the scale and quality of development envisioned for the area. In order to qualify for the lot consolidation incentive a project must meet the following requirements: A minimum of two existing lots must be combined under single ownership, or a minimum of three lots may be combined under multiple ownership if developed as a single integrated project with reciprocal parking agreements. In order to qualify for lot consolidation bonus, all lots combined must be developed as part of a comprehensive planned project to be constructed in a single phase. Bonuses are not available in the City Center Commercial District where the intent is to maintain a small scale of development and allow market forces to dictate lot consolidation opportunities. For commercial, office, and mixed use projects meeting the above requirements, the following development bonuses may be available: Number of Consolidated Lots 2 to 3 Lots 4 to 6 Lots 7 or More Lots B-20 Incentive Bonuses 10% Reduction in parking Add one story to maximum height 15% Reduction in parking Add two stories to maximum height 15% Reduction in parking Add three stories to maximum height TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS For multiple family residential projects meeting the above requirements, the following development bonuses may be available: Number of Consolidated Lots 4 to 6 Lots 7 or More Lots Number of Consolidated Lots 15% increase in the number of allowable units Add one story to maximum height 10% increase in the number of allowable units Add two stories to maximum height Through the development agreement process, the City may consider other loi consolidation incentive bonuses such as vacation of alleys, reduction in processing fees, in -lieu fees, or utility connection fees. Senior Housino Overlav Zone 1) Description of the Overlay Zone: The purpose of the senior housing overlay zone is to provide optional standards and incentives for the development of senior housing which is restricted to residents 62 years of age or older and for married couples of which one spouse is sixty 62 years of age or older. Whenever the senior citizen housing has been added to an underlying zone in accordance with the procedures for a zone change, the property may be developed in accordance with the senior housing overlay zone or the underlying zone. Senior citizen housing shall be permitted with a conditional use permit in all zones, with the exception of the R-1 zone; senior citizen housing within the Downtown Specific Plan area shall be governed by any special provisions of that specific plan, where applicable. There are two types of senior housing: Congregate Care: A senior citizen housing development having common dining facility and not kitchen facilities in an individual unit. Independent Living: A senior citizen housing development comprised of independent self-contained dwelling units having one or more rooms with private bath and kitchen facilities. California Government Code Section 65008 (the "California Planning and Zoning Law") prohibits, among other things, local governments from enacting or administering zoning laws that would deny housing opportunities because of the "age of the individual or group of individuals." The implication is housing could not be limited to seniors because such housing would deny the enjoyment of a residence by non -seniors. The City will ensure that its approval of new senior housing will abide by all applicable fair housing laws, including: Federal Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988 Federal Housing for Older Persons Act of 1995 California Unruh Ralph Civil Rights Act B-21 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS California Office of the Attorney General, Opinion No. 04-704, October 20, 2004 ("a city may adopt a zoning ordinance that limits a specified parcel of land to use as a mobilehome park for senior citizens") In addition, before the City approves new senior housing, it will obtain the advice and opinion of the Housing Rights Center (the City's fair housing services provider). 2) Development Standards: The development standards for senior housing are briefly described below: Density: determined at the time of public hearing for the zone change and conditional use permit. Density Bonus Units: permitted when a portion of the units are set-aside for lower-income households. The new density bonus ordinance will establish density bonus calculations and affordability terms based on the requirements of SB 1818. Housing Unit Sizes for Congregate Care Units: One bedroom units shall contain not less than four hundred (400) square feet. Two (2) bedroom units shall contain not less than five hundred fifty (550) square feet. Housing Unit Sizes for Independent Living Senior Units: One bedroom units shall contain not less than six hundred fifty (650) square feet. Two (2) bedroom units shall contain not less than eight hundred (800) square feet. Setbacks and Heights: Determined by the underlying zone. Off Street Parking: The minimum amount of parking required for any senior citizen housing development proposal shall be determined in conjunction with the necessary zone change and conditional use permit. In determining the adequacy of parking, consideration may be given to the location of the proposed project, the age of the intended occupants and any other variables deemed pertinent by the granting body. Open Space: As described below: Required Usable Landscaped Open Space: There shall be a minimum of three hundred (300) square feet of landscaped open space per unit. Private Open Space: All ground level units shall have a minimum of one hundred (100) square feet of private open space consisting of a patio or deck. All aboveground units shall have a minimum of seventy five (75) square feet of balcony or deck space. Common Open Space: A minimum of forty percent (40%) of the required usable open space shall be devoted to common open space when the development consists of four (4) or more units. Common open space shall be a minimum of fifteen feet (15) in one direction and be physically separated from private open space by a wall or hedge. A swimming pool or covered patio may be counted toward meeting the common open space requirement. (1960 Code) B-22 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS The development standards facilitate and encourage senior housing for the following reasons: No maximum density is established. Instead a developer can propose a residential density. A density bonus is permitted above the units proposed by the developer in exchange for a set-aside of lower income housing units. Housing unit sizes are established at minimal square footage requirements. Off-street requirements can be less than typically required because the age of the intended occupants of the new housing. g. Affordable Second Unit Housina The City facilitates and encourages the development of affordable second units. The list below describes the key second unit requirements: The second unit may not be sold separately, but may be rented; however, it must be continuously maintained as "affordable" housing for a period of not less than 30 years from the date of first occupancy. In order to ensure affordability, any second unit shall be occupied by low or very low-income households. (Low income is defined at 50% of the median income for the Los Angeles/Long Beach metropolitan area). The maximum amount of rent which may be charged is 30% of the total household income or thirty percent 30% of the income limit for low income households whichever is less. Every occupant of a second unit must be qualified for eligibility based upon annual tax returns. The restrictions are set forth in a recorded covenant or deed restriction. It is incumbent upon the property owner to provide documentation on an annual basis relative to eligibility and the owner shall agree to evict any tenant, which does not meet the eligibility requirement. h. Affordable Housing Land Use Controls Many cities encourage and facilitate the development of housing for low and moderate income households by increased density, density bonuses and inclusionary housing. The Housing Task Committee recommended to the Planning Commission and City Council that they consider a zone with increased residential density, density bonuses and an inclusionary housing policy or ordinance. Pursuant to Program #1 in the Housing Element, the City Council plans to amend the residential development standards in the Downtown Specific Plan as follows: B-23 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS • Allowance for horizontal (side-by-side) commercial/residential mixed use with ground floor residential in all districts, with the exception of parcels fronting on Las Tunas Drive in the City Center (CC) Commercial District • Establishment of 30 unit/acre residential densities for non -senior housing, with no established density cap for senior housing • Elimination of the conditional use permit • Elimination of one acre minimum lot size requirement for mixed use Housing Element Program #2 establishes the following zoning text amendments for R-3 parcels which do not abut R-1 properties: • Establishment of 30 unit/acre residential density • Establishment of building heights to 3 stories • Allowance for reduced parking based on a parking study demonstrating reduced parking demand resulting from transit accessibility or other factors • Elimination of CUP requirement for projects with 3 or more units • Lot consolidation incentives (described further under Program 3) Program #11 in the Housing Element eliminates the current conditional use permit requirement for multi -family housing — both in the Downtown Specific Plan and in R-2 and R-3 zones — and replaces with a non-discretoinary review process based on compliance with existing code -based design guidelines. In addition, the City will establish a density bonus ordinance consistent with the Statewide requirements of SB 1818. The City will also create an inclusionary housing policy to encourage the development of housing affordable to low and moderate income households. Moratoria and Prohibitions Against Multifamilv Housing Developments The City has imposed no moratoria or prohibitions against multifamily housing developments. Growth Controls and Urban Growth Boundaries The City has no growth control policies or ordinances. Temple City is completely surrounded by other incorporated cities and a small area of unincorporated Los Angeles County. The cities adjacent to Temple City include Rosemead, EI Monte and Arcadia. The City's Sphere of Influence is entirely urbanized. 3. Conclusions and Findings The City's land use controls provide for housing at a variety of densities and facilitate and encourage high density, mixed use and senior housing. In order to enhance housing opportunities, the City's Housing Program includes actions to: amend the residential development standards in the Downtown Specific Plan; adopt zoning text amendments for non -R-1 adjacent R-3 parcels to provide for development at higher densities; provide incentives for consolidation of multi -family parcels; and adopt a local density bonus ordinance. B-24 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS C. BUILDING CODES AND ENFORCEMENT 1. Guidelines HCD guidance on this subject indicates that the analysis should: Identify and analyze any local amendments to the State Housing Law or Uniform Building Code, and the degree or type of enforcement. A strict code enforcement program or a code amendment, which specifies expensive materials and/or methods, can pose a significant constraint to housing development or maintenance. 2. Analysis a. State Housing Law The State Legislature has given Division 13, Part 1.5, commencing with Section 17910, in the Health and Safety Code the name "State Housing Law." The State Housing Law charges HCD with the responsibility to adopt administrative regulations necessary to carry out its provisions, and for proposing building standards to the California Building Standards Commission (CBSC) for adoption with application to the construction of hotels, motels, lodging houses, apartments, and dwellings. Additionally, the State Housing Law mandates preemptive requirements applicable to such housing structures, including substandard abatement proceedings for local government's enforcement. The State Housing Law mandates statewide residential building standards for new construction, which are found in the California Code of Regulations, (CCR), Title 24, Parts 2 through 5, known as known as the California Building Standards Code. b. Citv Buildinq Code On January 15, 2008, the City Council adopted the "Building Code known and designated as Title 26: Building Code of the Los Angeles County Code by adopting the 2007 California Building Code and portions of the 1997 Uniform Building Code." This Code "shall be and shall become the Building Code of the City of Temple City, regulating the erection, construction, enlargement, alternation, repair, moving, removal, demolition, conversion, occupancy, use, height, area maintenance of all structures and certain equipment therein specifically regulated and grading within the City of Temple City." A city (or county) may make such changes or modifications in the requirements contained in the California Building Standards Code if the city (or county) makes findings that they are reasonably necessary because of local climatic, geological, or topographical conditions. The Temple City exceptions include: 1. Section 7 of Los Angeles County ordinance 91-0086, relative to subsection 304(f)(11-13) of title 26 of the Los Angeles County code; no fee shall be charged for the issuance of a certificate of occupancy, including a temporary certificate of occupancy or extensions of a temporary certificate of occupancy. B-25 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS 2. Section 8 of Los Angeles County ordinance 91-0086, relative to subsection 304(j) of title 26 of the Los Angeles County code; no investigation fee shall be charged when the building official has determined that an owner/builder of a one- or two-family dwelling, accessory building or accessory structure had no knowledge that a permit was necessary and had not previously applied for a permit. 3. Section 17 of Los Angeles County ordinance 91-0086, relative to subsection 304.2 of title 26 of the Los Angeles County code; any exemption of fees for affordable housing shall be contingent upon city council approval of said exemption and approval of such certified and subsidized housing development project. (1960 Code; amd. Ord. 91-702; Ord. 95-789; Ord. 99-836; Ord. 03-883) The regulations governing residential use, maintenance and occupancy for existing buildings are adopted into the California Code of Regulations. These regulations are not considered building standards and are not adopted under the purview of the California Building Standards Commission. The City has adopted the various provisions of the State Housing Law, as set forth in California Health and Safety Code Section 17910 et. Seq. and the State Housing Law Regulations as set forth in Title 25 of the California Code of Regulations. C. Code Enforcement According to Health and Safety Code Section 17920: "Enforcement means diligent effort to secure compliance, including review of plans and permit applications, response to complaints, citation of violations, and other legal process." enforcement may, but need not, include inspections of existing buildings on which no complaint or permit application has been filed..." California Health and Safety Code Section 17920.3 defines the conditions that constitute a "substandard building." The substandard housing conditions include, but are not limited, to: Inadequate sanitation Structural hazards Defective wiring, plumbing and mechanical equipment Faulty weather protection. The City implements a housing Code enforcement program. Enforcement of these codes has resulted in the repair of substandard housing and the demolition of deteriorated housing. In some cases, those cited for code violations are referred to the City's housing rehabilitation deferred loan and grant programs. The City's proactive enforcement is not a constraint to the appropriate maintenance of the existing housing stock. B-26 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS 3. Conclusions and Findings The Los Angeles County Building Code, as noted, was adopted by reference with only minor variations. The cost of new housing is not adversely impacted by the adopted amendments. The City's codes are considered to be the minimum necessary to protect the public health, safety and welfare. The Codes, which are based on the State Housing Law and uniform codes, are adopted by many cities throughout southern California and do not pose a constraint to residential development. D. ON-SITE AND OFF-SITE IMPROVEMENT REQUIREMENTS 1. Guidelines HCD guidance indicates that the analysis should: Identify and analyze street widths, curb, gutter, and sidewalk requirements, water and sewer connections, and circulation improvement requirements. Describe any generally applicable level of service standards or mitigation thresholds. 2. Analysis Pursuant to Title 9 (Zoning), Chapter 2 (Subdivision Regulations), Section 9503 new housing development requires the following improvements: No subdivision, lot split or other division of land shall be approved unless the following improvements are constructed or required to be constructed in order to service the lots being created: An adequate water distribution system designed and constructed to accommodate both domestic and fire flows, together with necessary fire hydrants to serve each lot proposed to be created. An adequate sewage system designed and constructed to serve each lot being created. An adequate storm water drainage system designed and constructed so as to serve each of the lots proposed to be created. An adequate public and/or private street and/or alley system designed and constructed to serve each lot proposed to be created. An adequate system designed and constructed so as to provide all necessary utilities to each lot proposed to be created, including, but not limited to, facilities for water, natural gas, electricity, telephone services. Any and all other public improvements, necessary to provide all services to each lot proposed to be created. B-27 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Each tentative map shall be reviewed by the staff, the advisory agency and/or the city council, and thereafter, steps shall be taken to ensure that all of the improvements reasonably required to service all of the lots proposed to be created are specifically required as conditions of approval on such tentative maps. All development in the City is infill developments on existing (consolidated) lots that have existing dwellings. Consequently, streets have already been constructed to the maximum widths and there is existing curbs, gutter, sidewalks and other infrastructure such as street lights. Residential street standards are 60 feet of right of way from property line to property line. This standard includes 36 feet for the street and two 12 foot right of ways for parking. All residential streets are finished. On-site streets are required for common driveways serving condominium developments. The size and grade of each public sewer must be such as to provide at all times sufficient capacity for peak flow rates of discharge. In order to establish estimates of sanitary sewage at peak flow, the owner or developer of a building must submit plans of intended construction to the City Engineer. Water and sewer connections are required for new housing units. A new meter is required for each housing unit. Curbs, gutters and sidewalks are required. If there are no sidewalks fronting the property, a sidewalk must be installed. 3. Conclusions and Findings The improvement requirements described above have been applied to existing housing as well as all residential developments under construction and approved for development. The improvement requirements are not considered a constraint, as they are necessary to provided adequate services and facilities to the future occupants of new housing. The backbone system for the services and facilities exist because all new development occurs on infill sites. E. FEES AND EXACTIONS Guidelines HCD guidance on this subject indicates that the analysis should: Identify and analyze permit, development and impact fees (e.g., park, school, open space, parking district, etc.) in -lieu fees, land dedication requirements (e.g., streets, public utility and other right-of-ways, easements, parks, open spaces, etc.) and other exactions imposed on developers. Describe any contribution or payment required as an authorized precondition for receiving any type of development permit by type of development (i.e., multifamily and single-family). B-28 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B 2. Analysis a. Fee Categories GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Typical residential developments incur the following fees: Building Plan Check Building Permits Electrical, Mechanical, Plumbing and Sewer Permits Park Acquisition Fee Sewer Reconstruction Sanitation District School District The majority of the City is serviced by the Temple City School District. However, east of Baldwin Avenue, within the City, the Arcadia and EI Monte school districts also service the City. The school impact fees as of April 30, 2008 for the districts are as follows: Temple City School District $2.63 per square foot Arcadia School District $3.03 per square foot EI Monte School District $2.63 per square foot b. Fees for Tvpical Multi -Family Housinq Table B-7 shows the total fees for a typical multi -family development in Temple City. The total fees are almost $64,600. School and sanitation district fees are $20,951 or about one-third of the fee total. The per unit fees are $16, 149. On a per unit basis, the fees represent 2.4% of the cost/price of a multi -family housing unit. (Sales price of a new 1600 SF condominium was $675,000 in 2007.) C. Fees for a Tvpical Single-Familv Housing Table B-7 shows the total fees for a typical single family development in Temple City. The total fees are almost $19,124 per unit. The school and sanitation district fees equal more than one-half of the total fees. On a per unit basis, the fees represent 1.9% of the cost/price of a single family housing unit. (Sales price of a new 3000 SF single family home was about $1,000,000 in 2007.) Table B-7 Fees for Multi -Family and Single -Family Housing 4844 Arden Drive Four (4) Detached Condominium (8,052 square feet: 6,452 sf living space, 1,600 sf garage space) Building Plan Check $5,285.14 Building Permits Electrical, Mechanical, Plumbing, Sewer Permits Park Acquisition Fee Sewer Reconstruction Sanitation District School District B-29 $8,206.28 $3,155.03 $2,000.00 ($500.00 Per Unit) $25,000.00 $4,876.00 $16,074.56 ($2.63 Per Sq. ft) TECHNICAL APPENDIX 8 GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS 5621 Golden West Avenue Single Family Dwelling (3,132 square feet of living space and a 600 square foot garage) Building Plan Check $3,377.22 Building Permit $4,046.10 Electrical, Mechanical, Plumbing, Sewer Permits $1,240.11 Park Acquisition Fee $500.00 Sanitation District $1,750.00 School District $8,210.86 b. Exactions By definition, an exaction is a large capital improvement included in a project's approval for development (e.g., land dedication for parks and schools, etc.). Temple City does not require large-scale capital improvements to be constructed by project applicants. Instead, the City's development impact fees are intended to finance construction of such facilities. 3. Conclusions and Findings The City fees for typical multi -family and single family housing represent a small percentage of total development cost. Therefore, fees are not a constraint to the development of new housing. Since the City does not impose exactions, they are not a constraint to local development. As explained earlier, residential projects must dedicate land for street and alley widening when necessary. PROCESSING AND PERMIT PROCEDURES 1. Guidelines Identify and analyze the tvoes of permits. discretionary and standard approval procedures, and processina time required for recent residential projects, including all permits applicable to residential development. The element should also identify and analyze any overlav zones (e.g., Community Plan Implementation Zones, Hillside Overlay Zones, Environmentally Sensitive Areas, etc.). The element should identify and analyze the permitted uses in each zone. For example, if the jurisdiction requires a conditional use permit for multifamily housing zone, the element should analyze this permit procedure as a constraint. Other applicable regulations such as landscaping, design review policies, planned districts should also be included. For this analysis, localities should compare the permit and approvals process for a typical single- family subdivision and a typical multifamily project. [emphasis added] 2. Analysis a. Tvoes of Permits for Residential Land Uses by Zone District B-30 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Table B-8 identifies 15 different housing types and the how they are addressed by five different zones: R-1, R-2, R-3, Mixed Use and Senior Housing Overlay. Table B-8 also identifies for each zone whether the housing types are: Permitted Not Permitted Permitted with a Conditional Use Permit No Specific Reference (meaning the Zoning Code does mention the use) Multifamily housing is permitted in the R-2, R-3 and Mixed Use Zones. The Zoning Code will be amended to provide for the following housing types: emergency shelters, single room occupancy, transitional housing and supportive housing. These housing types are described in Technical Appendix D, Part G. The Zoning Code also will be amended to permit residential care facilities for six or fewer persons in all zones that permit single- family housing. b. Processing Time/ Fast Track Processing A typical single family development requires Site Plan Review and Building Plan Check. The former typically is completed in one to three weeks and the latter is completed in four to six weeks. A typical subdivision multi -family development requires a Site Plan Review, Tentative Tract Map, Final Tract Map and Building Plan Check. The processing times are listed below: Site Plan Review 1-3 weeks Tentative Map 2 to 6 months Final Map 2 to 6 months Building Plan Check 4 to 6 weeks B-31 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Table B-8 City of Temple City Housing Types by Residential Zone and Permits Required Residential Use R-1 R-2 R-3 Zone Mixed Use' Senior Housingz SF- Detached P P P NP NP SF -Attached NP NP P P NP 2-3 DU NP P P P NP 4+ DU NP CUP CUP CUP CUP Senior Housing NP CUP CUP CUP ZC and CUP Residential Care <6P NSR NSR NSR NSR NSR Residential Care >6P NSR NSR NSR NSR NSR Emergency Shelter NP NP NP NP NP Single -Room NSR NSR NSR NSR NSR Occupancy Manufactured Homes P NP NP NP NP Mobilehomes P NP NP NP NP Transitional Housing NSR NSR NSR NSR NSR Supportive Housing NSR NSR NSR NSR NSR Farmworker Housing NSR NSR NSR NSR NSR Second Units3 NP P P NP NP P = Permitted NP = Not Permitted CUP = Conditional Use NSR = No Specific Reference 'MUZ is an overlay zone. The MUZ can be applied to sites where the General Plan designation is commercial and where the minimum site size is one acre. Application for an MUZ requires a zone change, precise plan of development and development agreement. 2Senior housing is an overlay zone. Senior housing is permitted in all zones except the R-1 zone with a conditional use permit. Senior housing may be developed in accordance with the development standards of the underlying zone (e.g., R-3) or the standards of the senior housing overlay zone. For rental multi -family developments, the Tentative and Final Map phases are not required. The processing time frames are well recognized by the development community. Most of the residential developments in Temple City are processed by architects, engineers, developers and builders that are very familiar with the City's standards and processing procedures, requirements and timelines. B-32 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS All timelines are minimal. For example, the processing timeline for multifamily housing with fewer than three units is minimal as only a Site Plan Review and Building Plan Check is required. (The Site Plan Review process is explained on the next page.) In order to further reduce the Building Plan Check timelines, the City recently decided to contract with a private firm rather than continue with the County of Los Angeles. The supply of housing is not adversely impacted as these requirements do not consider the use of the land. Rather, they involve the processing of a use permitted by the Zoning Code. In Temple City, the processing of a Site Plan or Tentative Map, for example, is on land owned by the project applicant. In these cases, there is no holding costs and, therefore, no adverse impacts on the ultimate cost of housing. The processing requirements and timelines have only marginal impacts on the cost of housing and reducing the timelines would not result in the production of housing affordable to lower income households. The Zoning Code provides administrative relief and fast track processing of CUP and variance applications. The Zoning Code establishes a "fast track modification committee" consisting of the City Manager, City Attorney and Chairman of the Planning Commission. Section 9152 of the Zoning Code states: "When an application for a CUP or variance is filed pursuant to the provisions of this code and fifty percent (50%) of the fee prescribed for regular variances or CUPs has been paid, such application shall first be presented to the FTMC together with the completed initial study and environmental assessment...." The Committee may decide to refer CUP and variance applications directly to the Planning Commission when the Committee makes certain findings involving public health, safety and welfare and the absence of environmental impacts. The referral to the Planning Commission reduces processing time. C. Site Plan Review Process A site plan must include the following information: The name, address and telephone number of the applicant, and of the person which prepared the plan. The street address and a brief legal description of the property involved, and the names of the nearest streets which intersect the street or streets on which the subject property is located. The number of lots involved, if more than one, and the lot dimensions and lot area. The approximate size and location of all buildings and structures, including off street parking facilities. Open areas and landscaped areas The proposed use or uses. B-33 TECHNICAL APPENDIX 8 GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Building elevations, front, side and rear. Such other information the director deems necessary to meet the purpose of this article. This site plan information is typically required by southern California cities prior to the issuance of a building permit in the case of new structure or certificate of occupancy prior to completion of a renovation. The site plan review is conducted by the Community Development Department and does not require a public hearing before either the Planning Commission or City Council. The site plan review process does not hinder the development of permitted or conditionally permitted uses. d. Conditional Use Permit Process The City currently requires residential development with three or more units to have an approved conditional use permit (CUP). Residential and mixed use development within the Downtown Specific Plan is also subject to a CUP. In order to help and guide applicants through this process, the City has published and makes available to applicants a 2 -page brochure. This brochure explains the CUP as follows. Conditional Use Permits are required for certain uses which typically have distinctive site development or operating characteristics and require special consideration so that they may be designed and operated compatibly with the surrounding neighborhood. These uses are listed in the Zoning Code as uses requiring a Conditional Use Permit. The Conditional Use Permit process allows the Planning Commission to review how the project will be developed and operated. In order to ensure that the proposed use does not have a negative effect on surrounding properties, the Planning Commission may impose conditions regulating the operation of the use or physical site design. The Zoning Code, however, does provides administrative relief and fast track processing of CUP and variance applications. The Zoning Code establishes a "fast track modification committee" consisting of the City Manager, City Attorney and Chairman of the Planning Commission. Section 9152 of the Zoning Code states: "When an application for a CUP or variance is filed pursuant to the provisions of this code and fifty percent (50%) of the fee prescribed for regular variances or CUPs has been paid, such application shall first be presented to the FTMC together with the completed initial study and environmental assessment...." The Committee may decide to refer CUP and variance applications directly to the Planning Commission when the Committee makes certain findings involving public health, safety and welfare and the absence of environmental impacts. The referral to the Planning Commission reduces processing time. B-34 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS As measured by the significant level of residential development activity in Temple City, the CUP requirement has not served as a significant constraint. Nonetheless, the added $1,000 fee and processing time associated with the CUP does add cost and a degree of uncertainty to development. As a means of better facilitating housing, the City will implement a new administrative review process for multi -family development focused on site and architectural review that will be permitted "by right" rather than subject to a discretionary review process. In administering the process, staff will apply the City's existing detailed multi -family design guidelines, which are specified in the zoning code, to regulate development consistent with the quality and character of the Temple City community. With design guidelines in place, the City is in a position to replace the current multi -family CUP review and approval process with a ministerial design and site review process to be conducted by the Community Development Department's site plan review committee. e. Desian Review Guidelines and Processina 1) Role of Design Review Process: The Zoning Code establishes design guidelines for development in the R-1, R-2 and R-3 Zones. The guidelines are intended to be advisory rather than mandatory, and are to be applied by the Community Development Department to the extent possible and reasonable. It is the intent that all new construction and reconstruction shall comply with as many such guidelines as may be amiably negotiated by the city staff with a property owner, builder or developer. If a person complies with the goals and intent of such guidelines, even though a minor portion of them cannot or will not be accommodated by the property owner, builder or developer, then the guidelines shall be deemed satisfied and the requisite permits shall be issued. If, on the other hand, a property owner, builder or developer cannot or will not comply with a substantial portion of the goals established by said guidelines, then permits may be denied by the Community Development Department. Any such denial may be appealed to the Planning Commission via the procedures set forth in the site plan review process. Any action of the Planning Commission may also be appealed to the City Council via the procedure set forth in the site plan review process. In evaluating an appeal, the Planning Commission or the City Council shall make a determination based upon the following considerations: a) does the proposed project substantially meet the overall intent, purpose and goals of the design guidelines, b) would the proposed project adversely impact property values within the neighborhood, c) could the proposed project adversely impact the peace, quiet and enjoyment of the area and d) would the proposed project be so incompatible with the surrounding area that noncompliance would result in anticipated adverse impacts, including possible adverse aesthetic impacts. 2) Obiective Written Standards: The design guideline checklist includes the following: Site Planning Landscaping Building Design Windows B-35 TECHNICAL APPENDIX 8 GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Roof Materials and Forms Walls and Fences Utilitarian Aspects Applicants for residential development permits can easily determine what is required to satisfy the City's design guidelines. The guidelines are, in fact, written standards that are predominantly stated in quantitative terms so that compliance can be measured by the applicant. For example, the design standards state the following: The suggested size of trees and shrubs is stated. Examples of how to achieve building design are stated. Examples of architectural elements to add visual interest, scale and character are provided. Examples of how to attain window articulation are stated. Examples of roof materials are stated. However, no specific materials are mandated. Examples of wall and fence materials are provided; no specific materials are mandated. 3) Impact on Housing Affordabilitv: Landscaping, concrete, windows, roofs, garage doors, walls, fences are all elements required to build a finished housing product. These materials and elements are required of all housing regardless of whether the City has design standards or not. The City's design guidelines/standards do not require specific materials or products and therefore do not generate incremental costs above those already required to build a finished home or apartment unit. There is no negative impact on affordability because all new construction in Temple City as well as other southern California cities exceeds the maximum housing costs affordable to lower income households that are allowed by the provisions of the California Community Redevelopment Law, Federal HOME Program, and Low Income Housing Tax Credits. Having no design standards or guidelines does not reduce housing production costs to a level affordable to lower income households. Design review and site plan review are concurrent processes. Therefore, additional time is not need to evaluate a project's consistency with the design guidelines and standards. 3. Conclusions and Findings Compliance with the design guidelines is negotiated by the City staff with the property owner, builder or developer. In addition, design review is accomplished concurrently with the processing of other applications. As a result, design review is not considered a constraint to the development of new housing. F-30 TECHNICAL APPENDIX 8 GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS G. CONSTRAINTS ON HOUSING FOR DISABLED PERSONS Guidelines HCD guidance indicates that the Housing Element should: Analyze potential and actual constraints upon the development, maintenance and improvement of housing for persons with disabilities and demonstrate local efforts to remove any such constraints. More specifically, HCD recommends an analysis - To identify whether the locality has an established reasonable accommodation procedure, review zoning laws, policies, and practices for compliance with fair housing laws; evaluate permits and processing as they affect applications from disabled persons; and review Building Code amendments and practices that might diminish the ability to accommodate persons with disabilities. 2. Analysis a. Reasonable Accommodation Procedure HCD recommends the analysis - Identify whether the locality has an established reasonable accommodation procedure and describe how that procedure operates with respect to zoning, permit processing, or building codes, accommodating procedures for the approval of licensed residential care facilities, Fair Housing Amendment Act (FHAA) physical accessibility efforts, and an evaluation of the zoning code for FHAA compliance. The City has not adopted a formal procedure for a disabled applicant's request for a reasonable accommodation. Generally, a request for reasonable accommodation may include a modification or exception to the rules, standards and practices for the siting, development and use of housing or housing- related facilities that would eliminate regulatory barriers and provide a person with a disability equal opportunity to housing of their choice. Attachment A (pg. 40) contains information on group homes, local zoning, and the importance of adopting a "reasonable accommodation procedure:' Attachment B (pg. 43) provides additional information specific to a reasonable accommodation procedure. The Federal Departments' of Justice (DOJ) and Housing and Urban Development (HUD) as well as the 'California Attomey General all encourage cities to adopt a reasonable accommodation procedure. For example, both DOJ and HUD state that - "Local governments are encouraged to provide mechanisms for requesting reasonable accommodations that operate promptly and efficiently, without imposing significant costs or delays. The local government should also make efforts to insure that the availability of such mechanisms is well known within the community."* B-37 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS "Joint Statement of the Department of Justice and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, Group Homes, Local Land Use, and the Fair Housing Act, August 18, 1999, page 4. On May 15, 2001 the State Attorney General transmitted a letter to all local governments advising the localities to consider adoption of a reasonable accommodation procedure. In that letter, the Attorney General stated: "Both the federal Fair Housing Act ('FHA') and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act ('FEHA') impose an affirmative duty on local governments to make reasonable accommodations (i.e., modifications or exceptions) in their zoning laws and other land use regulations and practices when such accommodations 'may be necessary to afford' disabled persons 'an equal opportunity to use and enjoy a dwelling."' The City will adopt a specific reasonable accommodation procedure, as it would directly respond to the issues discussed by DOJ, HUD and the State Attorney General Office. b. Zoning and Land Use HCD recommends - A review of all zoning laws, policies and practices for compliance with fair housing laws; broaden the definition of family, identify zones allowing licensed residential care facilities including those zones where facilities for seven or more persons are permitted, review siting or separation requirements for licensed residential care facilities, and residential parking requirements for persons with disabilities. 1) Definition of Family: In 1980, the California Supreme Court in the City of Santa Barbara v. Adamson struck down a municipal ordinance that permitted any number of related people to live in a house in a R1 zone, but limited the number of unrelated people who were allowed to do so to five. A group home for individuals with disabilities that functions like a family could be excluded from the R1 zone solely because the residents are unrelated by blood, marriage or adoption. Both State and Federal fair housing laws prohibit definitions of family that either intentionally discriminate against people with disabilities or have the effect of excluding such individuals from housing. Fair housing laws, for instance, prohibit definitions of family that limit the development and siting of group homes for individuals with disabilities (but not families similarly sized and situated). Such definitions are prohibited because they could have the effective of denying housing opportunities to those who, because of their disability, live in a group setting. The failure to modify the definition of family or make an exception for group homes for people with disabilities may also constitute a refusal to make a reasonable accommodation under the Fair Housing Act. B-38 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS The City's definition of family is: "Persons, related by blood, marriage or adoption, living together as a single housekeeping unit in an apartment or dwelling unit."Family" also includes a group of persons, including not to exceed six (6) roomers unrelated by blood, marriage or adoption, when living together as a single housekeeping unit in a dwelling unit." A definition of family, according to a recently completed study, should look to whether the household functions as a cohesive unit instead of distinguishing between related and unrelated persons. The definition of "family" should emphasize the functioning of members as a cohesive household. Two examples are given below and on the next page. Example #1: One or more persons living together as a single housekeeping unit in a dwelling unit. Single housekeeping unit: One person or two or more individuals living together sharing household responsibilities and activities including, for example, sharing expenses, chores, eating evening meals together and participating in recreational activities and having close social, economic and psychological commitments to each other. Dwelling unit: A group of two or more rooms, one of which is a kitchen, designed for occupancy by one family for living and sleeping purposes. Example #2: Any group of individuals living together as the functional equivalent of a family where the residents share living expenses and chores, eat meals together and are a close group with social, economic and psychological commitments to each other. A family includes, for example, the residents of residential care facilities and group homes for people with disabilities. A family does not include larger institutional group living situations such as dormitories, fraternities, sororities, monasteries or nunneries. The City will revise the Zoning Code definition of family to be consistent with the letter and spirit of fair housing laws. Concurrently, the City will examine the changes that may be needed to the Zoning Code "dwelling" related definitions noted below: DWELLING, SINGLE OR ONE -FAMILY: A building designed or used for occupancy, as living quarters, by one family. DWELLING UNIT: One or more rooms in a building or portion thereof, designed for, and intended to be used, for occupancy by one family, for living quarters. A single dwelling unit shall contain a maximum of one kitchen or cooking facilities therefore, and all habitable rooms shall be internally accessible from within the dwelling unit. A bedroom or private space shall not be used as an accessway to one or more other rooms. TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Attachment C (page 46) provides several Zoning Code definitions including those pertinent to the analysis of constraints on housing for disabled persons. 2) Zones Allowing Residential Care Facilities: Residential care facilities are not specifically referenced as a permitted use in the R-1, R-2 and R-3 Zones. Under California state law, licensed facilities serving six persons or fewer receive special land use protection. The Zoning Code does provide definitions of two facilities that are similar to the uses that fall within the meaning of residential care facilities: FAMILY HOME (Mentally III): A facility intended solely for the admission of not more than six (6) mentally ill or emotionally disordered patients who are provided with a program of services and protective supervision in a home setting. FAMILY HOME (Mentally Retarded): A facility intended solely for the admission of one or more mentally retarded patients who are provided with a program of services and protective supervision in a home setting. California requires that many types of licensed facilities serving six persons or fewer be treated for zoning purposes like single-family homes. Except in extraordinary cases in which even a single-family home requires a conditional use permit, these laws bar conditional use permits for facilities that serve six or fewer persons. The land use protection applies to -- Intermediate care facilities for individuals who have developmental disabilities (Health and Safety Code Section 1267.8) Residential facilities for persons with disabilities and for abused children (Health and Safety Code Section 1566.3, and Welfare and Institution Code Section 5116) Residential care facility for the elderly (Health and Safety Code Section 1569.87) Alcoholism and drug treatment facilities (Health and Safety Code Section 11834.23) Residential facilities for persons with chronic life threatening illness (Health and Safety Code Section 1568.0831)' "Law Offices of Goldfarb & Lipman, Between the Lines: A Question and Answer Guide on Legal Issues in Supportive Housing, 1999, pg. 110. Health and Safety Code Section 1566.3 states: "No conditional use permit, zoning variance, or other zoning clearance shall be required of a residential facility which serves six or fewer persons which is not required of a family dwelling of the same type in the same zone." [emphasis added] B-40 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS A residential facility "...means any family home, group care facility, or similar facility for 24- hour nonmedical care of persons in need of personal services, supervision, or assistance essential for sustaining the activities of daily living or for the protection of the individual. Further: family dwelling,' includes, but is not limited to, single-family dwellings, units in multifamily dwellings, including units in duplexes and units in apartment dwellings, mobilehomes, including mobilehomes located in mobilehome parks, units in cooperatives, units in condominiums, units in townhouses, and units in planned developments." To achieve consistency with fair housing laws, the City will amend the Zoning Code with respect to permitting residential care facilities for six or fewer persons in all zones that permit single-family homes. As a part of the Zoning Code amendments, the City may establish an all-inclusive term such as "licensed group homes' to identify the scope of residential care facilities to be permitted unconditionally. Attachment D (pg. 52) provides a sample licensed group home definition. In addition, State law requires that residential care facilities not be defined within the meaning of boarding house, rooming house, institution or home for the care of minors, the aged, or the mentally infirm, foster care home, guest home, rest home, sanitarium, mental hygiene home, or other similar term which implies that a residential facility is a business run for profit. The City's Zoning Code has definitions for four related terms: CONVALESCENT HOME: The same as the definition of Nursing and Convalescent Hospital. HOME FOR THE AGED: Any building or portion thereof, other than a hospital or a rest home, used and maintained to provide living accommodations, including board, room, or care, for ambulatory aged persons. NURSING AND CONVALESCENT HOSPITAL: Any place or institution which provides bed accommodations for one or more chronic or convalescent patients, who, by reason of illness or physical infirmity, are unable to properly care for themselves. Alcoholics, drug addicts, persons with mental or communicable diseases, including contagious tuberculosis, shall not be admitted or cared for in nursing and convalescent hospitals. REST HOME: The same as the definition of Nursing and Convalescent Hospital. The City, therefore, does not include residential care facilities within meaning of the above terms. B-41 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS 3) Residential Care Facilities for Seven or More Persons: State law -- as the summary below explains -- allows cities to require a conditional use permit for residential care facilities for seven or more persons. "Because California law only protects facilities serving six or fewer residents, many cities and counties restrict the location of facilities housing seven or more clients. They may do this by requiring use permits, adopting special parking and other standards for these homes, or prohibiting these large facilities outright in certain zoning districts. While this practice may raise fair housing issues, no published California decision prohibits the practice, and analyses of recent State legislation appear to assume that localities can restrict facilities with seven or more clients. Some cases in other federal circuits have found that requiring a conditional use permit for large group homes violates the federal Fair Housing Act. However, the federal Ninth Circuit, whose decisions are binding in California, found that requiring a conditional use permit for a building atypical in size and bulk for a single-family residence does not violate the Fair Housing Act.* [emphasis added] (*Barbara Kautz, Goldfarb & Lipman LLP, Select California Laws Relating to Residential Recovery Facilities and Group Homes, pg. 3, (presented at the Residential Recovery Facilities Conference, Newport Beach, March 2, 2007) However, the City would adhere to the DOJ and HUD interpretation of the Fair Housing Act. In this regard, the two Departments state that "...because persons with disabilities are entitled to request reasonable accommodations in rules and policies, the group home for seven persons with disabilities would have to be given the opportunity to seek an exception or waiver." The reasonable accommodation procedure — to be developed and adopted as part of the Housing Program — will make explicit that facilities housing seven or more disabled persons may seek an exception or waiver from the Zoning Code standards. Residential care facilities serving seven or more non -disabled persons will be required to have an approved Conditional Use Permit. 4) Siting or Separation Requirements for Licensed Residential Care Facilities: The City's Zoning Code does not establish siting or separation requirements for the facilities. Over concentration of certain care homes in a neighborhood is regulated by the State for licensed facilities. Except for foster homes and elderly care, licenses issued by the California Department of Social Services (CDSS) must be a minimum of 300 feet away from any other licensed home (as measured from the outside walls of the house — Health and Safety Code Section 1520.5) If a home is less than the 300 feet, an exemption must be granted by the city, otherwise the license in denied. This 300 -foot separation restriction does not apply to licenses issued by the State Department of Alcohol and Drugs for rehabilitation homes. B-42 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS CDSS must submit any application for a facility covered by the law to the city where the facility will be located. The city may request that the license be denied based on the over concentration of an existing facility (or within 1,000 feet of a congregate living health facility) unless the city approves the application. Even if there is adequate separation between the facilities, a city or county may ask that the license be denied based on over concentration. These separation requirements apply only to facilities with the same type of license. For instance, a community care facility would not violate the separation requirements even if located next to a drug and alcohol treatment facility. The City complies with fair housing laws as they relate to spacing and separation requirements. The City has not adopted a standard different from or more stringent than the one the State applies. Moreover, the DOJ and HUD acknowledge that neighborhoods as well as the disabled may suffer if licensed residential care facilities are over concentrated. The DOJ and HUD offer the following guidance; "...if a neighborhood came to be composed largely of group homes, that could adversely affect individuals with disabilities and would be inconsistent with the objective of integrating persons with disabilities into the community. Especially in the licensing and regulatory process, it is appropriate to be concerned about the setting for a group home. A consideration of over -concentration could be considered in this context. This objective does not, however, justify requiring separations which have the effect of foreclosing group homes from locating in entire neighborhoods." ('Joint Statement of the Department of Justice and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, Group Homes, Local Land Use, and the Fair Housing Act, August 18, 1999, page 4.) 5) Parking Requirements for Persons with Disabilities: The City's parking standards are established for different uses, not in terms of the occupants of the use. For instance, the City does not have parking standards for single- or multi -family housing occupied by disabled or elderly persons. The City, however, recognizes that disabled persons who occupy licensed residential care facilities generate a parking need different from non -disabled persons. For instance, developmentally disabled persons may not have licenses to drive a car. The "reasonable accommodation procedure" will include an opportunity for disabled persons (or their representatives) to request a reduction and/or waiver of parking requirements. C. Permits and Processina According to HCD - Issues to evaluate include the process for requesting retrofit for accessibility, ensuring compliance with all State laws regulating permit requirement of licensed residential care facilities with fewer than six persons in single-family zones, and identification of any conditions or use B-43 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS restrictions for licensed residential care facilities with greater than 6 persons or group homes that will be providing services on-site. 1) Requesting Retrofit for Accessibility: Non-structural retrofits within buildings like adding grab bars, replacing doorknobs with single -lever doorknobs, and exchanging toilets do not require building permits, or City approvals. Structural retrofits like widening doorways or constructing ramps requires a building permit. These requirements are the same for single- and multi -family housing. Tenants residing in apartments must first obtain permission from the owner and/or property manager to make the retrofits. 2) Ensuring Compliance with all State Laws Regulating Requirements for Licensed Residential Care Facilities: As explained earlier, the City will complete Zoning Code amendments in order to ensure compliance with all State laws that regulate licensed residential care facilities. 3) Conditions or Use Restrictions for Licensed Residential Care Facilities with Greater than 6 persons or Group Homes that will be Providing Services On -Site: The City's Zoning Code does not specify residential care facilities as a permitted or conditionally permitted use in any of the residential zones. The Zoning Code will be amended to define this use and include it as a conditionally permitted use in one or more zones. Group homes serving seven or more persons fall within the meaning of transitional and supportive housing and the Zoning Code will be amended to include these uses as a residential use of property. d. Building Codes HCD recommends the analysis - The year of the Uniform Building Code adoption and any amendments that might diminish the ability to accommodate persons with disabilities, identification of adopted universal design elements in the building code, the provision of reasonable accommodation for persons with disabilities in the enforcement of building codes and the issuance of building permits. 1) Building Code Adoption and Amendments: The City has adopted the 2007 California Building Code (CBC) with three amendments. The amendments do not impact the development of housing for disabled persons. 2) Universal Design Elements: Although the City has not adopted a "universal design ordinance" this is not deemed a constraint on existing or new housing for disabled persons. The City understands that universal design aims to serve all people of all ages, sizes, and abilities and is applied to all buildings. For instance, a universal design feature is any component of a house that can be used by everyone regardless of his or her level of ability or disability. A feature, for instance, such as no steps at entrances. Or single -lever water controls at all plumbing fixtures and faucets. California law, section 17959.6 of the Health and Safety Code, requires a builder of new for -sale residential units to provide buyers with a list of specific `universal design features' which make a home safer and easier to use for persons who are aging or frail, or who have certain temporary or permanent activity limitations or disabilities. A developer is not required to provide the listed features during construction or at any B-44 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS other time, unless the developer has offered to provide a feature and the buyer has requested to and agrees to provide payment. AB 2787 (2002) mandated HCD to develop one or more model ordinances for voluntary local government adoption that would establish universal design building standards without a significant impact on housing cost or affordability. After meetings with various stakeholders representing the interests of persons with disabilities, seniors, the building industry, and assistive technology, HCD developed a pair of draft ordinances. On October 31, 2005, HCD certified and made available the "Model Universal Design Local Ordinance." HCD indicated that the Ordinance might be adopted voluntarily in substantially the same form by any city or county pursuant to Section 17959. Attachment E (page 53) is a Summary of the Voluntary Model Universal Design Ordinance (AB 2787). The City's enforcement of the Uniform Building Code does not create an impediment to fair housing choice. However, the City may explore the application of universal design features in both existing and new housing. 3) Building Code Reasonable Accommodations: The City, as described earlier, does not have a reasonable accommodation procedure with respect to modifications of zoning development standards. A procedure will be prepared and adopted for building code modifications as well as ones pertaining to zoning. 3. Conclusions and Findings The City will amend the Zoning Code to ensure that its rules, policies, and standards are consistent with fair housing laws. The City, as previously explained, will develop a reasonable accommodation procedure that encompasses both zoning and building standards. Guidance for developing the procedure will be obtained from disabled persons and advocacy groups. Once adopted, the reasonable accommodation procedure will be explained on the City's website and prominently displayed at the Community Development Department counter. In addition, the City will amend the Zoning Code to ensure that residential care facilities are permitted in all zones that permit single-family homes. H. CONSTRAINTS ON MEETING THE CITY'S SHARE OF THE REGIONAL HOUSING NEED 1. Guidelines The Housing Element Law requires the City to identify and remove any governmental constraints that hinder meeting the community's share of the regional housing need. Moreover, in regulating subdivisions, Government Code Section 65913.2 provides -- that a local government may not impose design criteria for the purpose of rendering an affordable housing development infeasible. A community may not impose standards and criteria for public improvements (e.g. streets, sewers, schools, or parks) that exceed those imposed on other developments in similar zones. Additionally, the effect of a community's B-45 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS ordinances and actions on accommodating the housing needs of the region must be considered. 2. Analysis 987 housing units have been allocated to the City as its share of the regional housing need (Final Regional Housing Needs Assessment). The Sites Inventory and Analysis (Technical Appendix D) documents the availability of sites for future development and the adequacy of these sites to address Temple City's regional housing needs. The City plans to fulfill its regional housing needs using a combination of the following methods: • Housing units built or issued permits during the planning period; • Residential development within the Downtown Specific Plan; • Underutilized sites zoned for residential use; and • Residential second units. As previously discussed, the Housing Element establishes programs to provide for increased densities in the Downtown Specific Plan and in R-3 zones not adjacent to R-1 neighborhoods. In addition, the City will enact land use affordability incentives, including a density bonus ordinance, an inclusionary housing policy and second unit development incentives. 3. Conclusions and Findings Local governmental constraints that would prevent the City from meeting its share of the regional housing need will be ameliorated by Housing Element programs. B-46 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Attachment A Joint Statement of the Department of Justice and the Department of Housing and Urban Development Group Homes, Local Land Use, and the Fair Housing Act August 18, 1999 The DOJ and HUD in August 1999 issued a Joint Statement pertaining to several issues on housing for the disabled. Group homes and local procedures to consider requests for reasonable accommodations were among the issues addressed in the Joint Statement. Below is a summary of the Joint Statement. "...the term `group home' refers to housing occupied by groups of unrelated individuals with disabilities. Sometimes, but not always, housing is provided by organizations that also offer services for individuals with disabilities living in the group home. Sometimes it is this group home operator, rather than the individuals who live in the home, that interacts with local government in seeking permits and making requests for reasonable accommodations on behalf of those individuals. "The term 'group home' is also sometimes applied to any group of unrelated persons who live together in a dwelling — such as a group of students who voluntarily agree to share the rent on a house. The Act does not generally affect the ability of local governments to regulate housing of this kind, as long as they do not discriminate against residents on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, handicap (disability) or familial status (families with minor children). "The Fair Housing Act prohibits discrimination on the basis of handicap. "Handicap" has the same legal meaning as the term "disability." Persons with disabilities (handicaps) are individuals with physical or mental impairments that substantially limit one or more major life activities. The term physical or mental impairment may include conditions such as blindness, hearing impairment, mobility impairment, HIV infection, mental retardation, alcoholism, drug addiction, chronic fatigue, learning disability, head injury, and mental illness. The term major life activity may include seeing, hearing, walking, breathing, performing manual tasks, caring for oneself, learning, speaking, or working. "Local zoning and land use laws that treat groups of unrelated persons with disabilities less favorably than similar groups of unrelated persons without disabilities violate the Fair Housing Act. For example, suppose a city's zoning ordinance defines "family" to include up to six unrelated persons living together as a household unit, and gives such a group of unrelated persons the right to live in any zoning district without special permission. If that ordinance also disallows a group home for six or fewer people with disabilities in a certain district or requires this home to seek a use permit, such requirements would conflict with the Fair Housing Act. The ordinance treats persons with disabilities worse than persons without disabilities." B-47 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS "A local government may generally restrict the ability of groups of unrelated persons to live together as long as the restrictions are imposed on all such groups. Thus, in the case where a family is defined to include up to six unrelated people, an ordinance would not, on its face, violate the Act if a group home of seven unrelated people with disabilities was not allowed to locate in single-family zoned neighborhood, because a group of seven unrelated people without disabilities would also not be allowed." "As a general rule, the Fair Housing Act makes it unlawful to refuse to make `reasonable accommodations' (modifications or exceptions) to rules, policies, practices, or services, when such accommodations may be necessary to afford persons with disabilities an equal opportunity to use or enjoy a dwelling. "Even though a zoning ordinance imposes on group homes the same restrictions it imposes on other groups of unrelated people, a local government may be required, in individual cases and when requested to do so, to grant a reasonable accommodation to a group home for persons with disabilities. For example, it may be a reasonable accommodation to waive a setback required so that a paved path of travel can be provided to residents who have mobility impairments. A similar waiver might not be required for a different type of group home where residents do not have difficulty negotiating steps and do not need a setback in order to have an equal opportunity to use and enjoy a dwelling. "Where a local zoning scheme specifies procedures for seeking a departure from the general rule, courts have decided, and the Department of Justice and HUD agree, that these procedures must ordinarily be followed. If no procedure is specified, persons with disabilities may, nevertheless, request a reasonable accommodation in some other way, and a local government is obligated to grant it if it meets the criteria discussed above. A local government's failure to respond to a request for reasonable accommodation or an inordinate delay in responding could also violate the Act. "Whether a procedure for requesting accommodations is provided or not, if local government officials have previously made statements or otherwise indicated that an application would not receive fair consideration, or if the procedure itself is discriminatory, then the individuals with disabilities living in a group home (and/or operator) might be able to go to court to request an order for an accommodation. "Local governments are encouraged to provide mechanisms for requesting reasonable accommodations that operate promptly and efficiently, without imposing significant costs or delays. The local government should also make efforts to insure that the availability of such mechanisms is well known within the community."* (*Joint Statement of the Department of Justice and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, Group Homes, Local Land Use, and the Fair Housing Act, August 18, 1999, pages 2, 3 and 4.) _ZIE TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Attachment B Background Material — Reasonable Accommodation Procedure State of California Guidance -- Office of the Attorney General On May 15, 2001 the State Attorney General transmitted a letter to all local governments advising the localities to consider adoption of a reasonable accommodation procedure. In that letter, the Attorney General stated: "Both the federal Fair Housing Act ('FHA') and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act ('FEHA') impose an affirmative duty on local governments to make reasonable accommodations (i.e., modifications or exceptions) in their zoning laws and other land use regulations and practices when such accommodations 'may be necessary to afford' disabled persons 'an equal opportunity to use and enjoy a dwelling."' Many jurisdictions currently handle requests for relief from the zoning ordinance through variance or conditional use permits. The Attorney General also remarked that: "...the criteria for determining whether to grant a variance or conditional use permit typically differ from those which govern the determination whether a requested accommodation is reasonable within the meaning of fair housing laws. "Thus, municipalities relying upon these alternative procedures have found themselves in the position of having refused to approve a project as a result of considerations which, while sufficient to justify the refusal under the criteria applicable to grant of a variance or conditional use permit, were insufficient to justify the denial when judged in light of the fair housing laws' reasonable accommodations mandate." The Attorney General also stated that the variance and conditional use permit procedures — with their different governing criteria — serve to encourage community opposition to projects housing the disabled. The Attorney General then wrote: "Yet this is the very type of opposition that, for example, the typical conditional use permit procedure, with its general health, safety and welfare standard, would seem rather predictably to invite, whereas a procedure conducted pursuant to the more focused criteria applicable to the reasonable accommodation determination would not." Definitions of Reasonable Accommodation Procedure One city has defined the purpose of this procedure as: "Codification of a formal procedure for persons with disabilities seeking equal access to housing to request reasonable accommodation in the application of the City's land use regulations, and establishment of relevant criteria to be used when considering such requests to ensure B-49 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS prompt, fair and efficient handling of such requests in accordance with the fair housing laws' reasonable accommodation mandate." Another city has defined this procedure as follows: "It is the purpose of this chapter, in compliance with the Fair Housing Laws, to provide a procedure to evaluate requests for reasonable accommodation related to specific applications of the zoning law in order to assure that no person is discriminated against because of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, familial status, marital status, disability, national origin, source of income, or ancestry by being denied an equal opportunity to use and enjoy a dwelling and to authorize the application of exceptions to the zoning law if warranted" Factors Considered In Evaluating a Request for a Reasonable Accommodation A request for a fair housing reasonable accommodation considers the following factors: Is the housing, which is the subject of the request for reasonable accommodation, to be used by an individual protected under fair housing laws? Is the request for reasonable accommodation necessary to make specific housing available to an individual protected under fair housing laws? Will the requested accommodation impose an undue financial or administrative burden on the jurisdiction? Will the requested accommodation require a fundamental alteration in the zoning code? If the applicant establishes protection under the law and that the requested accommodation is necessary, then the accommodation must be provided unless a city can present evidence that doing so would either create an undue burden or result in a fundamental alteration of the code. Many requests for accommodation involve a modification or waiver of a regulation or procedure. This accommodation would be a request for non -enforcement of a rule and, therefore, not create an undue burden. In addition to not imposing an undue financial or administrative burden, a reasonable accommodation must also not result in the "fundamental alteration" in the nature of a zoning program. In the land use and zoning context, "fundamental alteration in the nature of the program" means an alteration so far reaching that it would change the essential zoning scheme of a municipality. In most instances, granting a request to modify or waive a zoning policy or procedure does not result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program. B-50 TECHNICAL APPENDIX 8 GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Attachment C City of Temple City Zoning Code Definitions APARTMENT: The same as the definition of Dwelling, Multiple. BUILDING, ACCESSORY: A single story detached building not to exceed fifteen feet (15') in height, housing a permitted accessory use, located on the same lot as the main building or principal use. Provided, that if the same is attached to a main building by a cornmon wall or roof, it shall be deemed to be a part of such main building. BUILDING, MAIN: A building in which is conducted a principal use permitted upon the lot upon which it is situated. In a residential zone a dwelling shall be deemed to be a main building. BUILDING OR STRUCTURE HEIGHT: The vertical distance from the average finished grade of the lot to the highest point of the building or structure. CARPORT: A permanently roofed structure with not more than two (2) enclosed sides, used or intended to be used for automobile shelter and storage. CONVALESCENT HOME: The same as the definition of Nursing and Convalescent Hospital. DETACHED LIVING QUARTERS: The same as the definition of Guesthouse. DUPLEX: The same as the definition of Dwelling, Two -Family. DWELLING, MULTIPLE: The same as building designed or used for occupancy, as living quarters, by two (2) or more families on the same lot and containing one dwelling unit for each such family. DWELLING, NEW: Any residential structure which is to be newly constructed or voluntarily demolished and reconstructed. A remodel or house addition shall be considered a new dwelling if either of the two (2) following conditions exist: A. The proposed project involves voluntary demolition of fifty percent (50%) or more of the existing square footage of the structure including any attached garage; and/or B. The proposed new construction wou footage of the dwelling. (For purposes construction projects within any 24 month construction project.) d more than double the existing square of administering this definition, multiple period of time shall be considered a single Any reconstruction or rebuilding or repair of any nonconforming building or structure which was damaged or partially destroyed by fire, explosion, act of God or any other casualty shall not be considered a new dwelling as defined herein and shall be governed by the provisions of section 9274 of this chapter. B-51 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS DWELLING, SINGLE OR ONE -FAMILY: A building designed or used for occupancy, as living quarters, one family. DWELLING, THREE-FAMILY: A building designed or used for occupancy, as living quarters, by three (3) families and containing three (3) dwelling units. DWELLING, TWO-FAMILY: A building designed or used for occupancy, as living quarters, by two (2) families and containing two (2) dwelling units. DWELLING UNIT: One or more rooms in a building or portion thereof, designed for, and intended to be used, for occupancy by one family, for living quarters. A single dwelling unit shall contain a maximum of one kitchen or cooking facilities therefore, and all habitable rooms shall be internally accessible from within the dwelling unit. A bedroom or private space shall not be used as an accessway to one or more other rooms. FAMILY: Persons, related by blood, marriage or adoption, living together as a single housekeeping unit in an apartment or dwelling unit. "Family" also includes a group of persons, including not to exceed six (6) roomers unrelated by blood, marriage or adoption, when living together as a single housekeeping unit in a dwelling unit. FAMILY HOME (Mentally III): A facility intended solely for the admission of not more than six (6) mentally ill or emotionally disordered patients who are provided with a program of services and protective supervision in a home setting. FAMILY HOME (Mentally Retarded): A facility intended solely for the admission of one or more mentally retarded patients who are provided with a program of services and protective supervision in a home setting. FLOOR AREA, GROSS: The total horizontal area of all the floors of a building included within the surrounding walls, exclusive of vents, shafts, courts and off street parking facilities. FLOOR AREA RATIO: The total gross floor area included within the surrounding exterior walls of a building(s) or portion thereof divided by the gross area of the lot, prior to any required dedications. In calculating floor area ratio (FAR), the exterior walls shall be counted as gross square footage. The floor area shall be counted twice for any portion of the dwelling where the distance between the floor and the ceiling directly above exceeds twelve feet (12') or in instances where the height of a single story structure or single story portion of a two-story structure exceeds eighteen feet (18'). In the R-1 zone the floor area ratio limitations shall apply only to the total living area of any two-story dwelling or single story dwelling in excess of eighteen feet (18') in height; floor area limitations shall not apply to attached or detached garages or single story accessory buildings not intended for human habitation. In the R-2 and R-3 zones, floor area ratio limitations shall apply to all structures on a lot including enclosed garages and accessory buildings. GARAGE: Any building, with three (3) enclosed sides, having not less than two hundred (200) square feet of floor area, provided with a closable access door or doors, which is used or intended to be used for automobile shelter or storage. B-52 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS HOME FOR THE AGED: Any building or portion thereof, other than a hospital or a rest home, used and maintained to provide living accommodations, including board, room, or care, for ambulatory aged persons. LOT, AREA: The total area, measured in a horizontal plan, included within the lot lines of a lot. Any portion of a lot area which is within a designated flood control easement shall not be considered as usable lot area for purposes of determining or calculating permitted density, lot coverage, floor area ratio, etc. LOT, CORNER: A lot situated at the intersection of two (2) or more streets and highways. LOT, DEPTH: The horizontal distance measured between the midpoints of the front and rear lot lines. LOT, INTERIOR: A lot other than a corner or reversed corner lot LOT LINE, FRONT: A line separating an interior lot from a street; in the case of a corner lot, the lot line separating the narrowest street frontage of the lot from the street; in the case of a lot having no street frontage, the same shall mean the narrowest lot line parallel and closest to the nearest street or highway, as determined by the director. LOT LINE, REAR: A lot line which is most distant from the front lot line. LOT LINE, SIDE: Any lot boundary line which is not a front or rear lot line. LOT OR PARCEL OF LAND: A. A parcel of real property which is shown as a lot in a subdivision recorded pursuant to the provisions of the subdivision map act; or B. A parcel of real property, the dimensions and boundaries of which are defined by a recorded record or survey map; or C. A parcel of real property shown on a parcel map, recorded pursuant to the provisions of the subdivision map act; or D. A parcel of real property lawfully created and dimensioned in accordance with city ordinances prior to January 1, 1967. The minimum frontage upon a public street or highway for R-1 zoned lots shall be sixty feet (60') except for cul-de-sacs and knuckles, in which cases the minimum frontage may be reduced to thirty five feet (35') provided the average lot width is sixty feet (60'). Exception: R-1 zoned lots in existence on the effective date of this chapter (May 5, 1988) may be subdivided subject to the following restrictions: 1. No existing lot shall be subdivided into more than two (2) lots. 2. Each subdivision shall be subject to the approval of a parcel map. B-53 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS 3. The original existing lot to be subdivided shall have a street frontage of at least seventy feet (70') but less than one hundred feet (100'), and 4. Each such subdivision shall be limited to the creation of no more than one flag lot, with a minimum street frontage of fifteen feet (16), and 5. A minimum of seven thousand two hundred (7,200) square feet of lot area shall be provided per newly created lot, exclusive of any "pole" portion of a flag lot. 6. No such "flag lot" subdivision shall be created on Halifax Road between Daines Drive and Live Oak Avenue, legally described as lots #1-12, block A, lots #1-8, block B and portion of lots #9-11, block B of tract no. 11695, Los Angeles County recorder map book 215-23-24 and a portion of lot 32 of E.J. Baldwin's addition #1 to Santa Anita Colony, Los Angeles County recorder's miscellaneous records 52- 60, as shown on exhibit A. 7. No "flag lot" created after September 15, 1989, under the provisions of this section shall be improved with any structure which exceeds twenty feet (20') in height. LOT, REVERSED CORNER: A corner lot, the side lot line of which is substantially a continuation of the front line of a lot which adjoins the rear lot line of said corner lot. LOT, THROUGH: A lot, having frontage on two (2) approximately parallel streets or highways. LOT, WIDTH: The horizontal distance between the side lot lines measured between two (2) points each located on the side lot lines at a distance midway between the front and rear lot lines. MOBILEHOME: See definitions of Modular Home and Trailer Coach. MODULAR HOME: Factory constructed, single-family, one story detached dwellings, certified under the national mobilehome construction and safety standards act of 1974, with approved sticker attached, and placed on full, county engineer approved foundation and permanently anchored thereto. NURSERY (Mentally Retarded): A facility intended primarily for the admission of nonambulatory mentally retarded patients, who are provided nursing services primarily in crib accommodations. NURSING AND CONVALESCENT HOSPITAL: Any place or institution which provides bed accommodations for one or more chronic or convalescent patients, who, by reason of illness or physical infirmity, are unable to properly care for themselves. Alcoholics, drug addicts, persons with mental or communicable diseases, including contagious tuberculosis, shall not be admitted or cared for in nursing and convalescent hospitals. RESIDENCE, SINGLE-FAMILY: A structure containing one dwelling unit. "Residence, single-family" shall also include a modular home manufactured and certified under the B-54 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS national mobilehome construction and safety standard act of 1974 on a permanent foundation system approved by the county engineer. RESIDENT FACILITY (Mentally Retarded): An institution of one bed capacity or more intended solely for the admission of mentally retarded patients who require supervision and who are provided with an organized program of services. RESIDENT SCHOOL (Mentally Retarded): A facility intended primarily for the training and education of mentally retarded persons. REST HOME: The same as the definition of Nursing and Convalescent Hospital. SECOND UNIT: An attached or detached residential dwelling unit, which provides complete independent living facilities for one or more persons. It shall include permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation on the same parcel as the single-family dwelling is situated. STORY: That portion of a building including between the upper surface of any floor and the upper surface of the floor next above, except that the topmost story shall be that portion of a building included between the upper surface of the topmost floor and the ceiling or roof above. "Story" includes a basement. TRIPLEX: The same as the definition of Dwelling, Three -Family. UNIT DEVELOPMENT: The construction, maintenance and operation of any combination of two (2) or more permitted uses, buildings and structures, based on a comprehensive and complete design or plan treating the entire complex of land, buildings, structures and uses as a single project. YARD: An area upon a lot or parcel of land, other than a court or open space, required as a front, side or rear yard, which shall be maintained unoccupied and unobstructed from the ground upward; provided that encroachment shall be permitted in yards only as expressly authorized by this chapter. YARD, FRONT: A yard extending across the full width of the front of a lot. The depth of a required front yard shall be a specified horizontal distance measured between the front lot line and a parallel thereto, on the lot. YARD, REAR: A yard extending across the full width of the rear of a lot. The depth of a required rear yard shall be a specified horizontal distance measured between the rear lot line and a line parallel thereto on the lot. YARD, SIDE: A yard extending from the rear line of the required front yard, or the front lot line where no front yard is required, to the front line of the required rear yard, or the rear lot line where no rear yard is required. The width of a required side yard shall be a specified horizontal measured distance between each side lot line and a line parallel thereto on the lot. B-55 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Attachment D Sample Group Home Definition Group care home. A residential care facility licensed or supervised by any federal, state, or local agency, which provides housing and nonmedical care for children, elderly persons, or physically and mentally handicapped persons in a family -like environment. Group care homes include the following: (a) An intermediate care facility, developmentally disabled habilitative and intermediate care facility/developmentally disabled -nursing or a congregate living facility as identified in state of California Health and Safety Code section 1267.8; (b) A community care facility as identified in state of California Health and Safety Code section 1566.3; (c) A residential care facility for the elderly as identified in state of California Health and Safety Code section 1569.85; (d) An alcoholism or drug abuse recovery or treatment facility as identified in state of California Health and Safety Code section 11834.02; (e) A home for the care of mentally disordered or otherwise handicapped persons as identified in state of California Welfare and Institutions Code section 5116; (f) A home for the care of dependent and neglected children as identified in the state of California Welfare and Institutions Code section 300, but not including wards of the court as identified in the state of California Welfare and Institutions Code section 601 ff. Group care home does not include homeless shelters, half -way houses for parolees or convicted persons, or living groups as defined in this chapter. B-56 TECHNICAL APPENDIX B GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Attachment E Summary of Voluntary Model Universal Design Ordinance (AB 2787) Assembly Bill 2787 (Chapter 726 of Statutes of 2002) adopted Section 17959 of the Health & Safety Code. This law required HCD to develop and certify one or more model universal design ordinances applicable to new construction and alterations for voluntary adoption by local governments. The Department's model ordinance identifies rooms and denotes features which must be offered by a builder in residential units subject to the ordinance that are being newly - constructed or substantially rehabilitated but only installed if requested by the buyer/owner and which would not cause an unreasonable delay or significant un - reimbursable costs to the developer or builder. In general, the model ordinance provides: Definitions for critical terms Local option as to types of units (owner -occupied and/or rental), and number of units Specific exemptions and enforcement mechanisms Examples of rooms and areas for which it is mandatory to offer certain design features: Accessible path of travel to dwelling 32" wide interior doors Handrail and handrail reinforcement in hallways Entry door high/low peephole viewer Doorbell at 48" maximum height in accessible location (36") Switches and outlets at 15" to 48" above the floor Rocker light switches Closet rods and shelves adjustable from T to 5-6" high Up to 42" wide hallway Bathrooms/Powder Room At least one bathroom or powder room on the primary entry level Grab bars and grab bar backing in walls 30" X 48" clear space at fixtures Lavatory with lever faucet controls Removable base cabinets or open lavatory with knee space and protection panel Clear space for a 48" to 60" diameter circle Accessible bathtub or roll -in shower Hand-held adjustable showerhead Kitchen on the primary entry level Accessible route to the kitchen 30" X 48" clear space at appliances Removable base cabinets at sink 30" X 48" clear space at sink Lever controls at kitchen sink faucet Switches and outlets at 15" to 48" above the floor 18" counter or breadboard for clear work area B-57 Technical Appendix C Non -Governmental Constraints TABLE OF CONTENTS Technical Appendix C Non Governmental Constraints A — Introduction and Summary ...................................................... .......................... C-1 1. Introduction........................................................................................................................ C-1 2. Summary............................................................................................................................ C-1 (A) Affordable Housing Costs .................. .................................................. ........ - ... .......... . C-1 (B) Availability of Financing............................................................................................... C-2 (C) Price of Land................................................................................................................ C-3 (D) Cost of Construction.................................................................................................... C-3 B —Availability of Financing..................................................................................... C-4 1. Guidelines.. ........................................................................................................................ C-4 2. Analysis.............................................................................................................................. C-4 (A) Loan Denial Rates....................................................................................................... C-4 (B) Interest Rates—............................................................................................................ C-9 3. Conclusions and Findings ........................................... —.................................................... C-13 C— Land Costs., .............. ........................................................ _ ..................... C-13 Guidelines....... ........... ...... —.......... ...................................... ___ .... —... — ....... ...... ____ ....... C-13 2. Analysis ....................................... .......... ................................................. .... —..................... C-13 3. Conclusions and Findings .................................... —... ..... ................................................... C-14 D — Construction Costs ..................... ........ ...................................................... C-14 1. Guidelines .... ........................ -.......... ....................... .................. ............................ ............. C-14 2. Analysis.............................................................................................................................. C-14 (A) Components of Construction Costs............................................................................. C-14 (B) Constructions Cost Estimates...................................................................................... C-15 (C) Construction Cost Estimate for a Single -Family Home ............................................... C-16 (D) Construction Cost Impact of State Laws -Prevailing Wage and Fish & Game Fees.... C-16 3. Conclusions and Findings ................................................. .......... -................ ..................... C-17 E — Housing Costs — Sales Prices and Apartment Rents.............................0-17 1. Sales Prices ....................... ......................................................... ..._............. ................... ..0-17 (A) Calendar Year 2006 and 2007 Sales Prices ...................... ...... -.... ........ - ...... .............. C-17 (B) 2007 Sales Prices ............. .....-................................................ ......... ............ .........—... C-17 (C) 2008 Sales Prices........................................................................................................ C-19 (D) Conclusions and Findings............................................................................................ C-19 2. Monthly Rents and Vacancy Rates ............................... -............ ....................................... C-20 List of Tables C-1 Affordable Gross Monthly Rents by Income Group and Number of Bedrooms .................................................................................................... C-2 C-2 Affordable Gross Monthly Housing Costs for Ownership Housing by Income Group and Number of Bedrooms............................................................ C-2 C-3 Conventional and Home Improvement Loan Denial Rates 2006 ............. C-6 C-4 Conventional Loan Denial Rates by Census Tract and Percent Minority and Low/Mod Populations 2006..................................................................... C-7 C-5 Los Angeles County: Reasons for Conventional and Home Improvement Loan Application Denials 2006......................................................................... C-9 C-6 Average Mortgage Rates Weekly Survey of 60 Southland Lenders as of July 302008 ................................................................................................... C-10 C-7 California Housing Finance Agency Interest Rate Schedule Effective August 8 2008................................................................................................... C-12 C-8 Inventory of Land Costs per Residential Zone, Per Housing Unit and Per Square Foot May 2008............................................................................ C-14 C-9 2006 and 2007 Median Sales Prices ....................................................... C-17 C-10 2007 Home Sales................................................................................... C-18 C-11 Summary of New and Existing Home Sales ............................................ C-19 C-12 2008 Home Sales................................................................................... C-20 C-13 Monthly Rental Costs 2007..................................................................... C-21 C-14 2008 Section 8 Fair Market Rents........................................................... C-21 C-15 Apartment Vacancy Rates March 2008 ................................................... C-22 List of Exhibits C-1 Census Tract Boundaries........................................................................ C-8 Attachment A: 2007 Los Angeles County Affordable Housing Cost Worksheet ............................ ........... ..0-23 Affordable Housing Costs for Owner -Occupied Housing Units ......................................... C-23 2. Affordable Housing Costs for Renter -Occupied Housing Units... .... — ............................... C-24 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS A. INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY Introduction For purposes of providing guidance to cities, HCD has offered the following advice: Although nongovernmental constraints are primarily market driven and generally outside direct government control, localities can significantly influence and offset the negative impact of nongovernmental constraints through responsive programs and policies. Analyzing specific housing cost components including the cost of land, construction costs, and the availability of financing assists the locality in developing and implementing housing and land -use programs that respond to existing local or regional conditions. While the price of new housing depends on some factors beyond a locality's control, local governments can create essential site preconditions (favorable zoning and development standards, fast track permit processing, etc.) that encourage and facilitate development of a variety of housing types and prices. Per State law, the non-governmental factors that must be analyzed are: Availability of financing Price of land Cost of construction In addition, the analysis includes the cost of existing and new housing and apartment rents. 2. Summary Affordable Housing Costs Land, construction and financing costs each contribute to establishing the minimum costs to produce housing. Financing costs have been at historic lows for several years and are still at low levels compared to the interest rates prevailing in the 1970s, 1980s and 1990s. In Temple City, as well as other southern California cities, land costs alone and construction costs alone can exceed the housing costs "affordable" to lower income households. What this means is that the private housing market cannot produce new rental or ownership housing within the means of lower income households. Basically, the dollar amount that can be expended on housing is far below what it takes to produce new housing. Economists refer to this fact as "ineffective demand" — a demand too weak to make new housing production feasible for certain income groups. State and Federal laws define "lower" income and stipulate the monthly costs that are "affordable" for this income group. "Affordable" housing costs for lower income households are constrained by four factors: Household income ceilings (which vary by household size) Gross monthly housing costs (as set forth by State and Federal housing programs) C-1 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Expenses subtracted from the gross monthly housing costs Net monthly income available for contract rent or a loan payment Tables C-1 and C-2 indicate the gross monthly costs affordable to renter and owners in the extremely low, very low, and lower income groups by bedroom size. Table C-1 Los Angeles County Affordable Gross Monthly Rents By Income Group and Number of Bedrooms Table C-2 Los Angeles County Affordable Gross Monthly Housing Costs for Ownership Housing By Income Group and Number of Bedrooms Number of Bedrooms Income Group 0 1 2 3 4 5 Extremely Low $297 $339 $382 $424 $458 $491 Very Low $495 $565 $636 $706 $763 $819 Lower $693 $791 $891 $989 $1,068 $1,146 Note: Where necessary gross housing costs are rounded. The gross housing costs for renters and owners are the same except for the "lower" income group. Affordable housing costs are calculated at 60% of Area Median Income for renters and 70% for owners. Source: Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth, 2007 Los Angeles County Affordable Housing Worksheet. Table construction by Castaneda & Associates Attachment A explains how the affordable housing costs are computed and the payments and expenses subtracted from the gross monthly affordable housing costs. After these expenses and payments are deducted, the net monthly affordable costs equal about 60% to 70% of the gross costs. b. Availability of Financing Financing has been readily available until early 2007. Because of the large number of southern California owners defaulting on subprime loans and the number of foreclosed homes, financing is not as available as it was prior to these two events. The number of approved loans also has dropped as mortgage loan standards have tightened, including the unavailability of 100% C-2 Number of Bedrooms Income Group 0 1 2 3 4 5 Extremely Low $297 $339 $382 $424 $458 $491 Very Low $495 $565 $636 $706 $763 $819 Lower $594 $678 $764 $848 $915 $983 Note: Where necessary gross monthly rents are rounded. Source: Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth, 2007 Los Angeles County Affordable Housing Worksheet. Table construction by Castaneda & Associates Table C-2 Los Angeles County Affordable Gross Monthly Housing Costs for Ownership Housing By Income Group and Number of Bedrooms Number of Bedrooms Income Group 0 1 2 3 4 5 Extremely Low $297 $339 $382 $424 $458 $491 Very Low $495 $565 $636 $706 $763 $819 Lower $693 $791 $891 $989 $1,068 $1,146 Note: Where necessary gross housing costs are rounded. The gross housing costs for renters and owners are the same except for the "lower" income group. Affordable housing costs are calculated at 60% of Area Median Income for renters and 70% for owners. Source: Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth, 2007 Los Angeles County Affordable Housing Worksheet. Table construction by Castaneda & Associates Attachment A explains how the affordable housing costs are computed and the payments and expenses subtracted from the gross monthly affordable housing costs. After these expenses and payments are deducted, the net monthly affordable costs equal about 60% to 70% of the gross costs. b. Availability of Financing Financing has been readily available until early 2007. Because of the large number of southern California owners defaulting on subprime loans and the number of foreclosed homes, financing is not as available as it was prior to these two events. The number of approved loans also has dropped as mortgage loan standards have tightened, including the unavailability of 100% C-2 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS financing, the need for larger down payments, and a requirement for a solid credit history including high FICO scores. As a result, the loan denial rates reported on Tables D-3 and D-4 should be interpreted with some caution. In part, the denial rates reflect periods of both easy credit approvals and financing and the start of more stringent standards in mid -2006. In fact, some might argue that - - given the subprime loan debacle and its aftermath -- loan denial rates should have been higher. For borrowers with a solid credit history, savings to pay a 20% down payment and good income, financing is still available at reasonable interest rates. Fixed rate, 30 -year loans are available for interest rates around 6.0%. C. Price of Land Vacant land really means vacant lots that are considerably less than an acre in size. One recently sold R-3 lot had the lowest per unit cost of $153,333. In Temple City, however, the land costs alone exceed the housing costs affordable to lower income households. In the single-family home market, land costs actually reflect the value of the land and the existing home. These existing homes often are purchased, demolished, and a new and larger home is constructed on the lot. The land + home costs are typically in the neighborhood of $500,000. d. Cost of Construction The cost of construction varies considerably due to several factors including the quality of construction. Utilizing the per square foot construction costs above for a standard wood frame dwelling unit a 1,600 square foot, three bedroom home with an attached two car garage would cost $233,448 to build. The amount is calculated as follows: 1,600 Square Feet X $134.40 = $215,040 400 Square Foot Two Car Garage X $46.02 $18,408 Total $233,448 This amount, however, does not include costs for off-site construction (grading, storm drains, sewers, curbs and gutters and utilities). Nor does it include any city or county developer impact fees (school fees, road fees, connection fees, building fees). In addition, it does not include any allowance for developer expenses such as sales and marketing, overhead or profit. Consequently, the cost of construction often — if not always — exceeds the total housing costs affordable by lower income households. C-3 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS B. AVAILBILITY OF FINANCING Guidelines HCD guidance on this nongovernmental factor states: This analysis could indicate whether mortgage deficient areas or underserved groups exist in the community. A lack of, or limited access to, take out (new construction, rehabilitation, and/or permanent (mortgage) financing could be addressed through responsive housing finance programs such as mortgage revenue bonding, a mortgage credit certificate program, use of tax credits, first time homebuyer and down payment assistance programs, and/or targeted low-interest CDBG or HOME rehabilitation loans. (The italicized text is guidance provided by the State Department of Housing and Community Development in Housing Element Questions and Answers, October 2006, pg. 35.) 2. Analysis a. Loan Denial Rates (HMDA Data) HCD has advised cities that an understanding of the geographic areas and or groups without sufficient access to credit will help localities to design programs to address known deficiencies. The information that helps most to understand the geographic areas served by credit is the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act or HMDA data. HMDA requires lenders to disclose the number, amount, and census tract location of mortgage and home improvement loan applications. The HMDA data encompasses lender activity for conventional, FHA, home improvement loans and refinancing loans. The data identifies five types of action taken on a loan application: loan originated, application -approved by the lender and not accepted by the applicant, application withdrawn, file closed for incompleteness and application denied. The 2006 denial rates were computed using HMDA data based on the applications that went completely through the underwriting process because a denial could not be made on withdrawn or incomplete applications. Therefore, the denial rate is based on the number of loans denied as a percentage of loans originated + applications approved but not accepted + applications denied. 1) Conventional Loan Applications: The number of conventional loan applications was 969 in 2006. About 20% of all conventional loan applications were denied in 2006. The lowest denial rates occurred in Census Tract 4321.01 (9.21%). The highest denial rate was in Census Tract 4319.00 (26.88%). Refer to Table C-3. 29 Home Improvement Loan Applications: Usually, home improvement loan applicants experience the highest loan denial rates. In Temple City, there are few home improvement loan applicants compared to conventional loan applications. In 2006, there were 214 home improvement loan applications and 34.58% were denied. Census Tract 4318.00 had the lowest C-4 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS denial rate — 14.29%. Census Tract 4319.00 had the highest denial rate — 68.75%. Occasionally, it is helpful to focus housing rehabilitation programs in neighborhoods with high denial rates. The City may consider focusing efforts and/or having lenders refer denied aklicants to the City's programs. Refer to Table C-3. 3) Census Tract Denial Rates and Minority and Low income Populations: Table C-4 provides indicators of whether census tracts with higher percentages of minority and low income populations also have higher conventional loan denial rates. Census Tract 4812.01 has the highest percent minority and percent low/mod income populations. This census tract, though, ranks eight lowest among the nine census tracts with a conventional loan denial rate of 14.49% Census Tract 4801.00 has the second highest percent minority, yet ranks seventh lowest in terms of a conventional loan denial rate. Only Census Tract 4800.12 has a correlation between high percent minority, high percent low/mod income and a high denial rate. This Census Tract ranks third highest in percent minority, second highest in percent low/mod income and second highest in the conventional loan denial rate. However, only about one-fifth of the area of this tract is located within the boundaries of the City of Temple City. It is important to note that census tract location refers to location of the property for which a loan application is being made. From the above analysis, the denial rates do not seem to be related to the minority and/or low income characteristics of the nine census tracts. Exhibit C-1 shows the census tract boundaries (page C-8). C-5 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Table C-3 City of Temple City Conventional and Home Improvement Loan Denial Rates - 2006 4315.00 4318.00 4319.00 4320.00 4321.01 Percent Minority' 60% 57% 59% 56% 64% Percent Low/Moderate Income 38.0% 32.9% 33.4% 29.6% 31.4% Home Purchase Loans Conventional Loans Originated Application Approved, Not Accepted Application Denied Total Applications Percent Denied Home Improvement Loans Loans Originated 1 Application Approved, Not Accepted 1 Application Denied 1 Total Applications Percent Denied 1 Total Applications 1 Percent Denied Percent Minority' Percent Low/Moderate Income Home Purchase Loans Conventional Loans Originated Application Approved, Not Accepted Application Denied Total Applications Percent Denied Home Improvement Loans Loans Originated Application Approved, Not Accepted Application Denied Total Applications Percent Denied 1 114 114 47 96 66 33 20 21 27 3 42 38 25 31 7 189 172 93 154 761 22.22% 22.09% 1 26.88% 20.13% 9.21% 1 I 28 15 5 16 11 1 5 3 0 4 2 19 3 11 7 15 1 52 21 16 27 28 36.54% 14.29% 68.75% 25.93% 53.57% 241 193 109 181 1041 25.31% 21.24% 33.03% 20.99% 21.15% 1 City 4321.02 4800.12 4801.01 4812.01 Total 1 64% 65% 67% 72% 1 1 28.7% 39.4% 29.1% 45.4% 1 I I 67 34 41 451 6241 11 9 12 14 150 17 15 10 10 195 95 58 63 69 969) 1 17.89% 25.86% 15.87% 14.49% 20.12% 1 I 18 11 12 8 124 1 0 1 1 0 161 8 3 5 3 741 26 15 18 11 214 1 30,77% 20.00% 27.78% 27.27% 1 34.58% 1 Total Applications 1 121 73 81 80 1,183 1 1 Percent Denied 1 20.66% 24.66% 18.52% 16.25% 22.74% 1 Percent Minority is from 2000 Census Data as provided from the HMDA data z Percent Low/Moderate Income from 2006 data provided by HUD Table construction by Castaneda & Associates C-6 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Table C-4 City of Temple City Conventional Loan Denial Rates by Census Tract and Percent Minority and Low/Mod Populations — 2006 Denial Census 2006 Rank Tract % Minority % Low/Mod % Denied Order 4812.01 72% 45.4% 14.49% 8 4801.01 67% 29.1% 15.87% 7 4800.12 65% 39.4% 25.86% 2 4321.01 64% 31.4% 9.21% 9 4321.02 64% 28.7% 17.89% 6 4315.00 60% 38.0% 22.20% 3 4319.00 59% 33.4% 26.88% 1 4318.00 57% 32.9% 22.09% 4 4320.00 56% 29.6% 20.13% 5 Source: Table C-3. 9 Percent Minority is from 2000 Census Data as provided from the HMDA data 2 Percent Low/Moderate Income from 2006 data provided by HUD Table construction by Castaneda & Associates C-7 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Exhibit C-1 City of Temple City Census Tract Boundaries C-8 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS 4) Reasons for Conventional Loan Denials: Data on "reasons" is available only for the entire Los Angeles County area. Table C-5 shows the nine reasons for a loan denial. Unfortunately, the largest category is "other." For the known reasons, "unverifiable information" and "credit history" are the two highest reasons a lender gives for denying a conventional loan application. Down payment assistance programs may be of help to applicants who are denied because of "debt -to -income ratios," "lack of collateral," and "insufficient cash." It seems unlikely that a city can develop programs to overcome the other denial reasons. 5) Reasons for Home Improvement Loan Denials: Table C-5 also shows the nine reasons for a home improvement loan denial. For the known reasons, "credit history" and "debt -to - income" ratio are the two highest reasons a lender gives for denying a home improvement loan application. The City's housing rehabilitation program can assist some of these denied applicants through grants and deferred loans. These grants and deferred loans would not increase an applicant's debt -to -income ratio. In addition, the City can be somewhat more lenient than a private lender insofar as past credit history. Table C-5 Los Angeles County: Reasons for Conventional and Home Improvement Loan Application Denials -- 2006 Reason for Denial Conventional Home Improvement Debt -to -Income Ratio 10.4% 18.5% Employment History 1.7% 1.0% Credit History 16.3% 30.2% Collateral 10.1% 10.4% Insufficient Cash 3.9% 1.5% Unverifiable Information 19.5% 5.0% Credit App. Incomplete 10.6% 7.4% Mortgage Insurance Denied 0.0% 0.2% Other 27.5% 25.8% Total 100.0% 100.0% Total Denials 57,599 16,088 Source: Source: Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, "Aggregate Table 8-2: Reasons for Denial of Applications for Conventional Home -Purchase Loans, 1 to 4 Family and Manufactured Home Dwellings, by Race, Ethnicity, Gender and Income of Applicant, 2006." Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, "Aggregate Table 8- 4: Reasons for Denial of Applications for Home Improvement Loans, 1 to 4 Family and Manufactured Home Dwellings, by Race, Ethnicity, Gender and Income of Applicant, 2006." Table construction by Castaneda & Associates b. Interest Rates 1) Market Interest Rates: For a sustained period, market mortgage interest rates have been either very reasonable or at historic lows. Table C-6 shows interest rates for two points in time. According to a weekly survey of 30 southland lenders, as of July 30, 2008, the average C-9 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS mortgage interest rates on all loans have increased during the past six months. The one exception is CalVet 30 -year loans. For loans up to $417,000, a 30 -year fixed rate loan is available at an interest of 6.09%, a rate that is very reasonable compared to historic rates. However, for adjustable rate loans, the interest rates for conforming and "jumbo" loan amounts have increased from 6.60% to 7.33% in the past six months. Table C-6 Average Mortgage Rates Weekly Survey of 60 Southland Lenders -- As of July 30, 2008 Source: Compiled by National Financial News Service, Weekly Table construction by Castaneda & Associates Table C-6 also shows the average points. Points is a term used by the lending industry to refer to the loan origination fee. One point is equal to 1% of the loan amount. It should be noted that not all would be homebuyers would qualify for the lowest interest rates available. The most favorable interest rates are available to loan applicants who have good FICO credit scores. (FICO refers to Fair Issac Corporation, a firm that developed the mathematical formulas used to produce FICO scores. A FICO score is a snapshot of an applicant's credit risk; the higher the score, the lower the risk to lenders. Five main kinds of information are used to compute the FICO score: payment history, amount owed, length of credit history, new credit, and types of credit in use.) The City has no direct influence on mitigating the effect of interest rates on reducing housing affordability. If first time homebuyer programs were feasible, the City could provide down payment assistance at a zero interest rate deferred until the home is sold. The City provides home improvement financing at no cost through grants and deferred home rehabilitation loans. 2) Below Market Interest Rates: With respect to below market interest rates, the California Housing Finance Agency (CaIHFA) assists low and moderate -income homebuyers in the realization of their goal of homeownership. CaIHFA offers below market interest rate 30 -year fixed loans to first-time homebuyers who meet the income and sales price limits for the County in which they wish to purchase. Borrowers are to contact an approved CaIHFA lender for complete program details. C-10 Last Week Six Months Prior Rates for loans up to $417,000 30 -year fixed 6.09%/1.28 pt. 5.65%/1.24 pt. 30 -year ARM start rate 4.93%/0.78 pt. 4,41%/0.74 pt. 15 -year fixed 5.76%/1.17 pt. 5.21%/1.31 pt. Rates for loans of $417, 001 to $729.750 30 -year fixed 7.33%/1.68 pt. 6.60%/1.23 pt. 30 -year ARM start rate 5.12%/1.05 pt. 4.99%/0.94 pt. 15 -year fixed 5.76%/1.61 pt. 6.18%/1.24 pt. FHA or VA Mortgage 6.81%/1.54 pt. 6.54%/1.99 pt. CALVET 30 -year 6.10%/0.00 pt. 6.10%/0.00pt. Source: Compiled by National Financial News Service, Weekly Table construction by Castaneda & Associates Table C-6 also shows the average points. Points is a term used by the lending industry to refer to the loan origination fee. One point is equal to 1% of the loan amount. It should be noted that not all would be homebuyers would qualify for the lowest interest rates available. The most favorable interest rates are available to loan applicants who have good FICO credit scores. (FICO refers to Fair Issac Corporation, a firm that developed the mathematical formulas used to produce FICO scores. A FICO score is a snapshot of an applicant's credit risk; the higher the score, the lower the risk to lenders. Five main kinds of information are used to compute the FICO score: payment history, amount owed, length of credit history, new credit, and types of credit in use.) The City has no direct influence on mitigating the effect of interest rates on reducing housing affordability. If first time homebuyer programs were feasible, the City could provide down payment assistance at a zero interest rate deferred until the home is sold. The City provides home improvement financing at no cost through grants and deferred home rehabilitation loans. 2) Below Market Interest Rates: With respect to below market interest rates, the California Housing Finance Agency (CaIHFA) assists low and moderate -income homebuyers in the realization of their goal of homeownership. CaIHFA offers below market interest rate 30 -year fixed loans to first-time homebuyers who meet the income and sales price limits for the County in which they wish to purchase. Borrowers are to contact an approved CaIHFA lender for complete program details. C-10 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Table C-7 on the next page lists the various interest rates established by CaIHFA. For low- income households, interest rates can be as low as 3.00% for a fixed rate, 30 -year loan. The maximum homeownership income limits are: Low Income Moderate Income & 2 persons Existing New Resale Construction $54,576 $63,672 $90,960 $90,960 3+ persons Existing New Resale Construction $62,762 $73,223, $106,120 $106,1201 As of August 2008, the CaIHFA maximum sales price limit that applies to Temple City is $729,750 for existing resale and new construction units. Over the past 12 months, loan underwriting guidelines have generally become stricter — larger downpayments and higher FICO scores. The CaIFHA loan underwriting guidelines, however, do not require 20% down payments and a FICO score at the 700 level. Quoted below are CaIFHA underwriting guidelines for credit scores, debt -to -income ratios and mortgage insurance. Minimum Credit Scores Whether a loan is manually or AUS underwritten, conventional loans with a Loan -to -Value (LTV) greater than 95% will require borrowers to have a minimum representative credit score of 680. Loans with an LTV equal to or less than 95% will require a minimum representative credit score of 620. A representative credit score for a single borrower is the middle credit score, or for multiple borrowers it is the lowest middle of their three individual scores. If no score is available, alternative documentation may be used only on loans with an LTV of 95% or less that demonstrate credit worthiness. Debt Ratio Limits Maximum debt -to -income ratio (DTI) should not exceed 45% on manually underwritten loans, or 55% on AUS underwritten loans regardless of the AUS finding. Interest only loans are qualified in accordance with Fannie Mae requirements. For example, qualifying debt -to -income ratio uses a principal, interest, tax, and insurance (PITT) payment calculated assuming full amortization over the total period of the loan and does not utilize the interest -only monthly payment. Exceptions are possible with strong compensating factors on a case-by-case basis on underwritten loans submitted for review by CaIHFA. Mortoaoe Insurance CaIFHA Mortgage Insurance provides credit underwriting on all CaIFHA conventional loans and mortgage insurance coverage on all CaIFHA conventional loans with a loan -to -value (LTV) ratio greater than 80%. Mortgage insurance services automatically include HomeOpeners, a mortgage protection program that makes up to six monthly payments if the borrower becomes involuntarily unemployed, is receiving California Employment Development Department benefits, and is seeking reemployment. C-11 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Table C-7 California Housing Finance Agency Interest Rate Schedule Effective August 8, 2008 First Mortgage Fixed Rate Loan Programs Interest Rate' Interest only PLUS'" (35 -Year Fixed Mortgage) loans of $450,000 or less 7.000% � Interest only PLUS` (35 -Year Fixed Mortgage) loans of $450,000 or more 7.375% � 40 -Year Fixed Mortgage 7.000% Self -Help Builder Assistance Program (SHBAP)'— Low Income Only 3.250% 30 -Year Fixed Mortgage Moderate Income 6.750% Low Income' 6.250% Nonprofits & Affordable Housing Partnership Program (AHPP) — Low Income Only 6.250% Extra Credit Teacher Program (ECTP) 6.250% HomeChoice Program 4.000% Self -Help Builder Assistance Program (SHBAP)3 3.000% Down Payment Assistance Programs Term matches term of first mortgage High Cost Area Home Purchase Assistance Program (HiCAP)" 7.000% CalHFA Housing Assistance Program (CHAP) 7.000% California Homebuver s Downpavment Assistance Program (CHDAP) 3.250% Extra Credit Teach Program (ECTP) 5.250% ' The interest rates are those in effect on the date shown. The down payment assistance loan interest rates are calculated as simple interest per annum. However, all of the rates shown are subject to change without notice. CaIHFA does not lend money directly to consumers. CaIHFA works through and uses approved private lenders to qualify consumers and to make all mortgage loans. The fees consumers pay could be different depending on the lender and the program. 2 Lenders who obtain a reduced interest rate reservation for low-income applicants who are subsequently determined to have an annual income that exceeds the low-income limit will be offered the interest rate for moderate -income families, assuming they meet CalHFA's moderate -income limits. 3Rates quoted for Nonprofit and/or SHBAP developers are offered only through the BLOCK Program. Nonprofit and/or SHBAP developers may use 180 -day locks; however, the interest rate will be set at the rate available at the time of lock. 'Eligible counties for the HiCAP program are Alameda, Contra Costa, Los Angeles (except Palmdale/Lancaster areas), Marin, Monterey, Napa, Orange, San Benito, San Francisco, San Luis Obispo, San Mateo, Santa Barbara, Santa Cruz, Solaro, Sonoma, and Ventura Counties. C-12 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Conclusions and Findings Financing has been readily available until early 2007. Because of the large number of southern California owners defaulting on subprime loans and the number of foreclosed homes, financing is not as available as it was prior to these two events. The number of approved loans also has dropped as mortgage loan standards have tightened, including the unavailability of 100% financing, the need for larger down payments, verified income, and a requirement for solid credit history including high FICO scores. As a result, the loan denial rates reported on Tables C-3 should be interpreted with some caution. In part, the denial rates reflect a period of transition from less to more stringent underwriting standards, making it more difficult for homebuyers without a large down payment to purchase a home. In fact, some might argue that -- given the subprime loan debacle and its aftermath -- loan denial rates should have been higher from 2000 through 2005. For borrowers with a solid credit history, savings to pay a 20% down payment and good income, financing is still available at reasonable interest rates. For low income families, fixed rate, 30 - year loans are available from CalFHA at a 6.5% interest rate. However, Fannie Mae (Federal National Mortgage Association) in early August 2008 doubled the fee it charges to lenders and brokers, making loans more expensive for borrowers. Refinancing/cash out loans also were made more expensive due to a revamping of the points charged depending on the size of down payment and credit score. Because of these changes, low income borrowers will need to improve their credit scores and come up with larger down payments. C. LAND COSTS 1. Guidelines HCD suggests that — In looking at the price of land, estimate the average per unit cost of land, or the range of costs for developable parcels, in both single-family and multifamily zones. 2. Analysis The City does not have large tracts of vacant land that is measured in acres. Instead, vacant land really means vacant lots that are considerably less than an acre in size. Table C-8 provides insights on land costs based on actual sales and land for sale. All lots in all zones are expensive. The R-3 sold lot had the lowest per unit cost of $153,333. C-13 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Note: Sold refers to a lot that sold during the period from January 1, 2007 through May 16, 2008. Active means a lot for sale as of May 27, 2008. Source: Southern California MLS Alliance 3. Conclusions and Findings In Temple City, the land costs alone exceed the housing costs affordable to lower income households. In the single-family home market, land costs actually reflect the value of the land and the existing home. These existing homes are purchased, demolished, and a new and larger home is constructed on the lot. The land + home costs are typically in the neighborhood of $500,000. D. CONSTRUCTION COSTS Guidelines HCD suggests — The analysis of construction costs, for typical single-family and multifamily projects, should focus on the total cost to the developer, exclusive of profit, but including land, fees, material, labor and financing. 2. Analysis a. Components of Construction Costs Little has changedover the years with respect to the components of a typical house. While there have been some technological advances, they are still essentially "sticks and bricks". However, with every new building code change the costs of construction do rise. Increases can occur as a result of code changes requiring higher energy efficiency requirements, handicapped access, and required changes in building materials. Even with new tools and some building materials requiring less onsite labor, contractors have not achieved improvements in labor productivity experienced in other industries. Labor represents the highest cost component in the cost of construction. The cost of labor is based on a number of factors, including housing demand, the number and availability of contractors, and unionization of workers. In some instances it is difficult to pinpoint exact labor costs because subcontractors often supply materials as well as labor. C-14 Table C-8 City of Temple City Inventory of Land Costs Per Residential Zone, Per Housing Unit and Per Square Foot— May 2008 Status Residential Lot Size Sales Price # of Units Price Per Price Per Zone Unit Sq. Ft. Sold R-1 15,840 $729,000 2 $364,500 $46.02 Active R-1 19,281 $799,000 1 $799,000 $41.44 Active R-1 14,100 $799,000 1 $799,000 $56.67 Active R-2 16,128 $1,050,000 4 $262,500 $65.10 Sold R-3 14,470 $920,000 6 $153,333 $63.58 Note: Sold refers to a lot that sold during the period from January 1, 2007 through May 16, 2008. Active means a lot for sale as of May 27, 2008. Source: Southern California MLS Alliance 3. Conclusions and Findings In Temple City, the land costs alone exceed the housing costs affordable to lower income households. In the single-family home market, land costs actually reflect the value of the land and the existing home. These existing homes are purchased, demolished, and a new and larger home is constructed on the lot. The land + home costs are typically in the neighborhood of $500,000. D. CONSTRUCTION COSTS Guidelines HCD suggests — The analysis of construction costs, for typical single-family and multifamily projects, should focus on the total cost to the developer, exclusive of profit, but including land, fees, material, labor and financing. 2. Analysis a. Components of Construction Costs Little has changedover the years with respect to the components of a typical house. While there have been some technological advances, they are still essentially "sticks and bricks". However, with every new building code change the costs of construction do rise. Increases can occur as a result of code changes requiring higher energy efficiency requirements, handicapped access, and required changes in building materials. Even with new tools and some building materials requiring less onsite labor, contractors have not achieved improvements in labor productivity experienced in other industries. Labor represents the highest cost component in the cost of construction. The cost of labor is based on a number of factors, including housing demand, the number and availability of contractors, and unionization of workers. In some instances it is difficult to pinpoint exact labor costs because subcontractors often supply materials as well as labor. C-14 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS In addition to the "sticks and bricks" constructions costs, there are several more costs associated with the construction of new homes. These include the following: Engineering Costs: Costs associated with taking raw land to an entitled stage such as a subdivision. Also included are grading plans, sewer plans, storm drain plans, street improvements plans and engineer calculations for energy efficiency (Title 24) and structural calculations. Architectural Plans: The actual house plans and construction plans. This factor may also include landscape plans. Site Improvement Costs: These are the costs associated with taking raw, entitled land, and completing the grading, installations of curbs, gutters, sidewalks, streets and the utilities. City Fees: These include City fees for reviewing engineering and architectural plans and the issuance of building permits. Development Impact Fees: These include the City's development impact fees, school impact fees and may include sewer connection fees Financing Costs: These are the costs associated expenses incurred from a construction loan. Sales & Marketing: Once a home is completed, these are the costs associated with the actual sale of the home and include marketing costs (advertising), sales commissions, escrow and title costs, and warranty expenses. b. Construction Cost Estimates Marshall -Swift Valuation Services provides building valuation guides ($/sq. ft) for different building types and types of construction. The building valuation guides, which are utilized by the City of Temple City and County of Los Angeles, also provide guidelines for construction costs. The single family dwelling building valuations are: Wood Frame $134.40/SF Masonry $135.27/SF The garage building valuations are: Wood Frame $46.02/SF Masonry $50.08/SF (Wood frame apartments have construction costs in the range of $80-$106/SF.) C-15 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS C. Construction Cost Estimate for a Sinale-Familv Home Utilizing the per square foot construction costs above for a standard wood frame dwelling unit a 1,600 square foot, three bedroom home with an attached two car garage would cost $233,448 to build. The amount is calculated as follows: 1,600 Square Feet X $134.40 = $215,040 400 Square Foot Two Car Garage X $46.02 $18,408 Total $233,448 This amount, however, does not include costs for off-site construction (grading, storm drains, sewers, curbs and gutters and utilities). Nor does it include any city or county developer impact fees (school fees, road fees, connection fees, building fees). In addition, it does not include any allowance for developer expenses such as sales and marketing, overhead or profit. d. Construction Cost Impacts of State Laws - Prevailina Waqes and Fish & Game Fees The Housing Element Law focuses the constraints analysis on "local" factors with scant mention of State laws that cause an increase in housing costs, especially on the cost to produce affordable housing. The cost impacts of State law requirements — such as prevailing wages — probably equal or exceed whatever the City can accomplish through a reduction of development standards and/or increased density. The prevailing wage legislation passed in October 2001 — SB 975 — broadened the existing law to cover construction work paid for in whole or in part by public funds. Construction projects supported by public funds include affordable housing. Few projects can escape the requirements — housing assisted exclusively by a redevelopment agency's affordable housing fund is exempt. But frequently affordable housing includes several sources of public funds and, therefore, falls within the purview of prevailing wages. When required, prevailing wages significantly increase the cost of construction. Estimates of the additional construction costs on 205 residential projects subsidized by the California Low Income Housing Tax Credit program range from 9% to 37%. That same study estimated that the effect of uniform application of the prevailing wage law decreased by 3,100 the number of new dwellings for low-income households. [`Sarah Dunn, John M. Quigley, and Larry A. Rosenthal, The Effects of Prevailing Wage Requirements on the Cost of Low Income Housing, Industrial and Labor Relations Review, Vol. 59, No. 1, October 2005, pg. 141.1 The Los Angeles County Community Development Commission (CDC) provides yet another measure of construction cost impacts. The CDC suggests to Industry Housing Fund applicants to add 20% more than non -prevailing wage to their construction cost estimates if they think that the funding sources will trigger a prevailing wage requirement. C-16 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS The California Department of Fish and Game fee is another example of how State laws impact the cost of housing. Fish and Game fees have increased to $1,800 for Negative Declarations and $2,500 for EIRs. County Clerks are not able to accept a Notice of Determination until a Fish and Game fee is paid. This fee may be waived only for projects with "no impact' on wildlife. However, Fish and Game will consider practically any construction project to have an impact — high-rise buildings may cause birds to collide with windows and removal of a palm tree may remove habitat for birds.' [*Goldfarb and Lipman, Law Alert: Increased Fish & Game Fees Must Be Paid to File Notices of Determination; De Minimis Finding Removed, January 31, 2007.] 3. Conclusions and Findings The cost of construction alone exceeds the cost affordable to lower income households. Several factors contribute to the cost of construction including dwelling unit size, height (elevator may be required), terrain, slopes, quality, State laws, profit motivations, and several other considerations. Construction costs, however, are but one component of housing production costs. New affordable homes and apartments cannot be constructed without some public funding sources that subsidize the entire development and reduce the loan amount to that which can be supported by the affordable rents and ownership costs. These affordable rents and ownership costs are listed in Tables C-1 and C-2. E. HOUSING COSTS — SALES PRICES AND APARTMENT RENTS Sales Prices a. Calendar Years 2006 and 2007 Sales Prices Table C-9 shows the median price of single-family homes and condominiums sold in 2006 and 2007. The volume of sales and median prices decreased slightly between 2006 and 2007. The median prices of single-family homes and condominiums exceed the sales prices affordable by low and moderate income households. Table C-9 City of Temple City 2006 and 2007 Median Sales Prices Number of Sales Median Price (000) Change Single Family 20061 2007 2711 240 $588 $582 6.8% -0.9% Condominiums 2006 2007 46 34 $450 $4401 -5.0% -2.2% 1 Source. DataQuick, Southern California Home Resale Activity, L.A. Times Sunday Charts, Data for Calendar Years 2006 and 2007. Table construction by Castaneda & Associates C-17 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS b. 2007 Sales Prices Table C-10 shows the median sales prices for single family homes and condominiums on a monthly basis. Beginning in September 2007, the sales volume started to decline. In August 2007, the single-family sales price peaked at $649,000 and then decreased for two consecutive months. However, the single family median sales price in December 2007 ($580K) was nearly identical to the January 2007 median sales price ($578K). The number of condominium sales is too few to conduct a trends analysis. Table C-10 City of Temple City 2007 Home Sales Single Family Condominiums Source: DataQuick, Southern California Home Resale Activity, L.A. Times Sunday Charts, Data for January through December 2007 Table construction by Castaneda & Associates Table C-11 shows the 2007 sales price distribution of single-family homes and condominiums. None of the single-family homes sold for less than $400,000. In fact three of every four single family homes sold for more than $550,000. By comparison, nine of the 37 condominiums sold for $300,000 to $399,999. About seven of 10 condominiums had sales price in the range of $400,000 to $700,000. C-18 Price Change Price from Monthly Year Chanqe --- 1 A/r7�o 7.1 "/a -9.7% Change 17.0% 3.6% 1 -9.4% 3.8% Median -18.3% from Median 9.0% Number Price Monthly Year Number Price Month of Sales (000) Chanqe Aqo of Sales (000) January 20 $578 --- -0.6 A 4 $423 February 16 $583 0.9% 6.0% 5 $382 March 19 $5501 -5'.7% -9.8% 3 $447 25 $567 3.1% -1.9% 3 $405 1ril v 24 $596 5.1% 1.1% 2 $407 June 20 $585 -1.8% -0.3% N/A N/A July 30 $595 1.7% -6.2% 4 $440 August 29 $649 9.1%1 11.8% 5 $495 September I 20 $560 -13.7%1 2.8% 2 $453 October 1 14 $550 -1.8% -8.0% 1 $405 November 18 $563 2.4% -11.1% 1 $365 December 5 I $580 3.0%1 2.7% 2 $525 Source: DataQuick, Southern California Home Resale Activity, L.A. Times Sunday Charts, Data for January through December 2007 Table construction by Castaneda & Associates Table C-11 shows the 2007 sales price distribution of single-family homes and condominiums. None of the single-family homes sold for less than $400,000. In fact three of every four single family homes sold for more than $550,000. By comparison, nine of the 37 condominiums sold for $300,000 to $399,999. About seven of 10 condominiums had sales price in the range of $400,000 to $700,000. C-18 Price Change from Monthly Year Chanqe --- 1 A/r7�o 7.1 "/a -9.7% 7.3% 17.0% 3.6% 1 -9.4% 3.8% 0.5% -18.3% N/AHN/A 9.0% 12.5% 1 9.4% 1 -8.5% 21.6%1 -10.6% -16.8% 1 -9.9% -7.0% 1 43.8% 1 27.7%1 Source: DataQuick, Southern California Home Resale Activity, L.A. Times Sunday Charts, Data for January through December 2007 Table construction by Castaneda & Associates Table C-11 shows the 2007 sales price distribution of single-family homes and condominiums. None of the single-family homes sold for less than $400,000. In fact three of every four single family homes sold for more than $550,000. By comparison, nine of the 37 condominiums sold for $300,000 to $399,999. About seven of 10 condominiums had sales price in the range of $400,000 to $700,000. C-18 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Table C-11 City of Temple City Summary of Existing and New Home Sales - 2008 Source: MLS Alliance Price Range $300,000-$349,999 $350,000-$399,999 $400,000-$449,999 $450,000-$499,999 $500,000-$549,999 $550,000-$599,999 $600,000-$649,999 $650,000-$699,999 $700,000-$749,999 $750,000-$799,999 $800,000-$849,999 $850,000-$899,999 $900,000-$999,999 $1,000,000+ Total Single Family Percent Condominiums Percent Total Percent I 0 0.0% 3 8.1% 3 1.2% 1 0 0.0% 6 16.2% 6 2.5% 3 1.5% 6 16.2% 9 3.7% 16 7.8% 4 10.8% 20 8.2% 30 14.6% 1 2.7% 31 12.8% 47 22.7% 4 10.8% 51 21.1% 30 14.6% 7 19.0% 37 15.2% 31 14.9% 4 10.8% 35 14.4% 9 4.4% 0 0.0% 9 3.7% 9 4.4% 2 5.4% 11 4.5% 10 4.9% 0 0.0% 10 4.1% 6 2.9% 0 0.0% 6 2.5% 3 1.5 0 0.0% 3 1.2% 12 5.8% 0 0.0% 12 4.9% 206 100.0% 37 100.0% 243 100.0% Table construction by Castaneda & Associates C. 2008 Sales Prices Table C-12 shows the 2008 sales on a monthly basis from January through May. During this period, 84 single family homes were sold with May having a significant increase in sales volume compared to the preceding four months. The median price all single-family homes sold so far 2008 is in the about $550,000. The number of condominium sales is too few to conduct a trends analysis. d. Conclusions and Findinos The sales price of single-family homes and condominiums are beyond the means of low and moderate income households. Extraordinary downpayments would have to made to make the lowest priced homes and condominiums affordable to low and moderate income households. The City's housing market is stable and sales volume should reach about 200 homes based on the year-to-date average of 17 sales per month. The median sales price - which seems to be slightly increasing - could be about the same as in 2007 - about $580,000. C-19 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Table C-12 City of Temple City 2008 Home Sales May 32 $550 7.8% -7.7% NA NA NA NA Source: DataQuick, Southern California Home Resale Activity, L.A. Times Sunday Charts, Data for January through May 2008 Table construction by Castaneda & Associates 2. Monthly Rents and Vacancy Rates In March 2008, an apartment rent survey of larger complexes was completed. Altogether, eight complexes were surveyed having a total of 267 housing units. Table C-13 shows that most of the apartments are one- and two-bedroom units. A summary of the apartment survey is given below: The studio units have monthly rents in the range of $670 to $899. The 1 -bedroom units have monthly rents predominately in the range of $851 to $950. The 2 -bedroom units have monthly rents predominately in the range of $1,051 to $1,150. The 3 -bedroom units rent for $1,400 per month. As of March 7, 2008, 59 very low and low income residents are provided monthly rental by the Section 8 rental assistance program. That program is administered by the County of Los Angeles Housing Authority. The monthly rent of the very low and low income households is 30% of their income. The Housing Authority pays the difference between the market rent and the amount that very low and low income households pay. However, the market rents cannot exceed the following shown in Table C-14. C-20 Single Family Condominiums Price Price Change Change Median from Median from Number Price Monthly Year Number Price Monthly Year Month of Sales (000) Chanoe Ago of Sales (000) Change Ago January 15 $534 -7.9% -7.5% 2 $420 -20.0% -0.76% February 9 $590 10.5% 1.2% 2 $550 31.0% 44.0% March 13 $658 11.5% 19.6% 3 $385 -30.0% -14.5% April 15 $510 -22.5% -10.1% 4 $519 34.8% 14.8% May 32 $550 7.8% -7.7% NA NA NA NA Source: DataQuick, Southern California Home Resale Activity, L.A. Times Sunday Charts, Data for January through May 2008 Table construction by Castaneda & Associates 2. Monthly Rents and Vacancy Rates In March 2008, an apartment rent survey of larger complexes was completed. Altogether, eight complexes were surveyed having a total of 267 housing units. Table C-13 shows that most of the apartments are one- and two-bedroom units. A summary of the apartment survey is given below: The studio units have monthly rents in the range of $670 to $899. The 1 -bedroom units have monthly rents predominately in the range of $851 to $950. The 2 -bedroom units have monthly rents predominately in the range of $1,051 to $1,150. The 3 -bedroom units rent for $1,400 per month. As of March 7, 2008, 59 very low and low income residents are provided monthly rental by the Section 8 rental assistance program. That program is administered by the County of Los Angeles Housing Authority. The monthly rent of the very low and low income households is 30% of their income. The Housing Authority pays the difference between the market rent and the amount that very low and low income households pay. However, the market rents cannot exceed the following shown in Table C-14. C-20 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Table C-13 City of Temple City Monthly Rental Costs -2007 Source: March 2008 Apartment Rental Survey. Table construction by Castaneda & Associates. Table C-14 2008 Los Angeles County Section 8 Fair Market Rents Unit Type Fair Market Rent Studio qumber of 3edrooms 1 Bedroom $1,041 Monthly $1,300 3 Bedrooms $1,746 4 Bedrooms $2,101 Rent Studio 1 2 3 Total Percent $670 2 0 01 0 2 0.7% $715-750 11 0 0 0 11 4.1% $775 23 0 0 0 23 8.6% $800-850 0 8 0 0 8 3.0% $851-899 18 27 0 0 45 16.9% $900-950 0 46 0 0 46 17.2% $951-1000 0 0 0 0 0 0.0% $1001-1050 0 6 14 0 20 7.5% $1051-1100 0 9 36 0 45 16.9% $1101-1150 0 0 35 0 35 13.1% $1151-1200 0 0 3 1 4 1.5% $1201-1250 0 0 19 0 19 7.1% $1400 0 0 0 9 9 3.4% Total 54 96 107 10 267 100.0% Percent 20.2% 36.0% 40.1% 3.7% 100.0% Source: March 2008 Apartment Rental Survey. Table construction by Castaneda & Associates. Table C-14 2008 Los Angeles County Section 8 Fair Market Rents Unit Type Fair Market Rent Studio $863 1 Bedroom $1,041 2 Bedrooms $1,300 3 Bedrooms $1,746 4 Bedrooms $2,101 The apartment survey shows that apartment units are available at rents below the fair market rent ceilings. Consequently, the Section 8 program is workable in Temple City. C-21 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Table C-15 shows the apartment vacancy rates by bedroom size. Eleven of the 267 apartment units surveyed were vacant as of March 2008. None of the 3 -bedroom apartment units were vacant. Source: March 2008 Apartment Survey Table construction by Castaneda & Associates C-22 Table C-15 City of Temple city Apartment Vacancy Rates - March 2008 Unit Size Vacant Units Total Vacancy Rates Studio 3 54 5.6% 1 Bedroom 4 96 4.2% 2 Bedrooms 4 107 3.7% 3 Bedrooms 0 10 0.0% Total 11 267 4.1% Source: March 2008 Apartment Survey Table construction by Castaneda & Associates C-22 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Attachment A 2007 Los Angeles County Affordable Housing Cost Worksheet Attachment A provides definitions and calculations of Affordable Housing Cost and Affordable Rent for the different income groups and unit sizes. Stradling, Yocca, Carlson and Rauth prepared these calculations. The law firm annually updates the calculations. The costs and rents are gross amounts; expenses such as maintenance and repairs and utilities are not deducted. 1. Affordable Housing Costs for Owner -Occupied Housing Units Based on the Health and Safety Code, the affordable housing costs for owner -occupied homes are defined below: Affordable Housing Cost for Extremely Low Income Households is the product of 30 percent times 30 percent of the area median income adjusted for family size appropriate to the unit. Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5(b)(1). Affordable Housing Cost for Very Low Income Households is the product of 30 percent times 50 percent of the area median income adjusted for family size appropriate to the unit. Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5(b)(2). Affordable Housing Cost for Lower Income Households is the product of 30 percent times 70 percent of the area median income adjusted for family size appropriate to the unit. Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5(b)(3). Affordable Housing Cost for Moderate Income Households is not less than 28 percent of the gross income of the household, and not more than the product of 35 percent times 110 percent of the area median income adjusted for family size appropriate to the unit. Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5(b)(4). The Affordable Monthly Housing Cost for owner -occupied housing units, include the following costs for the upcoming 12 months*: Principal and interest payments on the mortgage loan. Mortgage loan insurance fees. Property taxes and assessments. Fire and casualty insurance. Property maintenance and repairs. Homeowner association fees. *25 California Code of Regulations Section 6920. C-23 TECHNICAL APPENDIX C NON-GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRAINTS A reasonable allowance for utilities (garbage collection, sewer, water, electricity, gas and other fuels, but not telephone service). The allowance shall take into consideration the cost of an adequate level of service. Space rent, if the housing unit is on rented land. 2. Affordable Housing Costs for Renter -Occupied Housing Units Based on the Health and Safety Code, the affordable housing costs for renter -occupied homes are defined below: Affordable Rent for Extremely Low Income Households is the product of 30 percent times 30 percent of the area median income adjusted for family size appropriate to the unit. Health and Safety Code Section 50053(b)(1). Affordable Rent for Very Low Income Households is the product of 30 percent times 50 percent of the area median income adjusted for family size appropriate to the unit. Health and Safety Code Section 50053 (b)(2). Affordable Rent for Lower Income Households is the product of 30 percent times 60 percent of the area median income adjusted for family size appropriate to the unit. Health and Safety Code Section 50053(b)(3). Affordable Rent for Moderate Income Households is product of 30 percent times the 110 percent of the area median income adjusted for family size appropriate to the unit. Health and Safety Code Section 50053(b)(4). Affordable `Rent' is an average of estimated housing costs for the next 12 months. Rent includes the total of monthly payments for all of the following`: Use and occupancy of a housing unit and land and facilities associated therewith Any separately charged fees or service charges assessed by the lessor which are required of all tenants, other than security deposits. A reasonable allowance for utilities not included in the above costs, including garbage collection, sewer, water, electricity, gas and other heating, cooking and refrigeration fuels. Utilities do not include telephone service. Such an allowance shall take into consideration the cost of an adequate level of service. Possessory interest taxes or other fees or charges assessed for the use of the land and facilities associated therewith by a public or private entity other than the lessor. *25 California Code of Regulations Section 6918. 15-26 C-24 Technical Appendix D Sites Inventory and Analysis TABLE OF CONTENTS Technical Appendix D Sites Inventory and Analysis A— Introduction............................................................................................................. D-1 B— Guidelines............................................................................................................... D-1 1. Sites to Accommodate City's Share of the Regional Housing Need ..................... D-1 2. Zoning for a Variety of Housing Types................................................................... D-2 C — Sites to Accommodate the 1998-2005 RHNA...................................................... D-3 1. Housing Constructed in Prior Planning Period ...................................................... D-4 2. Site Capacity within Existing Zoning..................................................................... D-4 3. Rezoned sites — Downtown Specific Plan............................................................. D-5 D — Sites to Accommodate the 2006-2014 RHNA...................................................... D-8 1. Units Built or Approved in the Planning Period ...................................................... D-9 2. Downtown Specific Plan......................................................................................... D-9 3. Vacant and Underutilized Residential Sites........................................................... D-16 4. Second Residential Units....................................................................................... D-17 E — Environmental Conditions ................................................ 1. Guidelines......................................................................... 2. Analysis............................................................................. 3. Conclusions and Findings ................................................. F — Public Facilities and Services .......................................... 1. Guidelines......................................................................... 2. Analysis............................................................................. 3. Conclusions and Findings ................................................. G — Zoning for a Variety of Housing Types ............................. 1. Emergency Shelters............................................................ 2. Transitional Housing........................................................... 3. Supportive Housing............................................................. 4. Single -Room Occupancy (SRO) Housing ........................... 5. Mobilehomes....................................................................... 6. Housing for Agricultural Workers ....................................... 7. Multifamily Rental Housing .................................................. 8. Factory Built Housing.......................................................... ............................ D-19 ............................ D-19 ............................ D-19 ............................ D-19 D-19 D-19 D-20 D-21 ...I ......................... D-22 ............................. D-22 ............................. D-26 ............................. D-27 ............................. D-28 ............................. D-30 I.- ............. I........... D-30 ............................. D-31 ............................. D-32 List of Tables D-1 Unaccommodated Housing Need Analysis ..................................................... D-3 D-2 Downtown Specific Plan — EC District Underutilized Sites .............................. D-6 D-3 Potential Housing Units during 2006-2014 Planning Period ........................... D-8 D-4 Downtown Specific Plan Underutilized Sites — TC, GC, WC Districts ............. D-10 List of Figures D-1 Downtown Specific Plan — Residential Opportunity Sites ................................ D-12 D-2 Vacant and Underutilized Residential Sites .................................................... D-18 Attachments Attachment A Parcel -Specific Residential Site Inventories Second Units Permitted during Planning Period ................ 1 Underutilized R-3 Sites (30 du/acre).................................. 2 Underutilized R-3 Sites (18 du/acre).................................. 5 Underutilized R-2 Sites (12 du/acre).................................. 8 Attachment B Staff Reports on R-2 and R-3 Projects TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS A. INTRODUCTION Local housing elements must identify sites that can accommodate the city's share of the regional housing need as well as quantify the housing unit capacity of those sites. Moreover, the sites must be suitable, appropriate and available within the planning period to accommodate the housing needs of all income groups. The Sites Inventory and Analysis for Temple City spans two periods of the Regional Housing Needs Assessment — 1998 to 2005 and 2006 to 2014. The City's share of the regional housing need (RHNA) for the 1998-2005 was 161 housing units. Section C which follows explains that housing units constructed and re -zoning actions have accommodated Temple City's 1998-2005 RHNA, and thus there is no RHNA carry-over into the current planning period. Table D-1 summarizes the constructed units and the City's re -zoning actions. Temple City's 2006-2014 RHNA allocation is for 987 housing units. Section D presents the City's residential development potential on sites identified as suitable for development within the 2006- 2014 planning period, and demonstrates the provision of adequate sites to address the City's RHNA by income category. B. GUIDELINES Sites to Accommodate City's Share of the Regional Housing Need Section 65583(a) (3) states that a housing element must include: An inventory of land suitable for residential development, including vacant sites and sites having potential for redevelopment and an analysis of the relationship of zoning and public facilities and services to these sites. Section 65583.2(a) states that the inventory of land suitable for residential development — ...shall be used to identify sites that can be developed for housing within the planning period and that are sufficient to provide for the jurisdiction's share of the regional housing need for all income levels...." HCD guidance includes the following: The purpose of the land inventory is to identify specific sites suitable for residential development in order to compare the locality's new construction need by affordability category with its residential development (total supply) capacity. A thorough land inventory will help the locality determine if additional governmental actions are needed to provide enough sites with appropriate zoning, development standards, and infrastructure capacity to accommodate its new construction need as required by Section 65583(c)(1). [emphasis added] Land `suitable for residential development' has characteristics that make the sites appropriate and available for residential use in the nlanninq period. These characteristics include nhvsical features (flooding, seismic hazards, chemical contamination, other environmental constraints, and slope instability or erosion) and location (proximity to transit, job centers, and public and community services). D-1 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS Sites not currently planned and zoned for residential use may be included in the inventory if they are otherwise suitable for residential development and the element includes program actions to change the land use within the current planning period. [emphasis added] The evaluation of sites to accommodate Temple City's Regional Housing Needs are presented in the following sections of this Sites Inventory and Analysis Technical Appendix D: Section C — Sites to Accommodate the 1998-2005 RHNA Section D — Sites to Accommodate the 2006-2014 RHNA Section E — Environmental Site Conditions Section F — Availability of Public Services and Facilties 2. Zoning for a Variety of Housing Types Government Code Section 65583(c)(1) states: Sites shall be identified as needed to facilitate and encourage the development of housing for all income levels, including multifamily rental housing, factory -built housing, mobilehomes, housing for agricultural employees, supportive housing single -room occupancy units, emergency shelters, and transitional housing. A housing element analysis must: Identify zoning districts where these housing types are permitted. Analyze how development standards and processing requirements facilitate development. Section G of this Sites Inventory and Analysis Technical Appendix D discusses zoning for a variety of housing types. D-2 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS C. SITES TO ACCOMMODATE THE 1998-2005 RHNA For housing elements due on or after January 1, 2006, if a city or county in the prior planning period failed to identify or make available adequate sites to accommodate the regional housing need allocated, then the city or county shall, within the first year of the planning period of the new housing element, zone or rezone adequate sites to accommodate the unaccommodated portion of the regional housing need allocation from the prior planning period. According to the State Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) review letter (November 21, 2001) on Temple City's 1998-2005 Housing Element, the City's Housing Element did not "demonstrate that its inventory will provide adequate sites and infrastructure to facilitate the residential development for all income groups." Hence, the City must carry over any unaccommodated RHNA need to the new housing element. HCD recommends the following steps to determine the "unaccommodated" RHNA need: Step 1: Subtract the number of units from the RHNA approved or constructed (by income category) since the start of the prior planning period. Step 2: Subtract the number of units from the RHNA that could be accommodated on any appropriately zoned sites specifically identified in the element adopted for the previous planning period. Step 3: Subtract the number of units from the RHNA accommodated on sites rezoned for residential development pursuant to the site identification programs in the element adopted for the prior planning period. Step 4: Subtract the number of units from the RHNA accommodated on sites rezoned for residential development independent of the sites rezoned in conjunction with the element's site identification program. As illustrated in Table D-1, Temple City has fully addressed its 161 unit RHNA need for the 1998- 2005 planning period through: a) Units approved or built during the prior planning period (Step 1) b) Available sites under existing residential zoning (Step 2) c) Sites rezoned for residential development (Step 4) Because the City does not have an unaccommodated housing need, its 1998-2005 RHNA does not carry over into the future planning period. Table D-1: Unaccommorlated Housing Need Analysis — 1998-2005 RHNA Income Levels Very Low Low Moderate Above Mod Total RHNA Targets 34 31 35 61 161 Units Approved/Built 3 0 9 175 187 Underutilized Residential Sites R-3 (18 du/acre) 91 91 R-2 (12 du/acre) 188 188 Downtown Specific Plan E -C District (45 du/acre) 42 41 83 Total 45 41 100 363 549 Remaining Need 0 0 I 0 0 0 D-3 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS Housing Constructed in Prior Planning Period As presented in Table D-1, a total of 187 net new units were provided in Temple City during the prior 1998-2005 planning period, including 3 units affordable to very low and 9 units affordable to moderate income households. Further explanation on the methodology used to determine the number and affordability of units produced is presented below. The State Department of Finance records indicate a net increase in 184 single-family units in Temple City during the period from the Census 2000 (04/01/00) through December 31, 2005. The vast majority of these units are condominiums. To determine the affordability of the housing constructed, the sale prices of homes built and sold between 2000 and 2005 was determined. During this period, five percent of the homes built between 2000 and 2005 had sales prices affordable to moderate -income households. The 5% figure was applied to the 184 housing units to establish an estimate of nine housing units affordable to moderate income households. (Source for the sales price and year built is the Southern California MLS Alliance). Thus, 1,75 constructed housing units can be credited against Temple City's above moderate income RHNA housing need, with nine units credited towards moderate - income housing needs. In addition, three second units were added to Temple City's housing stock (date finaled was 2005) at the following addresses: 5429 Pal Mal Avenue 6210 Oak Avenue 4918 Temple City Boulevard The City's ordinance requires second units to: ✓ Include sanitary facilities and a kitchen ✓ Be renter -occupied ✓ Be affordable to very low income households (<50% AMI) ✓ Have rents at 30% of household income. Thus, the three second unit are credited towards Temple City's very low income RHNA need 2. Site Capacity within Existing Zoning As detailed in the Sites Inventory section which follows, Temple City has developed a thorough and realistic approach to identifying sites suitable for development during the planning period. Through this more refined site inventory analysis, the City is able to demonstrate sufficient site capacity zoned at appropriate densities to accommodate its RHNA for both the prior and current planning periods. The majority of residential development in Temple City occurs through intensification on underutilized R-2 and R-3 sites, either by adding to existing units, or more commonly, through the demolition of existing units and replacement with a greater number of units as permitted under zoning. For purposes of identifying properties suitable for intensification during the 2006-2014 Housing Element, City staff conducted a land use survey in April 2012 of all parcels located in the medium (R-2) and high density (R-3) residential zones. In order to narrow the sites inventory to those underutilized properties that truly have realistic development potential, based on recent D-4 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS development trends (refer to Attachment B for staff reports on recent R-2 and R-3 projects in Temple City), the following filters were applied: • Ratio of existing building floor area to parcel size (FAR) of 0.30 or less in the R-2 zone (0.50 FAR permitted), and 0.50 or less in the R-3 zone (up to 0.70 permitted) • Low building structure value, measured by a minimum 60% ratio of assessed land value to total assessed property value • Age of improvements on site minimum of 30 years old • Visual checks were made using Google Earth and Google Streetview, and site visits were made to ascertain the actual buildout and visual conditions of buildings As summarized in Table D-1 (and provided in greater detail in Attachment A), 16 R-3 sites meet the City's underutilized site criteria, yielding a potential net increase in 91 units. Typical R-3 parcel sizes can support 3 to 4 units, and are frequently combined to achieve larger projects. Within the R-2 zone, a total of 153 underutilized parcels were identified, yielding a net increase of 188 units. The City continues to experience significant infill development in its R-2 and R-3 neighborhoods by investors/builders of condominium subdivisions. 3. Rezoned Sites — Downtown Specific Plan On December 17, 2002, the City Council adopted the Temple City Downtown Specific Plan (Ordinance 02-880), substantially expanding site opportunities for multi -family residential and mixed use development. Similar to the analysis conducted of underutilized residential sites and utilizing the same filtering criteria, staff conducted a detailed sites survey of the entire specific plan area to identify parcels with near term recycling potential for residential use. For purposes of evaluating feasible development sites for the prior 1998-2005 planning period, specific plan sites are limited to the Las Tunas East Commercial (EC) district which permits high density senior housing without a requirement for ground floor commercial; sites within the entire specific plan are evaluated for the future 2006-2014 planning period based on proposed adjustments to the Plan's development standards to better facilitate a range of residential development. Table D-2 on the following page presents key characteristics of the nine underutilized parcels identified in the EC District, grouped into four larger development opportunity sites. The narrative which follows describes the suitability of each site for residential redevelopment. DSP Site 1 is comprised of two adjacent parcels totaling 20,000 square feet. 9901 Las Tunas is a prime 11,500 square foot corner parcel underdeveloped with an auto repair use whose building dates back to 1948 and a collection of salvaged vehicles in the rear detract from the Specific Plan's vision for the EC district. Auto repair and service is no longer a permitted use in the EC district, making this parcel ripe for redevelopment. The adjacent 8,700 square foot parcel at 9909 Las Tunas is developed with an older (1956) single-family residence converted into an orthodontist office. At 1,700 square feet, the building comprises just 19% of the parcel, with the balance of the site paved for parking. These two adjacent underutilized parcels could be combined to create a site with significant development potential. ME TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS Table D-2 Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) - EC District Underutilized Sites Inventory Lot Floor Ratio Net DU Buildin Year Land/ Pot°I Address Existing Use Existing Sq Ftg Built Size Area Total (45 DUs A Ft) Ratio Value du/acre) DSP Site #1 990nas1 Las Auto Repair 0 2,046 1948 11,478 .18 .71 11 Tu 9909 Las SFR - 0 1,724 1956 8,752 .20 .43 9 Tunas Dr Orthodontist Totals Site #1 20,230 20 DSP Site #2 9810 Las Tunas Dr medical office 9802 Las Dentist office 0 2,004 1997 8,348 .24 .53 8 Tunas Dr Totals Site #2 27,597 27 DSP Site #3 9823 Las SFR 1 1,226 1928 8,808 .14 .83 8 Tunas Dr 9819 Las SFR- 0 1,796 1941 8,773 .20 .75 9 Tunas Dr Acupuncture 9815 Las SFR— 0 1,779 1930 8,800 .20 .77 9 Tunas Dr Medical Use Totals Site #3 26,381 26 DSP Site #4 9738 Las Laundromat 0 2,613 1966 8,174 .32 .63 8 Tunas Dr 9730 Las Retail/ Photo 0 875 1961 2,723 .32 .49 2 Tunas Dr Framing Totals Site #4 10,897 10 DSP Site 2 represents another corner development opportunity, and at 27,500 square feet, is the largest of the underutilized sites identified in the EC district. 9810 Las Tunas Drive is a 19,000 square foot parcel improved with a 1966 single -story stucco building used as medical offices; the building encompasses less than 30% of the site and is -- valued at just 35% of the property's total assessed value. The 1_v adjacent site at 9802 Las Tunas Drive is improved with a modest MU 2,000 square foot medical office use with a similarly low site coverage (24%) and low building -to -total -property valuation (45%) similar to the adjacent site. The structures themselves are non-descript and do not enhance the appearance of Las Tunas Drive. DSP Site 3 consists of three adjacent parcels, 9823, 9813, and 9815 Las Tunas Drive, each containing a _ small single-family house. Two of the structures have been converted to small office uses, such as D-6 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS acupuncture, whereas one of the units remains residential. The structures range in age from 1928 to 1941, comprise just 20% of the parcel, and constitute just 15% - 25% of the property's total assessed valuation. The residential parcel is under common ownership with the adjacent office parcel, facilitating lot consolidation for development. DSP Site 4 is located at the corner of Las Tunas Drive and Golden West Avenue. It is comprised of two parcels, 9738 and 9730 Las Tunas Drive. Both commercial properties contain structures that date to the early -mid 1960's and clearly show their age. 9738 is currently being used as a laundromat with a large parking lot fronting on Las Tunas, and 9730 is a small 875 square foot building currently being used as an art and photo framing business. Coin operated laundromats are no longer a permitted use in the EC district, making this parcel ripe for redevelopment. - Vim: In summary, each of these four candidate sites is significantly underutilized from both a physical and economic perspective, and present viable opportunities for redevelopment as envisioned under the Downtown Specific Plan. As illustrated in Table D-2, a total of 83 high density senior housing units can be developed on these EC sites under existing zoning. EC District Development Standards and Incentives The Las Tunas East Commercial (EC) district is anchored by government and public uses (Civic Center, library and park) and medical uses, although the mix of old and converted uses, large and small users, and several drive-thru food and automotive uses disrupt the district's cohesion and pedestrian orientation. The larger lot sizes in the EC district, combined with the lot consolidation incentives in the specific plan, support the development of larger four story buildings, including senior housing which is specifically encouraged. The specific plan establishes the following standards to facilitate development of senior housing: DensitV: The Specific Plan does not establish a maximum density for senior housing. Heiaht Limits: The Specific Plan allows senior housing to be up to four stories or a maximum height of 55 feet. Housina Unit Size: The senior housing development standards allow reduced unit sizes of 650 square feet for a 1 -bedroom unit and 800 square feet for a 2 -bedroom unit. The Specific Plan also provides for lot consolidation incentives. For instance, for multifamily residential projects — including senior housing - the consolidation of four to six lots will result in a 15% increase in the number of allowable units and a one story increase to the maximum height. In addition, within the EC, GC, WC and TC zones, no front yard setbacks are required. The combination of generous development standards (no density limit, 4 story height limits, reduced unit sizes) and lot consolidation incentives facilitate senior housing at a density of 45 dwelling units per acre. Additional incentives for lot consolidation include reductions in processing time, vacation of alleys, and fee reductions including processing fees, in -lieu fess and utility connection fees. D-7 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS D. SITES TO ACCOMMODATE THE 2006-2014 RHNA This section documents the availability of sites for future development and the adequacy of these sites to address Temple City's regional housing needs for the 2006-2014 planning period. The City plans to fulfill its regional housing needs using a combination of the following methods: • Housing units built or issued permits during the planning period; • Residential development within the Downtown Specific Plan; • Underutilized sites zoned for residential use; and • Residential second units. Table D-3 summarizes the residential unit potential from the above methods and provides a comparison with Temple City's 2006-2014 RHNA. Table D-3: Potential Housing Units during 2006 — 2014 Planning Period Income Levels Very Low Low ModerateAbove Total Moderate RHNA Targets 249 156 165 417 987 UNITS BUILT OR APPROVED Issued Building Permits Second Units 24 24 Apartments 14 3 17 Condominiums 103 103 Single -Family 165 165 309 Planning Entitlements 43 43 Projects Pending Entitlement 50 50 FUTURE UNIT CAPACITY Downtown Specific Plan E -C District (45 du/acre) 42 41 83 T -C District (30 du/acre) 28 28 56 W -C District (30 du/acre) 81 80 161 G -C District (30 du/acre) 22 23 45 Underutilized R-2 (12 du/acre) 188 188 Underutilized R-3 (18 du/acre) 91 91 Underutilized R-3* (30 du/acre) 101 101 202 Residential Second Units 10 10 Total Units under Existing Zoning 308 273 105 552 1,238 Unmet RHNA Need +59 +117 -60 +135 +251 * Per Housing Element Program #2 (Multi-familJy, Sites Inventory and Incentives), increased lensitles will be permitted on R-3 sites which do not border R-1 neighborhoods. ME TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS Units Built or Approved in the Planning Period As presented in Table D-3, a total of 308 net new units have been issued building permits in Temple City since the start of the current planning period (Jan 2006 -Feb 2012), including: 24 second units. The City's ordinance restricts rents to 50% AMI (very low income). Three apartment projects totaling 17 units. Rent in two of these projects (14 units) were within levels affordable to moderate income households ($1,750 for 2 bdrms, $1,940 for 3 bdrms), with rents in the third project at above -moderate income levels. 103 condominiums and 165 single-family units, with sales prices targeted to the above - moderate income market. In addition to projects issued building permits, eleven single-family and condominium projects have received planning entitlements (tentative map approvals), providing for 43 additional units. The City is entering into a development agreement for creation of a mixed use plaza and public park at Temple City Boulevard and Woodruff Avenue located within the TC district of the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP). Development on the consolidated 1.3 acre site will include four stories of residential condominiums; 20,000 square feet of ground floor retail/restaurant space; conversion of an existing municipal parking lot into a public park; and development of a public parking structure. A total of 50 market -rate condominiums are proposed, translating to a density of 38 units/acre. The proposed mixed use project is consistent with the zoning parameters under the DSP. 2. Downtown Specific Plan In addition to the four development opportunity sites within the EC district previously identified in Table D-2, nine additional sites within the TC, WC and GC districts of the Specific Plan have been identified as substantially underdeveloped based on the Housing Element underutilized sites criteria, and suitable for recycling within the planning period. These sites are identified as DSP Sites #5 - #13 in Table D-4 which follows, and are illustrated in Figure D-1. The analysis focuses on those sites most suitable for residential use, and given the strong housing market in Temple City, there is a high likelihood for their development with housing, as further supported by the following adjustments to be adopted to the DSP development standards: Allowance for horizontal (side-by-side) commercial/residential mixed use with ground floor residential in all districts, with the exception of parcels fronting on Las Tunas Drive in the City Center (CC) Commercial District Establishment of 30 unit/acre residential densities for non -senior housing, with no established density cap for senior housing Elimination of one acre minimum lot size requirement for mixed use The presence of small, underutilized parcels and irregularly shaped lots has been identified as one of the constraints affecting future development in portions of the downtown. The Specific Plan provides various density, height and parking incentives for the consolidation of smaller lots into larger development sites as a means of achieving the scale and quality of development envisioned for the area. Consolidation of individual parcels within the larger development sites presented in Table D-4 is consistent with the Plan's vision for downtown, and will be facilitated by the Plan's incentives, as detailed in Housing Element Program #1. The narrative which follows describes the suitability of each of the identified nine sites for residential redevelopment. D-9 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS Table D-4 Downtown Specific Plan Underutilized Sites Inventory - TC, GC, WC Districts Ratio Net DU Existing Building Year Lot Floor Land/ PON Address Existing Use DUs Sq Ft Built Size Area Total (30 (Sq Ft) Ratio Value du/acre) DSP Site #5 - TC District 5954 Temple 1 story store 0 City Blvd and residential 5952 Temple 1 story store 0 City Blvd building 5948 Temple 1 story store 0 City Blvd building 5950 Temple 1 story store 0 City Blvd building 1 Totals Site #5 DSP Site #6 - TC District 5828 Temple medical 0 City Blvd building 5834 Temple Public parking 0 City Blvd lot 5800 Temple vacant funeral 0 City Blvd home no address Private 0 available parking lot 5810 Temple 0 City Blvd 1 story office 5812 Temple 1 story store 0 City Blvd building 5816 Temple 1 story office 0 City Blvd building 5818 Temple 0 City Blvd 1 story store 5820 Temple 1 story store 0 City Blvd building 5822 Temple 1 story auto 0 City Blvd repair 5824 Temple 1"floor store/ 1 City Blvd 2nd storV unit 0.67 Totals Site 46 DSP Site #7 - WC District 9475 Las Tunas 1 story 0 Dr restaurant 9465 Las Tunas 2 story office 0 Dr building 9441 Las Tunas 1 story store 0 Dr building 1948 Totals Site #7 3,005 1956 8,193 0.37 0.60 5 1,080 1948 3,152 0.34 0.69 2 960 1948 2,730 0.35 0.74 1 960 1948 2,631 0.36 0.65 1 16,706 9 2,496 1938 8,522 0.29 0.81 5 0 - 21,343 0.00 1.00 14 4,734 1939 12,791 0.37 0.75 8 1,945 - 4,591 0.42 0.96 3 1,112 1952 3,930 0.50 0.43 2 1,482 1954 4,592 0.43 0.67 3 1,344 1953 3,925 0.50 0.58 2 2,844 1948 4,593 0.42 0.69 3 1,500 1948 3,924 0.50 0.57 2 2,290 1946 4,591 0.42 0.57 3 3,000 1948 3,923 0.50 0.35 1 76,726 46 1,333 1976 11,803 0.11 0.82 8 22,689 1987 50,447 0.45 0.58 34 12,998 1989 42,901 0.30 0.55 29 105,151 71 D-10 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORY AND ANALYSIS Building Year Lot Floor Land/ Net DU Address Existing Use Existing Size Area Total Pot'I DUs Sq Ft Built (Sq Ft) I Ratio I Value (30 du/ac) I DSP Site #8 - WC District 9228 Las Tunas 1 story office 0 5,565 1943 17,896 0.31 0.68 12 Dr building 9226 Las Tunas 1 story store Dr building 0 7,000 1948 17,714 0.40 0.68 12 9216 Las Tunas 1 story 0 2,718 1961 9,087 0.30 0.60 6 Dr medical bldg Totals Site #8 44,696 30 DSP Site #9 - WC District 9200 Las Tunas 1 story 0 2,612 1964 12,659 0.20 0.69 8 Dr restaurant 5898Encinita 1 story 0 1,050 1940 5,605 0.19 0.76 3 Aveldg dical Totals Site #9 18,264 11 DSP Site #10 - WC District 9425 Labs Tunas service station 0 2,322 1973 28,327 0.08 0.70 19 5937 Oak Ave auto repair shop 0 2,445 1939 9,233 0.26 0.62 6 1 story auto 0 2,112 1942 9,230 0.23 0.91 5929 Oak Ave repair shop 6 1 story auto 0 2,882 1959 9,228 0.31 0. 73 5941 Oak Ave repair shop 6 1 story office 0 7,208 1991 18,458 0.39 0.55 5919 Oak Ave building 12 Totals Site #10 74,476 49 DSP Site #11 - GC District 9176 Las Tunas 1 story single Dr family residence 0 608 1933 3,940 0.15 0.80 2 9178 Labs Tunas auto repair shop 0 3,288 1958 11,335 0.29 0.52 7 Totals Site #11 15,276 9 DSP Site #12 - GC District 9209 Las Tunas 1 story stores 4 2,474 1931 8,500 0.29 0.69 1 Dr and residential 9201 Las Tunas 1 story store 0 648 1962 6,575 0.10 0.62 4 Dr building 5912 Encinita 1 story store 0 796 1947 2,545 0.31 0.63 1 Ave building Totals Site #12 17,621 6 DSP Site #13 - GC District 9116 Las Tunas 1 story store 0 464 1957 4,329 0.11 0.81 2 Dr building 9112 Las Tunas 1 story store, 1 734 1947 2,399 0.31 0.73 0 Dr unit behind 9094 Las Tunas 0 15,455 1964 40,827 0.38 0.55 28 Dr Warehouse Totals Site #13 47,556 30 D-11 IFigure D_); Cit YofTe Y Residf* lV et�wn Specific p�orfunif ain Cit elo meat p �tesnfown SPecifi Sites with c Plan Parcels �evelopment potential 1111=1 �� nmum moon mmm �ii■iii� `�i� -- ---- --- --- TECHNICAL APPENDIX D DSP Site 5 is an approximate 17,000 square foot site located along Temple City Boulevard north of Las Tunas at Woodruff Avenue. The four parcels that make up the site contain modest 50+ year single -story structures representative of typical commercial/retail buildings in Temple City. The tenants on these sites are primarily small-business owners, including a realtor, locksmith, tailor, and vacuum cleaner repair shop. Sites are physically underutilized (35% floor area ratio), with low value property value). The properties are maintained but weathered. SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS improvements (25% - 40% of total DSP Site 6, at over 75,000 square feet, is one of the larger site underutilized sites within the Downtown Specific Plan. It is comprised of 11 contiguous parcels in the 5800 block of Temple City Boulevard, extending from Workman Avenue north to the alley located directly behind the businesses fronting on Las Tunas Drive. The blockis anchored by - �- — square foot city -owned parking lot on the no the northern end, and a 17,000 square foot private parking lot and adjacent prior funeral - home (under common ownership) on the southern end. The vacant funeral home building is in a dilapidated condition (with broken windows) and represents blight to the community. The 8 parcels located on the block between these two parking lots are occupied by modest, single -story commercial buildings dating from 1938 to 1954 and showing signs of deferred maintenance. Each of these commercial buildings is both physically and economically underutilized, with low floor area ratios (< 50%) and building -to -total -property valuations (20-65%). Commercial occupants are characterized by small, independent retail and service users and include acupuncturists, mail box rentals, jewelry store, law office, small restaurant, beauty salon, tax services and dry cleaners. 5824 Temple City Boulevard includes a second story apartment unit above ground floor retail. DSP Site 7 is the largest residential development -' opportunity site identified within Downtown Specific Plan, totaling 105,000 square feet and consisting of three parcels: 9475, 9465, and 9441 Las Tunas Drive.F7, Two of these addresses represent single -story strip malls with large surface parking lots whose auto- 4. oriented design and layout (which lack any uses fronting on Las Tunas) is inconsistent with the more A desirable pedestrian -oriented development pattern of other commercial properties in the downtown area. The third, small corner parcel houses a 1,300 square foot building used as a bakery. Because of these factors, along with a low floor area ratio (35%) and low building -to -total property valuation (40%), this site has been selected as having strong development potential. D-13 TECHNICAL APPENDIX SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS DSP Site 8 is an approximate one acre site comprised of three adjacent parcels on the comer of Allesandro Avenue and Las Tunas Drive. Each of these parcels contains a single -story commercial/retail structure that comprises just 30-40% of the parcel area. Commercial occupants include a Chinese dentist, a wedding photographer, and a real estate office. Existing structures are all 50+ years in age, with building valuations comprising well under 46% of each property's total assessed value. Taken as a whole, Site 8 is underutilized and would be a good candidate for more intensive residential development. DSP Site 9 is an 18,000 square foot site located at the southeast corner of Encinita Ave and Las Tunas Drive comprised of two parcels. The larger (12,600 sq.ft.) comer parcel is significantly underdeveloped with a 2,600 sq.ft. prior fast food restaurant building currently operating as a Noodle House. The existing structure was built in 1964 and represents just 30% of the total assessed value of the property. The smaller 5,600 69W square foot parcel which fronts on Encinita „"�� Avenue is a converted single-family home currently functioning as a medical office. The modest, 1,000 square foot structure was built in 1940, and contributes less than 25% top the property's total valuation. In addition to the site's low FAR and building valuation, this site was chosen because of the layout design of 9200 Las Tunas, which does not contribute to the desired pedestrian oriented development pattern in the downtown district. DSP Site 10 is an approximate 75,000 square foot site located at the northwest corner of Las Tunas and Oak Avenue. It is comprised of five parcels: 9425 Las Tunas, a gas station; 5937, 5929, and 5941 Oak, auto repair and plumbing/heating repair and installation; and 5919 Oak, a small independent strip mall. The gas station structures were built in 1973, are valued at just 30% of the total property, and according to staff, have a limited customer base. The auto repair and plumbing/heating repair shops are in marginal condition and uninviting from the street view; utilize very little of the site area; and have low assessed building values. Site 10 would make an excellent site for residential or mixed use development because of its proximity to amenities, including a grocery store, drug store, and Temple City's branch of the U.S. Postal Service. D-14 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS DSP Site 11, located at the southwest corner of Las Tunas and Encinita Avenue, is comprised of }� two parcels, 9176 and 9178 Las Tunas Drive. The structure on 9176 currently houses the office of a small construction company. The 600 square foot building, constructed in 1933, comprisesjust 15% of Ai the site and is valued at less than 20% of the property's total assessed value. 9178 is an auto repair shop built in 1959 that does not appear to have undergone any improvements since it was erected and is clearly aged and weathered. facade and a small triplex to the rear. An 8 developed on the adjoining property on Encinita. DSP Site 12 is located at the northeast corner of Las Tunas and Encinita Avenue and contains three parcels: 9209 and 9201 Las Tunas Drive and 5912 Encinita Ave. The two parcels on Las Tunas contain aged, 60+ year old structures with low economic values and floor area ratios. A 1962 Alta Dena Dairy drive-through appears worn-out and does not have a design layout that lends itself to the desired pedestrian oriented development of the downtown district. The 9209 Las Tunas address is a 1931 stucco residence with non-descript street 00 square foot real estate office built in 1947 is DSP Site 13 is just over one acre is size and has significant development potential. It is made up of three parcels: 9116, 9112, and 9094 Las Tunas Drive under common ownership (Las Tunas Enterprises Inc). The largest (40,000+ sq ft) parcel is largely vacant, with ra commercial warehouse on the east side of the parcel. Although removed from the street, this - parcel is accessible from Las Tunas by a narrow driveway that leads to the rear. The other two - parcels, also owned by Las Tunas Enterprises, contain a 500 square foot retail structure and 700 square foot residential structure, both with low assessed valuations and floor area ratios. The structure at 9112 Las Tunas in particular clearly shows its age by its wood siding and windows, peeling paint, and small building square footage. The residential development capacity on each of these sites is based on a density of 30 units/acre, with the unit potential calculated based on the same methodology utilized for the R-2 and R-3 sites, described in detail on page D-17. D-15 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS 3. Vacant and Underutilized Residential Sites As evidenced by the over 350 units built or approved in Temple City's multi -family districts over the past six years, the demand for residential development is quite strong. Projects typically involve the combining of one or more parcels by investors, removal of the existing units, and development of for -sale condominum projects ranging from 5 to 10 units in size. Purchasers are predominately Asian seeking units with three or more bedrooms to accommodate extended family members. The City's R-2 and R-3 zoning standards, combined with the widespread availability of physically and economically underutilized parcels, has facilitated this type of development. As described in the earlier section "Site Capacity Under Existing Zoning", the City has conducted a detailed land use survey to identify those underutilized R-2 and R-3 properties suitable for redevelopment during the 2006-2014 Housing Element, applying the following criteria based on review of past projects: • Ratio of existing building floor area to parcel size (FAR) of 0.30 or less in the R-2 zone (0.50 FAR permitted), and 0.50 or less in the R-3 zone (up to 0.70 permitted) • Low building structure value, measured by a minimum 60% ratio of assessed land value to total assessed property value • Age of improvements on site minimum of 30 years old • Visual checks were made using Google Earth and Google Streetview, and site visits were made to ascertain the actual buildout and visual conditions of buildings This systematic analysis of the City's multi -family zoned properties identifies 153 sites in the R-2 zone and 31 sites in the R-3 zone that are underutilized per this criteria, illustrated in Figure D-2 which follows. Particularly along Rosemead and Temple City boulevards, groupings of underutilized R-3 parcels developed with only a single, older unit provide significant opportunities for lot consolidation, illustrated by a recent R-3 apartment project on 5008 and 5012 Rosemead Boulevard that combined adjacent sites to achieve a total of 8 units. Attachment B includes staff reports on four R-3 projects (including the afore -mentioned) and five R-2 projects which illustrate the residential recycling occurring in these zones and the achievement of maximum permitted densities on both individual and consolidated lots. As a means of further facilitating recycling and providing for a broader range of housing types, the City is supportive of allowing increased multi -family densities on parcels which do not directly impact single-family residential neighborhoods. A ministerial, by -right density allowance of 30 units/acre in the R-3 zone would serve as a strong economic incentive for development, and by limiting these supplemental densities to non -R-1 adjacent parcels, would preserve Temple City's existing transition of densities from multi -family zoned areas to abutting single-family neighborhoods. To this end, Housing Element Program #2 (Multi -family Sites Inventory and Development Incentives) provides for the following on R-3 parcels that do not border R-1 zoned properties: a) increased 30 unit/acre densities and 3 story height limits; b) minimum 20 unit/acre densities to ensure multi -family development; and c) a ministerial review process consistent with Govn Code Section 65583.2(i). The sites inventory identifies a total of 31 underutilized sites within the R-3 zone; 15 of these sites are not located adjacent to R-1 zoned properties and thus would be eligible for a supplemental, by - right density allowance of 30 units/acre under the new Housing Element program. As summarized in Table D-3 at the beginning of this section, a net increase of 202 multi -family units could be developed on these 30 unit/acre R-3 sites, with potential for 91 additional units on the remaining underutilized R-3 sites at 18 unit/acre densities. In the R-2 zone, 153 underutilized sites yield a net D-16 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS increase of 188 units. Detailed parcel -specific spreadsheets of the underutilized sites inventory are included in Appendix A. As a means of illustrating the significant opportunity for lot consolidation, the R-3 site inventory groups adjacent underutilized parcels into larger development sites, and specifically identifies adjacent parcels under common ownership. In order to assess the realistic development capacity on each parcel, the following methodology was utilized. Review of development projects within the R-2 and R-3 zones demonstrate the ability to achieve the maximum permitted density of 12 and 18 units per acre, respectively, under the City's development standards on both individual and consolidated lots. While not all projects are built to the maximum density, the majority of developments maximize the floor area through the provision of larger three and four bedroom unit sizes. Given the height, reduced parking and lot consolidation incentives provided for under Housing Element Program #2 (Multi -family Sites Inventory and Development Incentives) and Program #3 (Lot Consolidation Incentives), the unit capacity calculation is based on 12 units/acre for R-2 parcels, 18 units/acre for R-3 parcels, and 30 units/acre for non -R-1 adjacent R-3 parcels. In determining the net unit potential on each parcel, fractional units are rounded down to the nearest whole, and the existing number of units on the site is subtracted. As illustrated in Figure D-2, a significant number of underutilized residential sites are located along Rosemead Boulevard. Recycling of these underutilized uses is consistent with the City's vision to transform the two mile stretch of this regional highway that runs through Temple City into a multi- modal, pedestrian friendly corridor. The City has secured $18 million in project funding from 14 different federal, state, county and other sources for implementation of the Rosemead Boulevard Safety Enhancement and Beautification Project, with construction scheduled to begin this fall. Major components of the project include: • Sidewalk replacement, installation of accessible ramps and crosswalks • Creation of separated bike lanes • Construction of transit stop improvements and seating nodes • Added traffic signalization and street reconfiguration to calm traffic flow • Beautification through new landscaping, pedestrian and vehicular lighting, street furnishings, decorative planters, entry monuments, signage and public art One of the project's goals is to serve as a catalyst for redevelopment along Rosemead Boulevard 4. Second Residential Units Temple City permits second residential units "by right" in the R-1, R-2 and R-3 zoning districts, providing significant additional capacity for second units throughout the community. The City has structured its second unit regulations to ensure their affordability, requiring rents to be maintained at levels affordable to very low income (<50% AMI) households. With 24 second units receiving final building permits during the planning period (2006 -April 2012 — refer to Attachment A for addresses), the market for second units in Temple City is robust. Projecting a similar rate of second unit construction during the remaining 2012-2013 period, the City anticipates an additional ten units to be developed. D-17 aF iEMp�f Figure D-2: Vacant/Underutilized Multi-Family Residential Sites i pyo R-2 Underutilized Parcels (12 du/ acre) �4arrazN�� 0 R-3 Underutilized Clusters (I8 du/ acre) R-3 Underutilized Clusters (30 du/ acre) TECHNICAL APPENDIX D E. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Guidelines SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS Section 65583.2 (b)(4) states that the inventory of sites shall include: A general description of any environmental constraints to the development of housing within the jurisdiction, the documentation of which has been made available to the jurisdiction. This information need not be identified on a site-specific basis. HCD indicates that: The element should include a general description of any constraints to the development of residential projects. Examples of such environmental constraints may include hillside development, flood zones, wetlands, fault lines, contamination, and contracts such as Williamson Act land or easements. 2. Analysis All housing sites identified as suitable for development in Temple City's Housing Element are infill sites in areas designated as R-2 and R-3, or within the Downtown Specific Plan. As a result, all sites/lots have existing dwelling units or structures. New developments in the R-2 and R-3 Zones are categorically exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), or at most, may be subject to preparation of a negative declaration. Baseline environmental review has already been completed for the Downtown in conjunction with adoption of the Downtown Specific Plan. The City is not aware of environmental conditions that would constrain or impede continued residential infill development on R-2 and R-3 zoned sites, or within the Downtown area. 3. Conclusions and Findings Environmental conditions do not constrain or impede the development of infill sites. As development is proposed, project -level environmental analysis will be conducted. In addition, F. PUBLIC FACILITIES AND SERVICES Guidelines The Housing Element must include "...an analysis of the relationship of zoning and public facilities and services to these sites." Section 65583.2 (b)(5) states the inventory shall include: A general description of existing or planned water, sewer, and other dry utilities supply, including the availability and access to distribution facilities. This information need not be identified on a site-specific basis. HCD provides the following guidance: "The analysis is a means of determining the current or proposed timing of availability of essential public facilities and services (e.g., sewer and water system trunk lines and treatment facilities, roads, and storm drainage facilities) for sites identified for residential development. The element must include a general description of existing D-19 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS or planned water, sewer, and other dry utilities supply, including the availability and access to distribution facilities, and indicate whether public or private. A site-specific analysis is not required. The element must include sufficient detail to determine whether water delivery systems and sewer treatment capacity is or will be (i.e., within the planning period) available to the identified sites. However, if parcel specific detail is available, this information could be included in the element. "Any phasing plans of a relevant specific plan, development agreement or Capital Facilities Financing Plan should be described." State Department of Housing and Community Development, Housing Element Questions and Answers, October 2006, page 25. 2. Analysis a. Water Delivery Service Water service to the City is provided by the three main providers that are not governed the City of Temple City. The California American Water Company covers about 1/4 to 1/3 of Temple City, and they consider the City to be part of the "San Marino" Service System. According to Jay Burnett, the existing lines would have to be upgraded for anymore than approximately 150 new net water meters in their service area. Mr. Burnett said that a large development, meaning hundreds of units, would require the developer to upgrade existing lines. Mr. Burnett said the costs to upgrade could be passed on to the developer, but that would make most large projects economically infeasible. The East Pasadena Water Company is a second water service provider to the City. This water company serves the NE portion of Temple City. Mr. Wayne Goehring of the Water Company stated that their existing systems could probably handle another 200 meters for their service area. The Sunnyslope Water Co, is a third water service provider. The Sunnyslope Water Co. serves at least 1/3 of the City, from the NW end of the City all the way down toward City Hall and east to Baldwin. According to this Water Co., most of their service area in Temple City is served by 6" lines, which cannot support much, if any growth. Most of Sunnyslope's service area is 6" lines from the 1920s and they exclusively use local groundwater. However, a few streets in Temple City do have 20" lines, but only in a limited area. For instance, if a large new tract near City Hall were approved for development, it would not be possible to meet fire flow or water service requirements. The above three water service providers serve almost the entire area of Temple City. The providers can serve 350 new net water meters for all consumers residential, commercial and industrial. Water demand beyond this number of net water meters would require developers to upgrade existing lines. b. Sewer Treatment Capacity A network of sanitary sewers is essentially complete, although on-site main line sewers may be required at the time of subdivision. In mid -year 2008, the City completed a sewer capacity study. The methodology utilized in assessing the hydraulic characteristic of the City's sewer collection D-20 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS system were based on the current and ultimate demographics derived from the City's zoning and general plans, and establishing a realistic average and peak flow coefficients for various land use within the study area. The primary source of information regarding existing and future land use and character of development is the City Zoning and General Plans. The study categorized sewer capacity as described below. 1) Currently Substantially Deficient (CSD): The sewer pipes under this category have a depth ratio greater than 90 percent under the existing peak flow condition. A high priority ("Priority 1") relief project needs to be implemented immediately to address the hydraulic constraints. 2) Ultimately Substantially Deficient (USD): The sewer pipes under this category have a depth ratio greater than 90 percent under the ultimate peak flow condition. A "Priority 2" relief project might be needed within the next 5 years to address the hydraulic constraints. 3) Currently Marginally Deficient (CMD): The sewer pipes under this category have a depth ratio greater than 50 percent and less than 90% under the ultimate peak flow and not under the existing condition. A "Priority 4" relief project might be needed within the next 10 years to address the hydraulic constraints. The action plan includes visual inspection after major development and periodic flow monitoring, to re-examine the projects under this category. C. Storm Drainage Facilities A network of storm drain facilities is in place, although storm drains may be required at the time of subdivision. d. Roads The City's street system is in place, with occasional need for street widening or extensions, or new cul-de-sacs. 1 Conclusions and Findings Water and sewer capacity is adequate to accommodate the construction of housing units equal to or greater than the City's share of the regional housing need. Certain infrastructure improvements (i.e., storm drains, street widening) may be needed at the time of subdivision. Sewer improvements also may be needed in areas where Priority 1 improvements overlap areas to be re -zoned. D-21 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS G. ZONING FOR A VARIETY OF HOUSING TYPES The housing element must describe the zoning policies that facilitate and encourage the development of a variety of types of housing for all income levels, including multifamily rental housing, factory -built housing, mobilehomes, housing for agricultural employees, supportive housing, single -room occupancy units, emergency shelters, and transitional housing. The focus of Part G is on those housing types listed in Government Code Section 65588(c)(1) and listed in the first paragraph above. In effect, these housing types represent a continuum of housing from emergency shelter to transitional housing to supportive housing to more independent housing such as SROs and multifamily rental housing. The other housing types represent housing for a unique special needs population (farmworkers) and construction types (factory built and mobilehomes). 1. Emergency Shelters The Temple City Zoning Code currently provides for emergency shelters as a conditionally permitted use in the M-2 (Manufacturing) Zone. The Zoning Code, however, does not define '.emergency shelters" or establish development standards for this use. Government Code Section 65583(a)(4)(A) requires the City to identify — .. a zone or zones where emergency shelters are allowed as a permitted use without a conditional use permit or other discretionary permit. The identified zone or zones shall include sufficient capacity to accommodate the need for emergency shelter.... except that each local government shall identify a zone or zones that can accommodate at least one year-round emergency shelter. "If the local government cannot identify a zone or zones with sufficient capacity, the local government shall include a program to amend its zoning ordinance to meet the requirements of this paragraph within one year of the adoption of the housing element." [emphasis added] Program 4 (Zoning for Special Needs) in the City's updated Housing Element includes an action program to amend the Zoning Code to satisfy the Government Code emergency shelter requirements within six months of adoption of the Housing Element. HCD offers the following guidance: "When identifying a zone or analyzing an existing zone for emergency shelters, the element should address the compatibility and suitability of the zone. The element should consider what other uses are permitted in the zone and whether the zone is suitable for residential or emergency shelters. For example, an industrial zone with heavy manufacturing may have environmental conditions rendering it unsuitable for residential or shelter uses. In some localities, manufacturing or industrial zones may be in transition, where older industrial uses are redeveloping to residential, office or commercial." The C-3 Zone located along Rosemead Boulevard between Las Tunas Drive and Broadway is the zone where emergency shelters will be permitted by right. City staff have conducted a land use survey of this 16.1 acre area, and have identified numerous existing buildings that could be D-22 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS renovated, rehabilitated, or converted to an emergency shelter. By way of example, the following describes the general characteristics of three sites meet which meet the Housing Element underutilized sites criteria', and would be suitable for reuse as an emergency shelter: Site 1 is a vacant lot approximately 11,000 square feet in size and currently used for parking for an adjacent restaurant use. Replacement restaurant parking is available within the surrounding commercial parking lot, which a parking study identifies as having excess spaces. Site 2 is a 10,500 square foot parcel, with one-quarter of the site developed with an older auto -related retail use, and three-quarters of the site used for parking and an RV storage area. Site 3 totals 30,000 square feet and is partially developed with an older commercial building whose tenant occupies only half of the space. The building's assessed valuation is just seven percent of the total assessed value of the site. The C-3 Zone permits uses such as gymnasiums and medical buildings and comparable uses that are housed in large, open buildings. The C-3 Zone is located along the City's major corridor, making the sites accessible via walking, bicycle, automobile, and public bus transportation. Convenience and neighborhood shopping establishments are located along Rosemead Boulevard between Las Tunas Drive and Broadway. Medical services are available along Rosemead Boulevard between Las Tunas Drive and Broadway. Sites and buildings within this area can accommodate the City's homeless need of 28 persons. The 2007 homeless count of the Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority estimated 36 homeless persons. A more recent study (October 2008) establishes an estimate of 20 homeless persons. According to the San Gabriel Valley Regional Homeless Services Strategy Phase 1 Report: "The 2007 homeless estimates published by LAHSA are the result of a thorough county -wide census process limited by the fact that San Gabriel Valley cities were not counted census tract -by -census tract and therefore cannot be accurately assessed at the jurisdictional level. The numbers derived through this study reflect a combination of two things — 1) the local perception of the magnitude of homelessness among policy makers and emergency responders such as law enforcement and 2) the limited numbers of homeless individuals and families that existing providers in the San Gabriel Valley are able to serve due to funding and capacity constraints. The lower population estimate is informative to the extent that it establishes a minimum baseline of need about which local stakeholders can agree and begin planning to reduce homelessness across the San Gabriel Valley. The local estimate is not meant to substitute for an actual homeless count or census and should be utilized with this limitation in mind. The two assessments therefore provide a high and a low range estimated number of homeless persons in the San Gabriel Valley." [emphasis added] ' Similar to the filtering criteria used to identify underutilized sites within the Downtown Specific Plan, R-3 and R-2 zones, the following criteria were used to identify underutdrzed sites within the C-3 zone along Rosemead Boulevard 1) Floor Area Ratio (FAR) of existing building of 0.40 or less; 2) Low building structure value, measured by a minimum 60% ratio of assessed land value to total property value; 3) Age of site improvements minimum 30 years old; and 4) Visual checks to ascertain actual site conditions. D-23 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS The capacity (space) requirement for a building providing emergency shelter for 28 homeless persons is not large. Space, of course, is needed for beds/cots, restrooms, showers, public telephone, drinking fountains, eating areas and staff. The space requirements for cots/beds can be estimated at about 2,800 square feet or 100 square feet per person. HUD's space, building and habitability guidelines provide insights on what the specific standards the City could adopt: Structure and Materials. The shelter building should be structurally sound to protect residents from the elements and not pose any threat to health and safety of the residents. Access. The shelter must be accessible, and there should be a second means of exiting the facility in the case of emergency or fire. Space and Security. Each resident should have adequate space and security for themselves and their belongings. Each resident must have an acceptable place to sleep. Interior Air Quality. Each room or space within the shelter/facility must have a natural or mechanical means of ventilation. The interior air should be free of pollutants at a level that might threaten or harm the health of residents. Water Supply. The shelter's water supply should be free of contamination. Sanitary Facilities. Each resident should have access to sanitary facilities that are in proper operating condition. These facilities should be able to be used in privacy, and be adequate for personal cleanliness and the disposal of human waste. Thermal Environment. The shelter/facility must have any necessary heating/cooling facilities in proper operating condition. Illumination and Electricity. The shelter/facility should have adequate natural or artificial illumination to permit normal indoor activities and support health and safety. There should be sufficient electrical sources to permit the safe use of electrical appliances in the shelter. Food Preparation. Food preparation areas, if any, should contain suitable space and equipment to store, prepare and serve food in a safe and sanitary manner. Sanitary Conditions. The shelter should be maintained in a sanitary condition. Fire Safety -Sleeping Areas. There should be at least one working smoke detector in each occupied unit of the shelter facility. In addition, smoke detectors should be located near sleeping areas where possible. The fire alarm system should be designed for a hearing-impaired resident. Fire Safety -Common Areas. All public areas of the shelter must have at least one working smoke detector. All uses permitted in the C-3 Zone require a site plan review. The Zoning Code states: "A site plan shall be required prior to the issuance of a building permit, or a certificate of occupancy, if no building permit is required, for the development of any C-3 zoned properties..." D-24 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS A site plan must include the following information: Contact information for the applicant, and of the person which prepared the plan. The street address and a brief legal description of the property involved, and the names of the nearest streets which intersect the street or streets on which the subject property is located. The number of lots involved, if more than one, and the lot dimensions and lot area. The approximate size and location of all buildings and structures, including off street parking facilities. Open areas and landscaped areas. The proposed use or uses. Building elevations, front, side and rear. Such other information the director deems necessary to meet the purpose of this article. This site plan information is typical of that required by California cities prior to the issuance of a building permit for new construction, or certificate of occupancy prior to completion of a renovation. The site plan review is conducted by the Community Development Department and does not require a public hearing before either the Planning Commission or City Council. The site plan review process does not hinder the development of uses permitted in the C-3 Zone, which will include emergency shelters. For emergency shelters, the City — pursuant to Government Code Section 65583(a)(4)(A) - will establish and apply written, objective standards pertaining to: The maximum number of beds or persons permitted to be served nightly by the facility. Off-street parking based upon demonstrated need, provided that the standards do not require more parking for emergency shelters than for other residential or commercial uses within the same zone. The size and location of exterior and interior onsite waiting and client intake areas. The provision of onsite management. The proximity to other emergency shelters, provided that emergency shelters are not required to be more than 300 feet apart. The length of stay. Lighting. Security during hours that the emergency shelter is in operation. D-25 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS The C-3 Zone requires a minimum lot size of 5,000 square feet. Setbacks requirements include 15 feet for a front yard setback and no minimum standard for the side or rear yard setback. For commercial buildings having a height of 45 feet or less there is no requirement for a site development plan review. No building can be less than 750 square feet. These development standards facilitate the development or conversion of a building to an emergency shelter by providing a small minimum lot size, a small minimum building size, no minimum standard for side or rear setbacks, and a height limit up to 45 feet. The City has not established parking standards for emergency shelters for homeless persons. The City will complete a parking needs study prior to establishing the parking standards for emergency shelters for homeless persons. Emergency shelters will be processed in a manner identical to all other land uses permitted in the C-3 Zone. 2. Transitional Housing The City's Zoning Code currently does not make specific provisions for transitional housing. As a housing type, transitional housing does not infer a unique or distinct structure. The distinguishing characteristics of transitional housing are: Housing is provided in a rental housing development. Housing is not permanent in that occupants are allowed to stay for a maximum period. Services are provided to occupants to enable them to move to permanent housing. Program 4 (Zoning for Special Needs) in the City's updated Housing Element includes an action program to amend the Zoning Code to make specific provisions for transitional housing. The Zoning Code amendments will be guided by the following Government Code sections. Government Code Section 65582(g) states: "Transitional housing' has the same meaning as defined in subdivision (h) of Section 50675.2 of the Health and Safety Code." Health and Safety Code Section 50675.2(h) states: "'Transitional housing' and `transitional housing development' means buildings configured as rental housing developments, but operated under program requirements that call for the termination of assistance and recirculation of the assisted unit to another eligible program recipient at some predetermined future point in time, which shall be no less than six months." HCD states that: "Transitional housing may be designated for a homeless individual or family transitioning to permanent housing." D-26 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS Health and Safety Code Section 50801(1) states: "'Transitional housing' means housing with supportive services for up to 24 months that is exclusively designated and targeted for recently homeless persons. Transitional housing includes self-sufficiency development services, with the ultimate goal of moving recently homeless persons to permanent housing as quickly as possible, and limits rents and service fees to an ability -to -pay formula reasonably consistent with the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development's requirements for subsidized housing for low-income persons. Rents and service fees paid for transitional housing may be reserved, in whole or in part, to assist residents to move to permanent housing." These Government Code sections refer to "recently homeless persons" as a target population. However, transitional housing can serve other populations — for instance, emancipated foster youth. About 1,500 foster youth age out of the Los Angeles County child welfare system each year. Most have nowhere to turn for jobs, housing, higher education, or support. Transitional housing programs help former foster youth by providing housing and support services. Supportive services offer job training, computer training, educational assistance and other social services. Youth are allowed to stay in transitional housing for up to two years. The Zoning Code amendment to facilitate and encourage transitional housing will address all special needs populations that need transitional housing. In addition, the amendment will have zoning treat transitional housing as a residential use subject only to those restrictions that apply to other residential uses of the same type in the same zone. 1 Supportive Housing The City's Zoning Code does not currently make specific provisions for supportive housing. As a housing type, supportive housing does not infer a unique or distinct structure. The distinguishing characteristics of supportive housing are: It is a place for permanent residence unlike emergency shelters and transitional housing. Services are provided to the residents either at the residence or off-site. The types of support services that may be provided include, but are not limited to, medical and mental health care, vocational and employment services, substance abuse treatment, child care, and independent living skills training. The residents of supportive housing are disabled or include populations such as families with children, elderly persons, young adults aging out of the foster care system, individuals exiting from institutional settings, veterans, or homeless people. An example of supportive housing is permanent housing for developmentally disabled persons. The term developmental disability refers to a severe and chronic disability that is attributable to a mental or physical impairment that begins before a person reaches adulthood. These disabilities include mental retardation, cerebral palsy, epilepsy, autism, and disabling conditions closely related to mental retardation or requiring similar treatment. Examples of supportive services include day program services (socialization, recreation), supported employment (to help the developmentally disabled learn and perform work) and transportation. D-27 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS The City's Housing Element update includes an action program (Program #4 — Zoning for Special Needs) to amend the Zoning Code to make specific provisions for supportive housing. In addition, the amendment will have zoning treat supportive housing as a residential use subject only to those restrictions that apply to other residential uses of the same type in the same zone. The Zoning Code amendments will be guided by the following Government Code sections. Government Code Section 65582(f) states: "'Supportive housing' has the same meaning as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 50675.14 of the Health and Safety Code." Health and Safety Code Section 50675.14(b) states: "For purposes of this section, `supportive housing' means housing with no limit on length of stay, that is occupied by the target population as defined in subdivision (d) of Section 53260, and that is linked to onsite or offsite services that assist the supportive housing resident in retaining the housing, improving his or her health status, and maximizing his or her ability to live and, when possible, work in the community." Health and Safety Code Section 53260(d) states: "'Target population' means adults with low incomes having one or more disabilities, including mental illness, HIV or AIDS, substance abuse, or other chronic health conditions, or individuals eligible for services provided under the Lanterman Developmental Disabilities Act (Division 4.5 (commencing with Section 4500) of the Welfare and Institutions Code) and may, among other populations, include families with children, elderly persons, young adults aging out of the foster care system, individuals exiting from institutional settings, veterans, or homeless people." 4. Single -Room Occupancy (SRO) Housing Housing Element Law requires cities to facilitate and encourage SRO housing. The City's Zoning Code does not currently define or specify development standards for SROs, although it does provide for a comparable use in terms of efficiency dwelling units, which are defined as: `Efficiency dwelling unit' means a single dwelling unit which does not contain a bedroom and which is located within a building containing more than one dwelling unit...." According to HUD's HOME Program: Single Room Occupancy (SRO) housing means housing consisting of single room dwelling units that is the primary residence of its occupant or occupants. An SRO unit must contain either food preparation or sanitary facilities (it may contain both) if the project consists of new construction, conversion of non-residential space, or reconstruction. For acquisition or rehabilitation of an existing residential structure, neither food preparation nor sanitary facilities are required to be in the unit. If the units do not contain sanitary facilities, the building must contain sanitary facilities that are shared by the tenants. D-28 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS Another SRO definition describes this use as follows: Single room (SRO) occupancy is defined as a dwelling unit intended to be occupied by a single person. SRO units have been used as emergency shelter, transitional housing, and permanent housing. The units are typically small (between 160 SF and 500 SF) and they generally do not contain either private bathrooms or kitchens. Bathrooms are usually developed at a ratio of about 1:8 units and each development includes a common kitchen. Efficiency (bachelor) units that include both a private bath and kitchenette may also be considered single room occupancy. [emphasis added] Program 4 (Zoning for Special Needs) in the City's updated Housing Element includes an action program to amend the Zoning Code to facilitate and encourage the development of SRO housing units, and to conditionally permit within the C-3 zone. In summary, the City's program will accomplish the following within six months after adoption of the Housing Element: Include a definition of Single Room Occupancy housing units in Section 9109 — Definitions - of the Zoning Code. Identify SRO housing units as among the residential uses subject only to the same restrictions as other residential uses. Establish development and management standards for Single Room Occupancy housing units. Following adoption of the zoning code amendments, the City will prepare and distribute a pamphlet that describes the SRO program and processing procedures. The City's Website also will describe the SRO program. The City's action program will include a review of other city SRO ordinances such as one adopted by the City of Santa Rosa. According to the Santa Rosa ordinance, SROs "... are intended to provide opportunities for the development of permanent, affordable housing for small households and for people with special needs in proximity to transit and services, and to establish standards for these small units." Among the development standards are the following: Location. Single Room Occupancy facilities will be permitted within the C-3 zoning district subject to a Conditional Use Permit. Project review and approval. A proposed SRO shall require Design Review in compliance with Section 20-52.030 and the approval of a Conditional Use Permit in compliance with Section 20-52.050. Density. A Single Room Occupancy Facility is not required to meet density standards of the General Plan. Unit size. An SRO unit shall have a minimum size of 150 square feet and a maximum of 400 square feet. Occupancy. An SRO unit shall accommodate a maximum of two persons D-29 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES /NVENTORYAND ANALYSIS Bathroom. An SRO unit is not required to but may contain partial or full bathroom facilities. A partial bathroom facility shall have at least a toilet and sink; a full facility shall have a toilet, sink and bathtub, shower or bathtub/shower combination. If a full bathroom facility is not provided, common bathroom facilities shall be provided in accordance with the California Building Code for congregate residences with at least one full bathroom per floor. Kitchen. An SRO unit is not required to but may contain partial or full kitchen facilities. A full kitchen includes a sink, a refrigerator and a stove, range top or oven. A partial kitchen is missing at least one of these appliances. If a full kitchen is not provided, common kitchen facilities shall be provided with at least one full kitchen per floor. Closet. Each SRO unit shall have a separate closet. Code compliance. SRO units shall comply with all requirements of the California Building Code. Accessibility. All SRO units shall comply with all applicable accessibility and adaptability requirements. All common areas shall be fully accessible. Facility Management. An SRO Facility with 10 or more units shall provide on-site management. An SRO Facility with less than 10 units shall provide a management office on-site. Tenancy. Tenancy of SRO units shall be limited to 30 or more days. 5. Mobilehomes The Zoning Code does not specifically reference mobilehomes as either a permitted or conditionally permitted use in the residential zones. The R-1 Zone does reference "modular homes" as a permitted use in the R-1, single-family zone. The Zoning Code does define modular home as encompassing mobile home construction. Modular homes are expressly prohibited in the R-2 Zone. The processing of mobile homes is consistent with Government Code Section 65852.3(a) which requires, with the exception of architectural standards, that mobilehomes shall be subject to the same development standards to which a conventional single-family residential dwelling on the same lot would be subject. Stick -built and modular homes are permitted in the R-1 Zone and have identical development standards. The City's Housing Program includes an action program to amend the Zoning Code to include a mobile home definition and a specific reference of mobilehomes as a permitted use in the R-1 zone. 6. Housing for Agricultural Workers According to HCD guidance: "The element must quantify farmworker populations and define specific characteristics (e.g., seasonal, single males/females, families). Once the community has an understanding of the farmworker population and their housing needs, it must ensure that appropriate housing types can be made available." D-30 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS Housing for farmworkers is not a need in Temple City. A farm worker is -- A person who performs manual and/or hand tool labor to plant, cultivate, harvest, pack and/or load field crops and other plant life. A person who attends to live farm, ranch or aquacultural animals including those produced for animal products." [Source: State of California, Employment Development Department, Labor Market Information Division Occupational Definition] The City has no land devoted to the production of field crops and/or other plant life. Likewise, there is no land used for animals. As a result, there are no farmworkers employed in Temple City. There may be persons "housed" in the City who are farmworkers at locations outside the municipal boundaries. Multifamily Rental Housing The Housing Element Law requires cities to facilitate and encourage the development of multifamily rental housing. The R-2 and R-3 Zones permit multifamily rental housing with two or fewer units by right, with larger projects currently requiring a conditional use permit. The list below provides a summary of the key processing requirements: Projects that comply with the development standards are approved administratively by the Community Development Department. Existing lots zoned R-2 and R-3 are exempt from the minimum lot size requirements of 7,200 square feet (R-2) and 10,000 square feet (R-3). The Zoning Code establishes design guidelines for development in the R-2 and R-3 Zones. The guidelines are advisory and negotiated between the City and property owner, builder or developer. However, if the project does not comply with a substantial portion of the design guidelines, then permits may be denied by the Community Development Department. Multifamily rental housing also is permitted in the Mixed Use and Senior Housing Overlay Zones and the Downtown Specific Plan. The Mixed -Use Zone (MUZ) provides for a combined mix of medium (12 dus/ac) and high density (18 dus/ac) residential development with retail, office and service uses, with the non -retail uses located primarily at the street level to create a pedestrian oriented environment. In addition to high density residential uses, which would be allowed in conjunction with any mixed use development, special consideration and/or a density bonus can be awarded when housing is specifically designated and reserved for low moderate income households. The MUZ can be applied to sites where the General Plan designation is commercial and where the minimum site size is one acre. Application for an MUZ requires a zone change, precise plan of development and development agreement. The purpose of the Senior Housing Overlay Zone is to provide optional standards and incentives for the development of senior housing which is restricted to residents 62+ years of age. Whenever D-31 TECHNICAL APPENDIX D SITES INVENTORYAND ANALYSIS the senior citizen housing has been added to an underlying zone in accordance with the procedures for a zone change, the property may be developed in accordance with the Senior Housing Overlay Zone or the underlying zone. The Senior Housing Overlay Zone facilitates rental housing by establishing a maximum density through the zone change/CUP process, density bonus for affordable low income housing, reasonable minimum housing unit sizes, and establishing parking requirements based on in consideration of the age of the occupants, project location and other pertinent variables. Senior citizen housing is conditionally permitted in all zones, except R-1; senior citizen housing within the Downtown Specific Plan area is governed by the provisions of that Specific Plan. The Downtown Specific Plan encourages and facilitates the development of high density housing, affordable senior housing and residential/commercial mixed use. The Housing Element update establishes a program to further facilitate residential development within the Specific Plan, including allowance for non -age restricted housing throughout the Plan area. The Zoning Code provides administrative relief and fast track processing of CUP and variance applications. The Zoning Code establishes a "fast track modification committee" consisting of the City Manager, City Attorney and Chairman of the Planning Commission. The Committee may decide to refer CUP and variance applications directly to the Planning Commission — and thereby reduce processing time -- when the Committee makes certain findings involving public health, safety and welfare and the absence of environmental impacts. The City's Zoning Code encourages and facilitates multifamily rental housing in several zones, by providing development incentives, and fast track processing of projects that require a Conditional Use Permit. As a means of further facilitating housing consistent with the City's regional housing needs, the Housing Element update establishes a program to implement a new administrative review process for multi -family housing focused on site and architectural review. Technical Appendix B provides more details on the following: Mixed Use and Senior Housing Overlay Zones Downtown Specific Plan Timelines for Development Review and Fast Track Processing Development Incentives 8. Factory -Built Housing Modular homes are permitted in the R-1 Zone D-32 Technical Appendix D: Attachment A Parcel Specific Site Inventories 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Second Units Issued Final Building Permits During Planning Period Ill (Jan 2006 — April 2012) Date Building Site Address Date Building Permit Permit Issued Finaled 08/05/05 4948 Cloverly Ave. 05/18/06 03/22/06 9127 Hermosa Dr. 02/27/07 05/05/06 ( 5813 Kauffman Ave. 09/12/06 07/18/06 5209 Kauffman Ave. 12/12/07 09/08/06 5303 Temple City Blvd. 05/16/07 09/11/06 5205 Doreen Ave. 03/14/07 03/16/07 I6164Hart Ave 01/03/08 04/25/07 5103 Doreen Ave. 12/26/07 06/11/07 5119 Baldwin Ave. 05/13/08 02/13/08 5807 Kauffman Ave. 06/20/08 06/19/08-04/07/11 9674 Live Oak Ave. 10/26/11 06/30/08 10647 Olive St. 02/22/11 02/17/09 9233 Pentland St. 12/09/09 04/16/09 6448 Oak Ave. 06/03/10 04/27/09 5318 Arden Dr. 12/30/09 08/11/09 6219 Oak Ave. 02/09/10 05/10/10 4835 Camellia Ave. 02/17/11 05/10/10 5210 Willmonte Ave. Under Construction 07/12/10 9926 Miloann St. 02/01/11 09/02/10 6332 Sultana Ave. 03/21/11 09/07/10 5827 Kauffman Ave. 04/26/11 10/18/10 9117 Olive St. 07/25/11 09/21/11 ( 4503 Fiesta Ave. 05/31/12 09/29/11 5818 Camellia Ave. 04/24/12 Ill UNDERUTILIZED R-3 SITES INVENTORY (30 DU/ACRE*) GENERAL PLAN: HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL [21 Ratio Land Total Existing Building Year Lot Sq. Gross DU Net DU Value to Assessed Land Assessed Site Address Units Sq. Ft. Built Ft. FAR Potential Potential Total Value Value Value 5910 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 944 1940 5,134 0.1839 - 3 2 0.8000 $ 130,193 $ 162,737 APN # 5384016020 0 0 VACANT 3,270 0.0000 2 - 2 1.0000 $ 11,025 $ 11,025 5916 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,318 1940 5,124 0.2572 3 2 0,3875 $ 22,342 $ 57,663 2 2,262 13,528 0.1672 8 6 0.7068 $ 63,560 $ 231,425 5919 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 850 1940 3,950 0.2152 2 1 0.7846 $ 265,996 $ 339,021 1 850 1940 3,950 0.2152 2 1 0.7846 $ 265,996 $ 339;021 8837 ELM AVE 1 1,240 1939 8,339 0.1487 5 4 0.7097 $ 134,596 $ 189,658 8835 ELM AVE 1 1,298 1937 6,205 0.2092 4 3 0.7689 $ 177,188 $ 230,447 8833 ELM AVE 1 878 1951 4,826 0.1819 3 2 0.8000 $ 261,336 $ 326,669 3 3,416 19,370 0.1764 12 9 0.7675 $ 573,120 1 746,774 5549 SULTANA AVE 1. 1,394 1935 21,344 0.0653 14 13 03901 $ 80,850 $ 207,229' APN # 5387027033 0 0 VACANT 10,528 0.0000 7 7 1.0000 $ 40,418 $ 40,418 1 1,394 31,872 0.0437 21 20 0.4897 $ 121,268 $ 247,647 5134 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,324 1959 5,985 0.2212 4 3 0.7500 $ 143,956 $ 191,938 5136 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,324 1959 6,171 0.2146 4 3 0.7727 $ 124,808 $ 161,514 5138 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,684 1959 5,677 0.2966 3 2 0.2228 $ 11,457 $ 51,428 3 4,332 17,833 0.2429 11 8 0.6921 $ 280,221 $ 404,880 5036 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,634 1950. 9,326 0.1752 6 5 0.6497 $ 198,275 $ 305,190 5032 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 966 1946 12,118 0.0797 8 7 0.8000 $352,400 $ 440,500 APN # 5388020010 0 0 VACANT 2,765 0.0000 1 1 1.0000 $ 59,957 $ 59,957 5026 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 0 VACANT 13,560 0.0000 9 8 1.0000 $ 724,263 $ 724,263 9002 PENTLAND ST 1 1,976 1949 5,516 0.3582 3 2 0.5859 $ 167,540 $ 285,958 4 4,57643,285 0.1057 27 23 D.8274 $1,502,435 $ 1;815,868 4930 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 2,579 1952 10,711 0.2408 7 6 0.6831 $ 267,767 $ 391,984 1 2,579 10,711 0.2408 7, 6 0.6831 $ 267,767 $ 391,984 [21 UNDERUTILIZED R-3 SITES INVENTORY (30 DU/ACRE*) - Continued Ratio Land Total Existing Building Year Lot Sq. Gross DU Net DU Value to Assessed Land Assessed Site Address Units Sq. Ft. Built Ft. FAR Potential Potential Total Value Value Value 6123 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 3 2,365 1 1921 9,199 0.2571 6 3 0.6469 $ 49,736 $ 76,885 6127 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 1 1,242 1963 7,765 0.1599 5 4 0.7707 $ 416,400 $ 540,300 6111 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 3 2,492 1956 7,413 0.3362 5 2 0.3041 $ 24,663 $ 81,096 6105 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 2 1,972 1913 6,692 0.2947 4 2 0.6521 $ 157,323 $ 241,271 6119 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 2 2,987 1949 14,715 0.2030 10 8 0.3294 $ 35,954 $ 109,153 11 11,058 45,784 0.2415 30 19 0.6523 $ 684,076 $1,048,705 9620 GARIBALDI AVE 1 949 1941 6,469 0.1467 4 3 0.4582 $ 24,093 $ 52,581 6052 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 2 2,622 1923 9,018 0.2908 6 4 06970 $ 510,487 $ 732,435 6053CAMELLIAAVE 1 1,400 1947 5,835 0.2399 4 3 0.8000 $ 492,116 $615,144 6058 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 1 1,359 1941 6,471 0.2100 4 3 0.6227 $ 167,636 $ 269,196 9616 GARIBALDI AVE 1 942 1947 2,655 0.3548 1 0 0.8581 $ 214,536 $ 250,006 6059 CAMELLIA AVE 1 1,516 1924 5,865 0.2585 4 3 0.6467 $ 361,850 $ 559,512 7 8,788 36,313 0.2420 23 16 0.7143 $1,770,718 $ 2,478,874 5719CAMELLIAAVE 1 3,033 1941 13,884 02185 9 8 0.6540 $ 527,133 $ 806,017 1 3,033 13,884 0.2185 9 8 0.6540 $ 527,133 $ 806,017 5524 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 1 1,314 1960 6,279 0.2093 4 3 0.6918 $ 173,768 $ 251,191 5516 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 1 800 1928 9,211 0.0869 6 5 0.8000 $360,000 $450,000 5522 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 1 1,314 1960 6,312 0.2082 4 3 0.7395 $343,023 $ 463,873 5526 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 4 6,737 1947 15,449 0.4361 10 6 0.5385 $ 732,023 $ 1,359,472 7 10,165 37,251 0.2729 24 17 0.6373 $ 1,608,814 $ 2,524,536 4420 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 1 1,297 1948 7,632 0.1699 5 4 0.7279 $ 223,829 $307,479 4439 ELLIS LN 2 1,378 1948 10,486 0.1314 7 5 08000 $ 343,661 $ 429,573 4430 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 1 2,250 1952 8,670 D.2595 5 4 0.4000 $ 91,118 $ 227,802 4423 ELLIS LN 1 1,048 1949 8,105 0.1293 5 4 0.7794 $ 175,264 $ 224,877 4431 ELLIS LN 1 1,024 1947 9,059 0.1130 6 5 0.8000 $ 221,570 $ 276,959 4410 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 4 4,963 1978 13,587 0.3653 9 5 0.6324 $ 554,878 $ 877,407 4436 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 1 1,086 1952 10,224 0.1062 7 6 0.6652 $ 128,493 $ 193,169 131 UNDERUTILIZED R-3 SITES INVENTORY (30 DU/ACRE*) - Continued Ratio Land Total Existing Building Year Lot Sq. Gross DU Net DU Value to Assessed Land Assessed Site Address Units Sq. Ft. Built Ft. FAR Potential Potential Total Value Value Value 4447 ELLIS LN 1 936 1948 10,346 0.0905 7 6 0.8127 $ 208,216 $ 256,201 12 13,982 78,109 0.1790 51 39 0.6970 $ 1,947,029 $ 2,793,467 5926 ENCINITA AVE 1 1,896 1941 6,630 0.2860 4 3 0.6958 $ 450,000 $ 646,700 59201/2 ENCINITA AVE 1 1,075 1950 5,195 0.2069 3 2 0.7863 $ 165,887 $ 212,249 15922 ENCINITA AVE 1 1,024 1946 7,032 0.1456 4 3 0.3974 $ 73,889 $ 185,947 3 3,995 18,857 0.2119 11 8 0.6611 $ 690,776 $ 1,044,896 j 5803 OAK AVE 1 1,386 1929 6,997 0.1981 4 3 0.8000 $ 424,100 $ 530,100 5815 OAK AVE 1 1,872 1920 9,176 0.2040 6 5 0.7498 $ 220,376 $ 293,910 9421 WORKMAN AVE 1 1,280 1952 5,203 0.2460 3 2 0.2449 $ 15,859 $ 64,770 5807 OAK AVE 1 1,945 1952 5,874 0.3311 4 3 0.1784 $ 19,880 $ 111,408 4 6,483 27,250 0.2379 17 13 0.6801 $ 680,215 $ 1,000,188 5822 CLOVERLY AVE 1 1,299 1939 8,840 0.1469 6 5 0.8000 $ 312,913 $ 391,138 15826 CLOVERLY AVE 1 1,213 1940 8,585 0.1413 5 4 0.7251 $ 415,424 $ 572,929 2 2,512 17,425 0.1442 11 9 0.7555 $ 728,337 $ 964,067 (TOTALS 62 1 1 264. 202 * None of the parcels in this inventory abut R-1 properties. Per Housing Element Program #2 (Multi -family Sites Inventory and Incentives), densities of 30 units/acre will be perm'nfed on R-3 sites which do not border R-1 neighborhoods. Denotes adjacent parcels under common ownership. 101 UNDERUTILIZED R-3 SITES INVENTORY (18 DU/ ACRE) GENERAL PLAN: HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL Ratio Land Total Existing Building Year Lot Sq. Gross DU Net DU Value to Assessed Land Assessed Site Address Units Sq. Ft. Built Ft. FAR Potential Potential Total Value Value Value 6233 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,037 1941 6,782 0.152905 2 1 0.797718 $ 198,761 $ 249,162 6239 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,911 1941 6,851 0.278937 2 1 0.589373 $ 322,826 $ 547,745 1 1G243 ROSEMEAD BLVD 2 2,171 1923 13,663 0.158896 5 3 0.6812 $ 502,571 $737,773 1 6251 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,008 1936 7,055 0.142877 2 1 0.399975 $ 51,800 $129,508 1 6257 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,048 1941 6,860 0.15277 2 1 0.583966 $ 69,315 $ 118,697 1 1 6 7,175 41,211 0.174104 13 7 0.642371 $ 1,145,273 1,782,885 8927 GARIBALDI AVE 1 864 1951 6,688 0.129187 0.900688 $ 382,861 $ 425,076 5 3 8919 GARIBALDI AVE 1 1,395 1951 6,777 0.205941 0.348056 $ 39,985 $114,881 6113 ROSEM EAD BLVD 1 2,485 1951 6,884 0.360982 2 1 0.542448 $ 315,168 $ 581,011 3 4,745 20,3491 0.233181 7 4 0.658372 $ 738,014 $1,120,9681 6143 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,104 1937 6,873 0.160629 2 1 0.80001 $ 231,518 $ 289,394 6149 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,248 1924 6,864 0.181818 0.694803 $ 119;707 $ 172,289 1 6153 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,017 1940 6,863 0.148186 5 3 0.866328 $ 212,829 $ 245,668 1 1 3 3,369 20,600 0.163544 7 4 0.797417 $ 564,054 $ 707,351 1 1 6224 ROSEMEAD BLVD 2 1,309 1933 8,520 0.153638 3 1 0.999778 $ 449,900 $ 450,000 1 6220 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 794 1937 7,927 0.100164 3 2 0.527622 $ 21,986 $ 41,670 1 6210 ROSEMEAD BLVD 3 2,592 1945 16,489 0.157196 6 3 0,731708 $ 615,146 $ 840,699 1 6 4,695 32,936 0.142549 12 6 0.815864 $ 1,087,032 $1,332,369 1 1 6202 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,054 1941 8,250 0.127758 3 2 0.634928 $ 155,596 $ 245,061 1 6166 ROSEMEAD BLVD 2 2,294 1979 8,232 0.278669 3 1 0.576926 $ 179,946 $311,905 1 3 3,348 16,482 I 0.203131 6 3 0.602446 $ 335,542 $ 556,966 5946 ROSEMEAD BLVD 2 2,180 1938 8,003 0.272398 3 1 0.599327 $ 395,713 $ 660,262 1 5942 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 998 1953 8,151 0.122439 3 2 0.782152 $ 147,883 $ 189,072 1 5938 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,044 1941 8,013 0.130288 3 2 0.512877 $ 22,942 $ 44,732 1 1 5932 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,608 1941 8,130 0.197786 3 2 0.419507 $ 22,942 $ 54,688 1 1 5928 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,050 1940 8,043 0.130548 3 2 0.533411 $ 22,942 $ 43,010 1 [5] UNDERUTILIZED R-3 SITES INVENTORY (18 DU/ACRE) - Continued Existing I Site Address Units 5922 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 7 5923 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 5927 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 15933 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 15939 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 5943 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 I 5 6023 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 6029 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 6033 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 1,006 3 6129 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 1 6131TEMPLECFFY BLVD 1 6133 TEMPLE CIN BLVD 1 6135 TEMPLE CIN BLVD 1 0.162712 4 6114 TEMPLE CIN BLVD 1 I 1 9010 HERMOSA DR 1 19000 HERMOSA DR 1 5834 ROSEMEAD BLVD 1 $ 125,937 3! 4924 ROSEMEAD BLVD 2 4914 ROSEMEAD BLVD 2 [6) Ratla Land Total Building Year Lot Sq. Gross DU Net DU Value to Assessed Land Assessed Sq. Ft. Built Ft. FAR Potential Potential Total Value Value Value 1,006 1940 8,126 0.1238 3 2 0.800002 $ 321,644 $402,054 7,886 48,466 0.162712 18 11 0.670149 $ 934,066 $1,393,818 1,084 1939 6,922 0.156602 0.53019 $ 125,937 $ 237532 1,356 1937 6,934 0.195558 0.93583486 $ 255,319184 $ 272,825 11 7I 851 1938 6,915 0.123066 0.9344 $ 227, $248,428 953 1938 6,949 0.137142D.826852 $ 334,922 $405,057 1,080 1929 6,886 0.15684 2 1 0.886222 $ 312,334 $352,433 5,324 34,606 0.153846 13 8 0.828145 $ 1,255,696 $1,516,275 2,342 1931 6,890 0.339913 2 1 0.731455 $ 405,329 $ 554,141 1,074 1930 6,912 0.155382 2 1 0.715725 $ 250,873 $ 350,516 1,288 1930 6,846 0.188139 2 1 0.691698 $ 240,069 $ 347,072 4,704 20,648 0.227819 6 3 0.716026$ 896,271 $1,251,729 1,242 1963 6,269 0.198118 2 1 0.530291 $ 117,967 $ 222,457 1,288 1963 5,033 0.255911 2 1 0.667495 $ 243,727 $ 365,137 1,288 1963 5,463 0.235768 2 1 0.586393 $ 175,359 $ 299,047 1,288 1963 6,111 0.210767 2 1 0.787649 $ 437,046 $ 554,874 5,106 22,876 0.223203 8 4 0.675747 $ 974,099 $1,441,515 1,538 1948 11,357 0.135423 4 3 0.760594 $ 169,198 $ 222,455 1,538 I 11,357 0.135423 4 3 0.760594 $ 169,198 $ 222A55 1,009 1940 6,676 0.151138 2 1 0.799959 $ 389,900 $ 487,400 1,150 19411 5,024 0.228901 2 1 0.699578 $ 331,600 $474,000 I 835 1941 5,239 0.159382 2 1 0.532669 $ 20,259 $ 38,033 2,994 16,939 0.176752 6 3 0.74218 $ 741,759 $999,433 1,826 1952 10,656 0.171359 4 2 0.760002 $ 389,592 $512,620 1,270 1947 9,549 0.132998 3 1 0.8408631 $ 176,419 $209,807 [6) UNDERUTILIZED R-3 SITES INVENTORY (18 DU/ACRE) - Continued Site Address 4912 ROSEMEAD BLVD 5657 MCCULLOCH AVE r 5749 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 5753 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 9566 LIVE OAK AVE 5511 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 5619 TEMPLE CITY BLVD TOTALS Denotes adjacent parcels under common ownership. 17] Ratio Land Total Existing Building Year Lot Sq. Gross DU Net DU Value to Assessed Land Assessed Units Sq. Ft. Built Ft. FAR Potential Potential Total Value Value Value 1 1,487 1947 7,816 0.190251 3 2 0.655029 $ 202,972 $309,867 5 4,583 28,021 0.163556 10 5 0.744926 $ 768,983 $1,032,2941 1 1,878 1907 53,745 0.034943 22 21 0.731743 $ 206,658 $ 282,419 1 1 1,878 53,745 0.034943 22 21 0.731743 $ 206,658 $282419 1 1,549 1933 9,175 b.168828 3 2 41039 $ 1 75,976 $274,517 11 2,602 1942 9,177 0.283535 3 2 0.10 64708 $ 29,618 $179,821 I 2 4,1511 18,3521 0.226188 6 4 0.4525131 $ 205,594 $454,338 1 1,731 1951 8,064 0.214658 3 2 0.785911 $ 513,200 $ 653,000 1 1,731 8,0364 0214658 3 2 0.785911 $ 513,200 $ 653,000 1 1,635 1921 9,035 0.180963 3 2 0.762812 $ 306,469 $401,762 4 3,478 1948 12,991 0.267724 5 1 0.498321 $ 56,243 $112,865 5 5,113 22,026 0.232135 8 3 0.704806 $ 362,712 $514,627 58 149 91 Denotes adjacent parcels under common ownership. 17] UNDERUTILIZED R-.^, SITES -NVENT01Y (12 UNITS/ACRE) General P an: Mee ium Dens`ty Residential Gross Ratio Land Existing Building Year Lot Sq. DU Net DU to Total Assessed Land Total Assessed Site Address Units Sq. Ft. Built Ft. FAR Potential Potential Value Value Value 5072 SERENO DR 2 1,762 1957 22.875 00770 6 4 0.7558 $ 653,341 $ 864,420 9511 LONGDEN AVE 1 1,430 1948 15,432 0.0927 4 3 0.8000 $ 480,000 $ 600,000 10904 FREER 57 1 1,231 1946 15,202 00810 4 3 0.8000 $ 256,965 $ 321,198 4906 ENCINITA AVE 1 910 1937 15,322 0.0594 4 3 0.6993 $ 364,500 $ 521,200 4910 ENCINITA AVE 1 920 1937 15,744 0.0584 4 3 0.8889 $ 483,614 $ 544,065 5355 SANTA ANITA AVE 1 1,851 1952 15,860 0.1167 4 3 0.8000 $ 285,961 $ 357,449 9114 SLACKLEY ST 3 2,333 1947 21,805 0.1070 6 3 07500 $ 959,997 $ 1,279,995 4951 SERENO DR 1 980 1948 12,251 00800 3 2 0.8000 $ 226,002 $ 282,500 4963 SERENO DR 1 1,710 1946 11,176 0.1530 3 2 0.8333 $ 395,000 $ 474,000 4941 SERENO DR 1 1,116 1946 11,417 0.0977 3 2 0.7693 $ 267,804 $ 348,131 4927 SERENO DR 1 761 1946 11,237 00677 3 2 0.8000 $ 345,768 $ 432,210 4917 SERENO DR 1 708 1946 11,450 00618 3 2 09143 $ 322,409 $ 352,634 9090 ACASO DR 1 968 1949 12,921 0.0749 3 2 0.9306 $ 167,002 $ 179,459 4923 SERENO DR 1 3,517 1946 12,495 0.2815 3 2 0.7326 $ 600,105 $ 819,196 9703 GARIBALDI AVE 1 2,300 1921 11,594 0.1984 3 2 0.6820 $ 249,339 $ 365,605 6037 KAUFFMAN AVE 1 1,244 1941 11,327 01098 3 2 0.7498 $ 215,603 $ 287,549 5120 DALEVI EW AVE 1 1,468 1950 13,368 0.1098 3 2 08000 $ 387,600 $ 484,500 5026 DALEVIEW AVE 1 1,087 1948 13,781 0.0789 3 2 0.7791 $ 246,921 $ 316,922 5062 SULTANA AVE 1 1,590 1955 12,141 0.1310 3 2 0.8000 $ 430,500 $ 538,100 5451 SULTANA AVE 1 1,222 1937 11,373 01074 3 2 0.7647 $ 379,300 $ 496,000 5019 FARAGO AVE 1 2,124 1952 14,049 0.1512 3 2 07042 $ 199,658 $ 283,530 6341 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 2 3,504 1919 16,769 02090 4 2 0.6452 $ 281,568 $ 436,425 5303 SANTA ANITA AVE 3 2,684 1954 19,455 0.1380 5 2 06573 $ 193,416 $ 294,241 5409 WELLAND AVE 3 3,332 1941 18,998 0.1754 5 2 0.6667 $ 443,901 $ 665,849 5134 SERENO DR 4 2,894 1947 22,829 0.1268 6 2 0.8000 $ 722,428 $ 903,034 [8] [9] Gross Ratio Land _ Existing Building Year Lot Sq. DU Net DU to Total Assessed Land Total Assessed Site Address Units Sq. Ft. Built Ft. FAR Potential Potential Value Value Value 5602 WELLAN D AVE 4 3,331 1956 24,437 0.1363 6 2 06061 $ 262,209 $ 432,642 5416 WELLAND AVE 4 3,360 1938 24,130 0.1392 6 2 0.7442 $ 806,024 $ 1,083,094 5826 N MUSCATEL AVE 1 1,150 1939 8,226 0.1398 2 1 0.6570 $ 88,182 $ 134,218 8908 HERMOSA DR 1 876 1941 7,567 0.1158 2 1 07434 $ 186,515 $ 250,885 6415 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 1 1,032 1939 8,188 01321 2 1 0.7606 $ 146,949 $ 193,214 6334 TRELAWNEY AVE 1 1,756 1962 7,386 0.2377 2 1 0.7213 $ 423,400 $ 587,000 9025 OLIVE ST 1 750 1948 7,649 00981 2 1 0.8000 $ 333,600 $ 417,000 5249 SERENO DR 1 978 1952 10,506 00931 2 1 0.7351 $ 91,327 $ 124,241 9035 OLIVE ST 1 904 1946 8,259 0.1095 2 1 0.8870 $ 161,498 $ 182,072 4947 SERENO DR 1 1,2961 1947 10,357 0.1251 2 1 0.8589 $ 174,480 $ 203,140 9064 ACASO DR 1 823 1948 8,705 00945 2 1 0.7101 $ 171,667 $ 241,750 9034 BROADWAY 1 1,676 1940 10,415 0.1609 2 1 0.7056 $ 185,625 $ 263,077 4937 SERENO DR 1 1,461 1946 10,581 0.1381 2 1 0.7459 $ 173,585 $ 232,722 9020 PENTLAND ST 1 1,054 1949 7,465 0.1412 2 1 0.8131 $ 349,656 $ 430,036 5022 SULTANA AVE 1 1,674 1950 8,874 0.1886 2 1 0.6948 $ 211,689 $ 304,682 5127 SULTANA AVE 1 784 1957 7,691 0.1019 2 1 0.9742 $ 105,556 $ 108,346 5016 SULTANA AVE 1 1,482 1950 7,636 0.1941 2 1 0.6714 $ 154,947 $ 230,794 9068 ACASO DR 1 1,552 1948 9,343 0.1661 2 1 06613 $ 195,990 $ 296,392 5069 SULTANA AVE 1 1,334 1951 8,123 0.1642 2 1 0.7345 $ 325,300 $ 442,900 5017 SULTANA AVE 1 1,557 1949 9,169 0.1698 2 1 0.6925 $ 281,824 $ 406,964 9641 LONGDEN AVE 1 1,941 1951 7,538 0.2575 2 1 0.6186 $ 386,992 $ 625,630 9072 ACASO DR 1 1,646 1948 8,231 02000 2 1 0.8059 $ 500,000 $ 620,400 9078 ACASO DR 1 1,298 1943 9,639 01347 2 1 0.8000 $ 390,806 $ 488,505 6317 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 1 1,328 1925 7,360 0.1804 2 1 07137 $ 221,376 $ 310,200 9024 PENTLAND ST 1 766 1949 7,417 01033 2 1 0.7096 $ 229,113 $ 322,854 9015 HERMOSA DR 1 1,908 1937 9,935 0.1920 2 1 0.7179 $ 276,737 $ 385,501 6239 GOLDEN WESTAVE 1 1,452 1961 9,141 0.1588 2 1 0.7235 $ 382,900 $ 529,200 [9] [10] Gross Ratio Land Existing Building Year Lot Sq. DU Net DU to Total Assessed Land Total Assessed Site Address Units Sq. Ft. Built Ft. FAR Potential Potential Value Value Value 9722 LONGDEN AVE 1 765 1947 7,625 0.1003 2 1 0.7409 $ 152,742 $ 206,159 9616 LONGDEN AVE 1 1,316 1946 8,249 0.1595 2 1 0.6330 $ 144,028 $ 227,545 6042 GOLDEN WEST AVE 1 984 1937 9,222 0.1067 2 1 06186 $ 26,961 $ 43,5851 6012 PRIM ROSE AVE 1 1,309 1953 9,193 01424 2 1 0.6971 $ 302,211 $ 433,554 6202 KAUFFMAN AVE 1 1,560 1938 7,687 0.2029 2 1 0.6759 $ 214,643 $ 317,552 6126 KAUFFMAN AVE 1 1,552 1952 7,489 02072 2 1 0.7000 $ 246,988 $ 352,837 6036 KAUFFMAN AVE 1 1,407 1929 9,937 0.1416 2 1 0.7026 $ 214,384 $ 305,122 6038 PRIMROSE AVE 1 1,288 1924 9,235 0.1395 2 1 0.7574 $ 252,707 $ 333,652 6032 PRIMROSE AVE 1 1,640 1939 9,157 01791 2 1 07178 $ 483,110 $ 673,029 6022 PRIMROSE AVE 1 1,592 1940 9,161 01738 2 1 0.6512 $ 199,524 $ 306,382 6036 CAMELLIAAVE 1 1,240 1924 7,484 0.1657 2 1 0.8000 $ 376,000 $ 470,000 6013 KAUFFMAN AVE 1 1,586 1937 9,169 0.1730 2 1 07355 $ 452,313 $ 614,944 6137 GOLDEN WESTAVE 1 1,930 1959 10,040 0.1922 2 1 0.7520 $ 453,519 $ 603,083 6042 PRIMROSE AVE 1 884 1933 9,241 0.0957 2 1 0.8000 $ 186,195 $ 232,736 6012 CAMELLIA AVE 1 1,617 1940 9,091 0.1779 2 1 0.7339 $ 402,056 $ 547,801 6217 KAUFFMAN AVE 1 811 1933 8,550 0.0949 2 1 0.8000 $ 203,770 $ 254,706 6049 KAUFFMAN AVE 1 1,324 1924 9,196 0.1440 2 1 0.7652 $ 208,378 $ 272,316 5215 SANTA ANITA AVE 1 964 1946 8,747 01102 2 1 0.8000 $ 128,137 $ 160,166 10868 FREER ST 1 1,397 1950 9,984 0.1399 2 1 0.6265 $ 145,061 $ 231,555 10872 FREER ST 1 1,185 1950 9,886 0.1199 2 1 0.6446 $ 86,236 $ 133,787 5219 FARAGO AVE 1 1,565 1944 8,307 0.1884 2 1 08000 $ 380,800 $ 476,000 5123 SANTA ANITA AVE 1 1,948 1948 9,041 0.2155 2 1 0.7060 $ 177,251 $ 251,055 5233 SANTA ANITA AVE 1 1,392 1947 9,462 0.1471 2 1 0.8000 $ 187,144 $ 233,926 51155ANTAANITAAVE 1 1,643 1949 9,039 0.1818 2 1 0.7843 $ 418,299 $ 533,330 10841 GRAND AVE 1 1,199 1950 7,649 0.1568 2 1 0.7895 $ 254,353 $ 322,178 5221 FARAGO AVE 1 2,034 1960 7,871 0.2584 2 1 0.8000 $ 416,048 $ 520,059 5322 WELLAND AVE 1 2,811 1973 10,220 0.2750 2 1 0.6135 $ 262,209 $ 427,397 [10] Gross Ratio Land Existing Building Year Lot Sq. DU Net DU to Total Assessed Land Total Assessed Site Address Units Sq. Ft. Built Ft. FAR Potential Potential Value Value Value 5124 FARAGO AVE 1 1,296 1944 7,447 0.1740 2 1 0.6753 IS 97,525 $ 144,412 10823 GRAND AVE 1 768 1948 7,418 0.1035 2 1 0.8933 $ 340,000 $ 380,600 10936 FREER ST 1 1,326 1941 8,232 0.1611 2 1 07494 $ 305,000 $ 407,000 5227 SANTA ANITA AVE 1 1,434 1948 9,095 0.1577 2 1 0.8000 $ 374,269 $ 467,835 10831 GRAND AVE 1 1,264 1948 7,605 01662 2 1 0.8000 $ 177,764 $ 222,197 5005 FARAGO AVE 1 1,718 1938 8,768 0.1959 2 1 0.6643 $ 206,101 $ 310,261 5616 MCCULLOCH AVE 1 1,128 1961 7,786 0.1449 2 1 0.8000 $ 186,766 $ 233,453 5510 MCCULLOCH AVE 1 1,882 1945 8,327 0.2260 2 1 0.7106 $ 140,717 $ 198,035 5512 MCCULLOCH AVE 1 961 1942 7,467 0.1287 2 1 07889 1$ 332,926 $ 421,997 4812 AGNES AVE 1 838 1952 9,544 0.0878 2 1 0.8565 $ 232,714 $ 271,703 4821 HALLOWELL AVE 1 1,036 1949 10,690 0.0969 2 1 0.8000 $ 351,200 $ 439,000 4846 GLICKMAN AVE 1 1,407 1964 8,475 0.1660 2 1 07485 IS 354,513 IS 473,622 5931 AGNES AVE 1 1,677 1939 7,482 0.2241 2 1 0.6167 $ 159,918 $ 259,324 5931 ROWLAND AVE 1 1,928 1942 9,335 0.2065 2 1 0.8000 $ 470,400 IS 588,000 5920 AGN ES AVE 1 991 1940 9,422 01052 2 1 08000 $ 214,913 $ 268,633 9222 WOODEN FF AVE 1 1,501 1939 7,265 0.2066 2 1 0.8001 $ 212,291 IS 265,331 5928 ROWLAND AVE 1 1,750 1948 9,851 01776 2 1 0.7082 $ 146,464 $ 206,800 5930 ALESSANDRO AVE 1 1,264 1940 9,178 0.1377 2 1 0.6921 $ 224,761 $ 324,755 5947 AGNES AVE 1 1,152 1924 9,502 0.1212 2 1 0.7556 $ 229,498 $ 303,730 5925 AGNES AVE 1 1,442 1940 9,463 0.1524 2 1 0.6454 $ 267,014 $ 413,713 5942 ENCINITA AVE 1 1,455 1940 8,048 0.1808 2 1 07445 $ 226,654 $ 304,454 5946AGNESAVE 1 1,146 1940 9,481 0.1209 2 1 0.7921 IS 425,700 $ 537,400 5932 ENCINITA AVE 1 1,743 1941 8,839 01972 2 1 0.6979 $ 474,600 $ 680,000 5816 ALESSANDRO AVE 1 1,031 1940 9,142 0.1128 2 1 07859 IS 326,929 $ 416,006 5815 PRIMROSE AVE 1 1,326 1951 7,489 0.1771 2 1 0.6612 $ 228,066 IS 344,911 5822 ALESSANDRO AVE 1 1,337 1939 9,189 01455 2 1 0.7973 $ 237,328 IS 297,670 5628 MCCULLOCH AVE 1 1,154 1960 9,366 0.1232 2 1 0.7901 $ 320,000 $ 405,000 [12] Gross Ratio Land Existing Building Year Lot Sq. DU Net DU to Total Assessed Land Total Assessed Site Address Units Sq. Ft. Built Ft. FAR Potential Potential Value Value Value 5322 MCCULLOCH AVE 1 1,707 1953 9,563 01785 2 1 0.6500 $ 175,910 $ 270,627 10847 FREER ST 1 1,806 1977 9,725 0.1857 2 1 0.8074 $ 256,310 $ 317,445 5437 WELLAND AVE 1 1,585 1936 8,408 0.1885 2 1 0.7010 $ 326,600 $ 465,900 5425 WELLAND AVE 1 925 1949 7,584 0.1220 2 1 0.7333 $ 137,090 $ 186,937 10816 DAINES DR 1 1,013 1939 9,391 0.1079 2 1 0.8001 $ 326,600 $ 408,200 5105 SERENO DR 1 1,312 1948 8,825 0.1487 2 1 08000 $ 400,000 $ 500,000 5833 ALESSANDRO AVE 1 1,696 1940 9,955 01704 2 1 0.6457 $ 262,139 $ 405,946 10879 GRAND AVE 1 1,108 1956 7,830 0.1415 2 1 0.7894 $ 338,530 $ 428,829 5111 SANTAANITA AVE 1 1,796 1947 9,136 0.1966 2 1 06570 $ 271,085 $ 412,615 5019 SANTAANITA AVE 1 1,460 1951 9,230 0.1582 2 1 08000 $ 357,773 $ 447,241 5005 SANTAANITA AVE 1 1,159 1954 9,182 01262 2 1 0.8000 $ 167,810 $ 209,758 6335 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 1 1,823 1960 9,411 0.1937 2 1 0.8000 $ 484,800 $ 606,000 6345 TEMPLE CITY BLVD 1 1,628 1948 7,628 0.2134 2 1 0.6211 $ 150,002 $ 241,527 9033 RANCHO REAL RD 1 1,391 1939 9,032 0.1540 2 1 0.7337 $ 232,990 $ 317,550 9047 OLIVE ST 1 1,938 1948 8,414 0.2303 2 1 0.7582 $ 228,287 $ 301,088 6022 CAMELLIA AVE 1 1,764 1940 8,986 01963 2 1 0.6224 $ 176,848 $ 284,149 6003 KAUFFMAN AVE 1 1,406 1940 10,086 0.1394 2 1 0.6969 $ 178,169 $ 255,647 9711 GARIBALDI AVE 1 900 1954 7,589 0.1186 2 1 0.7441 $ 346,000 $ 465,000 6019 GOLDEN WEST AVE 1 1,699 1947 9,695 0.1752 2 1 0.6940 $ 232,639 $ 335,194 10827 GRAND AVE 1 1,466 1950 7,714 0.1900 2 1 07383 $ 203,181 $ 275,213 10912 FREER ST 1 1,400 1964 8,170 01714 2 1 0.6966 $ 369,500 $ 530,400 5310 WELLAND AVE 1 1,577 1965 7,894 0.1998 2 1 0.7440 $ 383,700 $ 515,700 5209 SANTAANITA AVE 1 1,490 1950 8,619 0.1729 2 1 08236 $ 271,411 $ 329,549 5936 ENCINITA AVE 1 1,690 1932 8,591 0.1967 2 1 0.6787 $ 338,916 $ 499,383 10843 FREER ST 1 2,279 1949 9,996 0.2280 2 1 0.6635 $ 296,293 $ 446,528 5433 WELLAND AVE 1 1,470 1958 8,992 0.1635 2 1 0.6568 $ 146,464 $ 222,999 8820 HERMOSA DR 2 1,348 1948 11,275 01196 3 1 0.6500 $ 513,064 $ 789,328 [12] Existing Site Address Units 8832 HERMOSA DR 2 9040 BROADWAY 2 9016 RANCHO REAL RD 2 9084ACA50 DR 2 9660 LONGOEN AVE 2 5324 WELLAND AVE 2 5020 DALEVIEW AVE 2 5208 DALEVIEW AVE 2 5116 DALEVI EW AVE 2 9225 WORKMAN AVE 2 9713 LONGDEN AVE 3 5021 GUCKMAN AVE 3 4828 GLICKMAN AVE 3 63120AKAVE 3 5137 SERENO DR 4 5011GLICKMANAVE 4 5406 MCCULLOCH AVE 4 5102 SERENO DR 5 5948 OAK AVE 0 5335 WELLAND AVE 1 TOTALS. 201 [13] Gross Ratio Land - Building Year Lot Sq. DU Net DU to Total Assessed Land Total Assessed Sq. Ft. Built Ft. FAR Potential Potential Value Value Value 1,770 1947 11,275 0,1570 3 1 0.7826 $ 453,388 $ 579,329 2,165 1959 14,358 0.1508 3 1 0.6667 $ 244,727 $ 367,089 2,450 1941 11,951 0.2050 3 1 0.7211 $ 195,007 $ 270,420 1,352 1950 13,049 0.1036 3 1 0.6667 $ 221,948 $ 332,921 1,688 1955 10,960 0.1540 3 1 _0.8000 $ 443,901 $ 554,874 1,676 1936 13,649 0.1228 3 1 0.7377 $ 452,313 $ 613,134 1,602 1956 13,328 0.1202 3 1 0.8488 $ 181,844 $ 214,249 2,572 1948 13,624 0.1888 3 1 0.8297 $ 186,578 $ 224,881 2,450 1957 13,426 0.1825 3 1 0.6566 $ 263,585 $ 401,466 2,845 1940 11,895 0.2392 3 1 0.6397 $ 639,997 $ 1,000,528 3,154 1950 18,104 0.1742 4 1 0.6323 $ 387,722 $ 613,168 2,250 1953 14,913 0.1509 4 1 0.7463 $ 717,670 $ 961,677 2,616 1964 16,869 0.1551 4 1 0.6321 $ 264,947 $ 419,178 3,188 1954 15,939 0.2000 4 1 0.6314 $ 603,085 $ 955,104 2,960 1948 19,993 0.1481 5 1 0,7014 $ 249,894 $ 356,262 3,259 1946 21,254 0.1533 5 1 0.7732 $ 254,892 $ 329,547 3,730 1943 21,411 0.1742 5 1 1.0000 $ 1,176,468 $ 1,176,468 5,526 1946 22,598 0.2445 6 1 0.5129 $ 527,133 $ 860,059 1,228 1974 6,778 0.1812 1 1 0.7000 $ 289,850 $ 414,067 960 1937 8,081 0,1188 2 1 1.0000 $ 239,658 $ 239,658 389 1B8 [13] Technical Appendix D: Attachment B Staff Reports on R-2 and R-3 Projects CITY OF TEMPLE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION DATE OF HEARING: DECEMBER 12, 2006 TO: PLANNING COMMISSION FROM: JOSEPH M. LAMBERT COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT MANAGER REPORT ON: A CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT AND TENTATIVE PARCEL MAP TO ALLOW A RESIDENTIAL SUBDIVISION CONSISTING OF FOUR (4) DETACHED CONDOMINIUM DWELLING UNITS. THE SUBJECT SITE IS LOCATED AT 4825 ARDEN DRIVE IN THE MEDIUM DENSITY RESIDENTIAL (R-2) ZONE. (GILBERT ENGINEERING/DEARTH) PROJECT SITE: 4825 ARDEN DRIVE CASE NO: CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT 06-1681 TENTATIVE PARCEL MAP 60102 OWNER/APPLICANT: RONALD & RICHARD DEARTH 150 NORTH SANTA ANITA AVENUE, #300 ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91006 ENGINEER: GILBERT ENGINEERING COMPANY, INC. 2028 EAST ROUTE 66, #203 GLENDORA, CALIFORNIA 91740 ARCHITECT: GRAHAM BRIGGS DESIGN ASSOCIATES 909 SOUTH SANTA ANITA AVENUE, SUITE I ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91006 INFORMATION SUMMARY Zoning: General Plan: Area Lot. Sq. Ft. Width 16,128 72' R-2, Multiple Family Residential Medium Density Residential Depth Shape and Characteristics 224' Rectangular and level Public Hearing: December 12, 2006 Conditional Use Permit 06-1681 Tentative Parcel Map 60102 Public Improvements: Existing curb and gutter Environmental Review: Negative Declaration Previous Action: None Pendina Actions: Final Map processing, approval and recordation Backaround 2 The property is zoned R-2, medium density residential, and is surrounded by R-2 property to the north, east and west. Property to the south is zoned C-2, General Commercial. The subject property is currently improved with several dwellings and a six -car garage. The existing structures were constructed in 1939 and contain approximately 3,100 square feet. On August 26, 2003, the Planning Commission approved TPM 60102 and CUP 03- 1530 for a four -unit condominium project at this same site. That Tentative Parcel Map approval was valid for 24 months. The applicant did not record the Final Map or apply for a time extension within that 24 -month period and therefore, the Tentative Parcel Map expired. The new proposal before the Planning Commission is generally quite similar to the previous approval, but has been designed to comply with the amended R-2 regulations that were adopted in 2005. Additionally, Staff believes that the current proposal is of a superior architectural design when compared to the previous approval. Proposed Development No. of Units: No. of Bedrooms: Total Floor Area: Exterior materials: Density: Proposed V 0 8,056 sq. ft. including garages Max. permitted or min. reauired by Code 4 max. 8,190 sq. ft. Stucco, cultured stone veneer, decorative metal railings, and concrete tile roof 10.8 du/ac 12 du/ac max. C:\Users\KWA\AppData\Local\Temp\Temp1_Attachments_ 2012_ 07_ 27 zip\PC RPT, TPM 60102, CUP 06-1681, 4825 Arden Drive (Gilbert Engeineering-Dearth).doc Public Hearing December 12, 2006 Conditional Use Permit 06-1681 Tentative Parcel Map 60102 Open Space: Floor Area Ratio: Lot Coverage: Height: No. of Parking Spaces: Garage Parking: Guest Parking: 3,136 sq. ft. (approx.) 1,500 sq. ft. (784 avg.sf/unit) (500 sf/unit) .49 .50 31% 50% 25-4" 30'-0" 12 12 min. 8 8 min. 4 4 min. The applicant is proposing to subdivide an gxisting lot of 16,128 square feet to allow the construction of four (4) detached condominium dwelling units. Unit A will be located closest to Arden Drive, and the front door will face Arden Drive. The other three units (Units 8, C&D) will be situated so that the front entry doors face the private, 25 -foot wide driveway. All four floor plans will consist of a living room, dining room, 3/4 bath, kitchen, and garage with a laundry area on the first floor. The second floor will consist of two bathrooms and three bedrooms. All four units will feature a private yard with a small covered patio area. Analysis Staff has distributed the Tentative Parcel Map to the appropriate City, County and District Agencies for review and feedback. A subdivision meeting was held with the applicant and engineer to discuss the recommended conditions that would be imposed upon granting this Tentative Parcel Map. The conditions in the attached draft resolution are based on comments received by various departments and agencies, which are typical. The proposed project meets or exceeds all Temple City Code development standards for the R-2 zone. The subject site is sufficient in size and shape to adequately accommodate the proposed four dwelling units, and the project provides adequate off-street vehicle parking in the four garages and four guest parking spaces. It should be noted that this project does comply with the amended R-2 regulations that were adopted in 2005. Recommendation Approve Negative Declaration and adopt a resolution approving Conditional Use Permit 06-1681 and Tentative Parcel Map 60102 based upon the findings and subject to the conditions stipulated in the attached draft resolution. C:\Users\KWAWppData\Local\Temp\Temp1_Attachments_ 2012_07_ 27 zip\PC RPT, TPM 60102, CUP 06-1681, 4825 Arden Drive (Gilbert Engeineering-Dearth) doc CITY OF TEMPLE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION DATE OF HEARING: JUNE 12, 2007 TO: PLANNING COMMISSION FROM: JOSEPH M. LAMBERT COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT MANAGER REPORT ON: A CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT AND TENTATIVE PARCEL MAP TO ALLOW A RESIDENTIAL SUBDIVISION CONSISTING OF THREE (3) DETACHED CONDOMINIUM DWELLING UNITS. THE SUBJECT SITE IS LOCATED AT 5062 SULTANA AVENUE IN THE MEDIUM DENSITY RESIDENTIAL (R-2) ZONE. (CAL LAND ENGINEERING/CHU) PROJECT SITE: CASE NO: OWNERIAPPLICANT: 5062 SULTANA AVENUE CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT 06-1682 TENTATIVE PARCEL MAP 65976 DENISE LILY CHU 5922 BURTON AVENUE SAN GABRIEL, CALIFORNIA 91775 ENGINEER: JACK LEE, CAL LAND ENGINEERING, INC. 576 EAST LAMBERT ROAD BREA, CALIFORNIA 92821 ARCHITECT: JUMBODOLLAR ENTERPRISE, INC. 18800 EAST AMAR ROAD, UNIT C-14 WALNUT, CALIFORNIA 91789 INFORMATION SUMMARY Zoning: R-2, Multiple Family Residential General Plan: Medium Density Residential Area Lot. Sq. Ft. Width Depth Shape and Characteristics 12,017 57' 210.83' Rectangular and level Public Hearing: June 12, 2007 2 Conditional Use Permit 06-1682 Tentative Parcel Map 65976 Public Improvements: Existing curb and gutter Environmental Review: Categorically Exempt [15315] Previous Action: None Pendina Actions: Final Map processing, approval and recordation Backaround The property is zoned R-2, medium density residential, and is surrounded by R-2 property to the north, south, east and west. The subject property is currently improved with one, 1,590 square foot single-family dwelling constructed in 1955. Proposed Development Ce\Users\KWA\AppData\Local\Temp\Tempt_Attachments_2012_07_27.zip\PC RPT, TPM 65976, CUP 06-1682, 5062 Sultana Avenue (Cal Land Engeineering-Chu).doc Proposed min. required by Code No. of Units: 3 3 max. No. of Bedrooms: 4 Total Floor Area: 5,979 sq. ft. 6,008 sq. ft. including garages Exterior materials: Stucco, cultured stone veneer, shutters, and concrete tile roof Density: 10.9 du/ac 12 du/ac max. Open Space: 2,576 sq. ft. (approx.) 1,500 sq. ft. (859 avg.sf/unit) (500 sf/unit) Floor Area Ratio: .49 .50 Lot Coverage: 37% 50% Height: 23'-10" 30'-0" No. of Parking Spaces: 9 9 min. Garage Parking: 6 6 min. Guest Parking: 3 3 min. Ce\Users\KWA\AppData\Local\Temp\Tempt_Attachments_2012_07_27.zip\PC RPT, TPM 65976, CUP 06-1682, 5062 Sultana Avenue (Cal Land Engeineering-Chu).doc Public Hearing: June 12, 2007 Conditional Use Permit 06-1682 Tentative Parcel Map 65976 The applicant is proposing a condominium subdivision, constructing three detached units on the existing 12,071 square foot lot. Unit A will be the unit located closest to Sultana Avenue, and the front door will face Sultana Avenue. The other two units will be situated so that the front entry doors will face the private, 20 -foot wide driveway. All three plans will consist of a living room, dining room, bedroom, bathroom, kitchen, and garage on the first floor. The second floor of all three layouts will consist of three bedrooms and two bathrooms. Analysis Staff has distributed the Tentative Parcel Map to the appropriate City, County and District Agencies for review and feedback. A subdivision meeting was held with the applicant and engineer to discuss the recommended conditions that would be imposed upon granting this Tentative Parcel Map. The conditions in the attached draft resolution are based on comments received by various departments and agencies, which are typical. The proposed project meets or exceeds all Temple City Code development standards for the R-2 zone. The subject site is sufficient in size and shape to adequately accommodate the proposed three dwelling units, and the project provides adequate off-street vehicle parking in the three garages and three guest parking spaces. It should be noted that this project does comply with the amended R-2 regulations and design standards that were adopted in 2005. Recommendation Adopt a resolution approving Conditional Use Permit 06-1682 and Tentative Parcel Map 65976 based upon the findings and subject to the conditions stipulated in the attached draft resolution. Attachments: 1. Draft Resolution 2. 8'/�' x 11" Tentative Parcel Map 3. Application 4. Pictures 5. Vicinity Map 6. Zoning Map 7. Aerial Photograph C.\Users\KWA\AppData\Local\Temp\Temp1_Attachments _ 2012_ 07_27.zip\PC RPT, TPM 65976, CUP 06-1682, 5062 Sultana Avenue (Cal Land Engeineering-Chu) doc CITY OF TEMPLE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION DATE OF MEETING: DECEMBER 12, 2006 TO: PLANNING COMMISSION FROM: JOSEPH M. LAMBERT COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT MANAGER REPORT ON: A TENTATIVE TRACT MAP AND CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT TO ALLOW THE DEVELOPMENT OF A RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM PROJECT WITH SEVEN (7)_ DETACHED UNITS AT 5063 & 5067 SERENO DRIVE IN THE MULTIPLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL (R-2) ZONE. (CAL LAND ENGINEERING/KOTAI SERENO GARDEN) PROJECT SITE: 5063 & 5067 SERENO DRIVE CASE NO: TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 65942 CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT 06-1677 OWNERS: KOTAI SERENO GARDEN 6154 OAK AVENUE TEMPLE CITY, CALIFORNIA 91780 ENGINEER: JACK C. LEE (CAL LAND ENGINEERING) 576 E. LAMBERT RD. BREA, CALIFORNIA INFORMATION SUMMARY Zoning: General Plan: Lot: Area Sq - 27,569 R-2, Multiple Family Residential Medium Density Residential (Up to 12 du/ac) Width Depth Shape and Characteristics 114' 233'-251' rectangular and level Public Improvements Environmental Review: Previous Actions: Curb and gutter Negative Declaration None Pending Actions: City Council approval, Final map processing and approval, Building Department plan check, issuance of building permits and building construction. Public Hearing: December 12, 2006 Tentative Tract Map 65942 Conditional Use Permit 06-1677 Backaround: Page- 2 - The combined area of the two properties is approximately 27,569 square feet. The site is currently improved with a total of three dwelling units, one on the southerly parcel and two on the northerly parcel. In order to develop the site, the applicant will demolish all three dwellings on the site. The subject property is surrounded by multiple family (R-2) residential properties to the north, south, east and west. Proposed Development: No. of Units: No. of Bedrooms: Total Floor Area: Exterior materials: Density: Open Space: Floor Area Ratio: Lot Coverage: Height: No. of Parking Space: Garage Parking: Guest Parking: Proposed 7 Fl 13,778 sq. ft. including garages Max. permitted or min. required by Code 7.65 max. 13,784 sq. ft. max. Stucco, field stone veneer, raised molding at window openings, shutters, and concrete roof tile 11.05du/ac 12 du/ac max. 7,100 sq. ft. 3,500 sq. ft. min. (1,014 avg.sf/unit) (500 sf/unit) .498 .50 34% 50% 24'-4"± 30'-0" 23 21 min. 14 14 min. 9 7 min. The applicant's proposal is to demolish the three existing residences and construct seven detached condominium units. The unit sizes vary from 1,492 to 1,512 square feet of living area, each featuring four bedrooms, three bathrooms and a two -car garage. The total building area is 13,778 square feet and the proposed FAR is 49.8%, slightly under the 50% maximum allowed by the Zoning Code. C.\Users\KWA\AppData\Local\Temp\Temp1_Attachments _ 2012_07_27.zip\PC Staff Rpt,TTM 65942,5063 & 5067 Sereno Avenuet7-units).doc Public Hearing: December 12, 2006 Page- 3 - Tentative Tract Map 65942 Conditional Use Permit 06-1677 Vehicular access is provided via a 26 -foot wide driveway bisecting the site, which leads to all garages and guest parking spaces. Sunken landscape planters are provided along the driveway, adjacent to some of the dwelling units. A total of nine guest parking spaces are provided, which is two spaces over the minimum (seven spaces) required by Code. Analysis: The subject proposal has been reviewed by the appropriate City and County departments and the pertinent utility companies. The conditions of approval have been included in the attached draft resolution; these were created based upon comments and concerns provided by the various departments and agencies. The proposed project meets or exceeds all Temple City Code development standards for the R-2 zone. The subject site is sufficient in size and shape to adequately accommodate the proposed seven dwelling units, and the project provides more than adequate off- street vehicle parking. It should be noted that this project does comply with the amended R-2 regulations that were adopted in 2005. Recommendation: Adopt a resolution recommending that the City Council approve Tentative Tract Map 65942, Conditional Use Permit 06-1677, and the related Negative Declaration, based upon the findings and subject to the conditions in the attached draft resolution. Attachments: 1. Staff Draft Resolution 2. Draft Negative Declaration 3. Environmental Checklist 5. Application & pictures B. Vicinity Map 7. Zoning Map 8. Aerial Photograph C \Users\KWA\AppData\Local\Temp\Tempt_Attachments_2012_07_27.zip\PC Staff Rpt,TTM 65942,5063 & 5067 Sereno Avenue(7-units).doc CITY OF TEMPLE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION DATE OF MEETING: MARCH 22, 2005 REPORT ON: A TENTATIVE TRACT MAP AND CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT TO ALLOW THE DEVELOPMENT OF A RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM PROJECT WITH TEN (10) DETACHED UNITS AT 5615-5627 WELLAND AVENUE IN THE MULTIPLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL (R-2) ZONE. (CHAN/KWOK/EGL) PROJECT SITE: 5615-5627 WELLAND AVENUE CASE NO: CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT 05-1610 TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 61594 PROPERTY OWNER: SUNNY S. CHAN AND GRACE S. KWOK 6047 TEMPLE CITY BOULEVARD ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91006 APPLICANT/ ENGINEER: HANK JONG EGL ASSOCIATES, INC. 1819 GOLDRING ROAD, UNIT A ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91006 INFORMATION SUMMARY Zoning: General Plan Lot: Area Sq. Ft. Width 38,006 142' Public Improvements: Environmental Review: Previous Actions Pendinq Actions R-2, Multiple Family Residential Medium Density Residential (Up to 12 du/ac) Depth 267.65' Curb, gutter and sidewalk Negative Declaration None Shape and Characteristics Rectangular and level Final map processing and approval, Building Department plan check, issuance of building permits and construction Public Hearing: March 22, 2005 Tentative Tract Map 61594 Conditional Use Permit 06-1610 Background: Page- 2 - The subject property contains two separate lots, with a total of eight (8) dwelling units, consisting of 5,672 square feet of living area. In order to develop the subject properties, the applicant will demolish the existing dwellings on the lot(s). The subject property is surrounded by multiple family (R-2) residential properties to the south and west; the properties to the east are zoned multiple family (R-3) residential; and the north property line of the subject site is the Temple City - Arcadia border. Proposed Development: No. of Units: No. of Bedrooms: Total Floor Area: Exterior materials Density: Open Space: Floor Area Ratio: Lot Coverage: Height: No. of Parking Space: Garage Parking: Guest Parking: Proposed 10 3 18,800 sq. ft. including garages Max. permitted or min. required by Code 10 max. 19,003 sq. ft. max. Stucco, wood window shutters, stone veneer, and concrete roof tile 11.5 du/ac 13,395 sq. ft. (1,361 avg.sf/unit) .498 24.6% 25'-0"± 30 20 10 12 du/ac may. 5,000 sq, ft. min. (500 sf/unit) .50 50% 30'-0" 30 min. As indicated in the Zoning Code, the proposed subdivision requires the approval of a Tentative Tract Map and a Conditional Use Permit for the creation of ten (10) new dwelling units. The applicant is proposing to construct ten (10) two-story detached condominium dwelling units, with ten (10) guest parking spaces located between the dwelling units. The ten units will be accessible by a driveway that would have a minimum width of 20 feet, as well as a 3 foot landscaped areas along both sides of the driveway. C:\Users\KWA\AppData\Local\Temp\Tempt_Attachments_2012_07_27.zip\PC Staff Rpt,TTM 6159.4, 5615-5627 Welland Avenue (10-units).doc Public Hearing: March 22, 2005 Page- 3 - Tentative Tract Map 61594 Conditional Use Permit 06-1610 All ten (10) dwellings will consist of a ground floor containing a kitchen, living room, dining room, bedroom and bathroom. The second floor will consist of two bedrooms and two bathrooms. In addition, all ten units will contain an attached two -car garage on the ground floor with a laundry area. It should be noted that the two units facing Welland Avenue will have the front doors situated towards the street and the interior dwellings will have their front doors situated towards the driveway. AnalVsis: The subject proposal has been reviewed by the appropriate City and County departments and the pertinent utility companies. The conditions of approval have been included in the attached draft resolution; these were created based upon comments and concerns provided by the various departments and agencies. The proposed project meets or exceeds all Temple City Code development standards for the R-2 zone. The subject site is sufficient in size and shape to adequately accommodate the proposed ten (10) dwelling units, as well as providing adequate off-street vehicle parking. There is a discrepancy between the Subdivision map and the site plan regarding the location of the trash enclosures; this situation was addressed by recommended condition number one (1), which requires that the trash bins be located between units 8 and 9, as shown on the Site Plan. Recommendation: Approve Negative Declaration and adopt a resolution approving Tentative Tract Map 61594 and Conditional Use Permit 05-1610, based upon the findings and subject to the conditions in the attached draft resolution. Attachments: 1. Staff Draft Resolution 2. Negative Declaration 3. Environmental Checklist 4. 8%" x 11" Development Plans 5. Application & pictures 6. Land Use/Zoning Map 7. Vicinity Map 8. Aerial Photograph C:\Users\KWAWppData\Local\Temp\Temp1_Attachments_ 2012_ 07_27.zip\PC Staff Rpt,TTM 61594, 5615-5627 Welland Avenue (10-units).doc CITY OF TEMPLE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION DATE OF MEETING: JANUARY 9, 2007 FROM: JOSEPH M. LAMBERT COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT MANAGER REPORT ON: A TENTATIVE TRACT MAP AND CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT TO ALLOW THE DEVELOPMENT OF A RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM PROJECT WITH FIVE (5) DETACHED UNITS IN THE MULTIPLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL (R-3) ZONE AT 4431-4441 ELLIS LANE. (CAL LAND ENGINEERING/PAMELA PHAN) PROJECT SITE: 4431-4441 ELLIS LANE CASE NO: TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 66417 CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT 06-1667 OWNERS: PAMELA PHAN 1045 E. VALLEY BLVD., SUITE A-216 SAN GABRIEL, CALIFORNIA 91776 ENGINEER: JACK C. LEE (CAL LAND ENGINEERING) 576 E. LAMBERT RD. BREA, CALIFORNIA INFORMATION SUMMARY Zoning: General Plan Lot: Area Sq. Ft. Width 19,234 145' Public Improvements: Environmental Review: Previous Actions R-3, Multiple Family Residential High Density Residential (Up to 18 du/ac) Depth 105'-160' Curb and gutter Negative Declaration None Shape and Characteristics irregular wedge shape and level Pending Actions: City Council approval, Final map processing and approval, Building Department plan check, issuance of building permits and building construction. Public Hearing: January 9, 2007 Tentative Tract Map 66417 Conditional Use Permit 06-1667 Backaround: Page- 2 - The combined area of the two properties is approximately 19,234 square feet. The site is currently improved with a total of three dwelling units, one on the southerly parcel and two on the northerly parcel. In order to develop the site, the applicant will demolish all three dwellings on the site. The subject property is surrounded by multiple family (R-3) residential properties to the north, south and west. Directly to the east is a Home Depot located within the City of EI Monte. Proposed Development: No. of Units: No. of Bedrooms: Total Floor Area: Exterior materials: Density: Open Space: Floor Area Ratio: Lot Coverage: Height: No. of Parking Space: Garage Parking: Guest Parking: Proposed I 4 (Unit 3 has 3 bedrooms) 11,946 sq. ft. including garages Max. permitted or min. required by Code 8 max. 13,464 sq. ft. max. Stucco, field stone veneer, raised molding at window openings, shutters, and concrete roof tile 11.36du/ac 3,636 sq. ft. (727 avg.sf/unit) .621 36% 24'-8"+ 15 10 5 18 du/ac max. 2,500 sq. ft. min. (500 sf/unit) .70 50% 30'-0" 15 min. 10 min. 5 min. The applicant's proposal is to demolish the three existing residences and construct five detached condominium units. The unit sizes vary from 1,670 to 2,294 square feet of living area. Four of the units feature four bedrooms, Unit three features three bedrooms, and all units feature three bathrooms and a two -car garage. The total building area is 11,946 square feet and the proposed FAR is 62.1%, significantly lower than the 70% maximum allowed by the Zoning Code. C:\Users\KWA\Documents\KWA Fdes\Temple Qty\PC Staff Rpt,TTM 66417 & CUP 06-1667,4431-4441 Ellis Ln(5-units).docx Public Hearing: January 9, 2007 Tentative Tract Map 66417 Conditional Use Permit 06-1667 A 20 -foot wide driveway taking access from Ellis Lane property line will serve the site. This driveway provides parking spaces. A total of five guest parking spaces are minimum number of spaces required by Code. Analysis: Page- 3 - near the midpoint of the eastern access to all garages and guest provided, in compliance with the The subject proposal has been reviewed by the appropriate City and County departments and the pertinent utility companies. The conditions of approval have been included in the attached draft resolution; these were created based upon comments and concerns provided by the various departments and agencies. The proposed project meets or exceeds all Temple City Code development standards for the R-3 zone. The subject site is sufficient in size and shape to adequately accommodate the proposed five dwelling units, and the project provides adequate off-street vehicle parking. It should be noted that this project does comply with the amended R-3 regulations that were adopted in 2005. Recommendation: Adopt a resolution recommending that the City Council approve Tentative Tract Map 66417, Conditional Use Permit 06-1667, and the related Negative Declaration, based upon the findings and subject to the conditions in the attached draft resolution. Attachments: 1. Staff Draft Resolution 2. Draft Negative Declaration 3. Environmental Checklist 5. Application & pictures 6. Vicinity Map 7. Zoning Map 8. Aerial Photograph C:\Users\KWA\Documents\KWA Files\Temple City1PC Staff Rpt,TTM 66417 & CUP 06-1667,4431-4441 Ellis 1-n(5-units).docx CITY OF TEMPLE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION DATE OF MEETING: JUNE 147 2005 REPORT ON: A CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT TO ALLOW THE DEVELOPMENT OF EIGHT (8) APARTMENT UNITS. THE SUBJECT PROPERTIES ARE LOCATED AT 5008-5014 ROSEMEAD BOULEVARD, SITUATED IN THE HIGH-DENSITY RESIDENTIAL (R-3) ZONE (CHANG/LIU). PROJECT SITE: 5008-5014 ROSEMEAD BOULEVARD CASE NO: CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT 05-1618 PROPERTY OWNERS: PEI -WEN CHANG AND XIAO-CHUN ZOU 2216 S. SECOND AVENUE ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91006 ARCHITECT: EDDY LIU 1441 HUNTINGTON DR., #3080 SOUTH PASADENA, CALIFORNIA 91030 ENGINEER: HANK JONG EGL ASSOCIATES, INC. 11819 GOLDRING ROAD, UNIT A ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91006 INFORMATION SUMMARY Zoning: R-3, Multiple Family Residential General Plan: High Density Residential (Up to 18 du/ac) Lot Area: Lot 1: Sq. Ft. Width Depth Shape and Characteristics 10,243 57' 179.71' Rectangular and level Lot 2: Sq. Ft. Width Depth Shape and Characteristics 10,149 57.6' 176.2' Rectangular and level Public Hearing: June 14, 2005 Page 2 Conditional Use Permit 05-1618 Public Improvements: Curb and gutter Environmental Review: Negative Declaration Previous Actions: None Pendina Actions: Building Department plan check, issuance of building permits and construction. Backaround: The subject properties are currently improved with a total of four dwellings, totaling 3,211 square feet. In order to develop the subject property, the existing 3,211 square feet of living area will be demolished. The subject properties are situated in the high-density residential (R-3) zone. The properties are surrounded by high-density residential (R-3) properties to the north and south, medium -density residential (R-2) properties to the east, and unincorporated Los Angeles County to the west. Proposed Development: No. of Units: No. of Bedrooms: Total Floor Area: Proposed E3 3 13,080 sq. ft. including garages Max. permitted or min. reauired by Code F-10011 14,274 sq. ft. max. Exterior materials: Stucco, stone veneer, and concrete roof tile Density: 17.1 du/ac 18 du/ac max. Open Space: 4,350 sq. ft. 4,000 sq. ft. min. (543.75 avg.sf/unit) (500 sf/unit) Public Hearing: June 14, 2005 Page 3 Conditional Use Permit 05-1618 Proposed Development: Max. permitted or Proposed min. required by Code Floor Area Ratio: .65 .70 Lot Coverage: 37% 50% Height: 24'-8"± 30'-0" No. of Parking Space: 20 20 min. Garage Parking: 16 Guest Parking: 4 The proposed development requires the approval of a conditional use permit for the creation of eight (8) new apartment units. The project site consists of two separate parcels that are approximately 10,000 square feet each and each parcel would accommodate four (4) units. Although the parcels will not be legally combined, the two parcels will essentially function as one development. The project will also include four guest parking spaces, which will be located between the dwelling units and at the rear of the site. The eight units, garages and guest parking will be accessible by a 26'-0" wide driveway located between the parcels, bisecting the project site. A reciprocal access agreement shall be recorded as a condition of approval to ensure adequate ingress and egress for both parcels. Each unit features a two-story floorplan and attached two -car garage. The ground floor of each unit will feature living room, dining room, and kitchen. The second floor will consist of three bedrooms and two bathrooms. Analysis: The subject proposal has been reviewed by the appropriate City and County departments and the pertinent utility companies. The conditions of approval, which were provided by the various departments and agencies, have been incorporated in the attached draft Resolution. The proposed project meets or exceeds all Temple City Code development standards. The subject site is sufficient in size and shape to adequately accommodate the eight proposed dwelling units. Public Hearing: June 14, 2005 Conditional Use Permit 05-1618 Recommendation: Page 4 Adopt a resolution approving Conditional Use Permit 05-1618, based upon the findings and subject to the conditions in the attached draft resolution. Attachments: 1. Staff Draft Resolution 2. Negative Declaration 3. Environmental Checklist 4. 8'/i' x 11" Development Plans 5. Application 6. Land Use/Zoning Map 7. Vicinity Map CITY OF TEMPLE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION DATE OF MEETING: MARCH 13, 2012 TO: PLANNING COMMISSION FROM: STEVEN M. MASURA COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DIRECTOR BY: HESTY LIU ASSOCIATE PLANNER REPORT ON: A CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT AND TENTATIVE TRACT MAP TO ALLOW THE DEVELOPMENT OF A RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM PROJECT CONSISTING OF TEN (10) DETACHED DWELLING UNITS. THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS LOCATED IN THE HEAVY MULTIFAMILY RESIDENTIAL (R-3) ZONE AND IS DESIGNATED AS HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL ON THE CITY'S GENERAL PLAN LAND USE MAP. PROJECT SITE: 5549 SULTANA AVENUE CASE NO: TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 71721 CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT 11-1796 OWNERS: DEXTER CORPORATION 11819 GOLDRING ROAD, UNIT C ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91006 ENGINEER: EGL ASSOCIATES, INC 11819 GOLDRING ROAD, UNIT A ARCADIA, CALIFORNIA 91006 INFORMATION SUMMARY Zoning: R-3, Multiple Family Residential General Plan: High Density Residential (Up to 18 du/ac) Lot: Area (Sq. Ft. Width Depth Shape and Characteristics 31,764 120' 264.7' rectangular and level Public Improvements: existing curb and gutter and sidewalk Environmental Review: Negative Declaration Previous Actions: None Public Hearing: March 13, 2012 Tentative Tract Map 71721 Conditional Use Permit 11-1796 Page - 2 - Pendina Actions: City Council approval, Final Map processing and approval, Building Department plan check, issuance of Building Permits and building construction. Backaround: The subject property is zoned R-3 (Heavy Multiple Residential) and is designated as High Density Residential by the General Plan. The site has a total land area of approximately 31,764 square feet and is currently improved with a single-family dwelling of 1,394 square feet and a 966 square foot detached garage. The proposal is to remove the house and the garage to construct ten (10) detached condominium dwelling units. The subject property is surrounded by R-3 zoned properties to north, south, and east, and is directly abutting C-3 (Heavy Commercial) Zone to the west. The project data is provided as the following: No. of Units: No. of Bedrooms: Total Floor Area: Exterior materials Density: Open Space: Floor Area Ratio: Lot Coverage: Height: No. of Parking Space: Garage Parking: Guest Parking: Proposed 10 4 bedrooms 22,216 sq. ft. including garages Max. permitted or min. required by Code Max. 13 N/A 22,235 sq. ft. max. Stucco, precast and foam moldings around window and door openings, wood shutters, and concrete roof tile 13.7 du/ac 5,700sq.ft. (570 avg.sf/unit) .699 40% 26"± 18 du/ac max. 2,500 sq. ft. min. (500 sf/unit) .70 50% 30'-0" 30 30 min. 20 20 min. 10 10 min. (based on 1 per unit with three or more bedrooms) Public Hearing: March 13, 2012 Page - 3 - Tentative Tract Map 71721 Conditional Use Permit 11-1796 The submitted development plan features ten detached, two-story dwellings situated symmetrically along an east/west central driveway. The turning radius in front of the garages is provided at 26 feet and the guest parking is provided in between the separations of the buildings. Three different floor plans provide a living area from 1,759 square feet to 1,811 square feet. All units consist of four -bedrooms and four -and -half bathrooms. The total building area is 22,216 square feet with the proposed FAR at 69.9%. Analysis: Pursuant to the zoning regulation, the subject site could be developed with a maximum of thirteen units and a maximum FAR (Floor Area Ratio) of 70%. The proposed project features ten units with a Floor Area Ratio of 69.9%, both of which meet or exceed the zoning standards. Parking is considered adequate with a two -car garage and one guest parking space provided for each dwelling unit. The architectural design of the building has been reviewed and is found to satisfy the criteria of the Design Guidelines of the Zoning Code. The building and engineering aspects of the project (including drainage and sewer capacity plans) have been reviewed by the appropriate City and County departments and the pertinent utility companies. Comments have been incorporated as conditions of approval in the Draft Resolution as attached. The County's relevant departments recommend approval of the Tentative Tract Map. Recommendation: Adopt a resolution recommending that the City Council approve Tentative Tract Map 71721, Conditional Use Permit 11-1796, and the related Negative Declaration, based upon the findings and subject to the conditions in the attached draft resolution. Attachments: 1. Staff Draft Resolution 2. Draft Negative Declaration 3. Environmental Checklist 5. Application & Pictures 6. Reduced Tentative Map and Site Plan 7. Vicinity Map 8. Zoning Map 9. Aerial Photograph CITY OF TEMPLE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION DATE OF MEETING: SEPTEMBER 22, 2009 TO: PLANNING COMMISSION FROM: JOSEPH M. LAMBERT COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT MANAGER REPORT ON: A TENTATIVE TRACT MAP AND CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT TO ALLOW THE DEVELOPMENT OF A RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM PROJECT WITH SIX (6) UNITS IN THE MULTIPLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL (R-3) ZONE AT 5949 CLOVERLY AVENUE. (CLOVERLY VILLA, LLC/ CAL LAND ENGINEERING) PROJECT SITE: 5949 CLOVERLY AVENUE CASE NO: TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 69905 CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT 08-1717 OWNERS: CLOVERLY VILLA, LLC 9619 LAS TUNAS DRIVE TEMPLE CITY, CA 91780 ENGINEER: JACK C. LEE (CAL LAND ENGINEERING) 576 E. LAMBERT RD. BREA, CALIFORNIA INFORMATION SUMMARY Zoning: R-3, Multiple Family Residential General Plan: High Density Residential (Up to 18 du/ac) Lot: Area (Sq. Ft.) Width Depth Shape and Characteristics 19,000 100, 190, rectangular and level Public Improvements: Curb, gutter and sidewalk on Woodruff Avenue, curb and gutter on Cloverly Avenue Environmental Review: Negative Declaration Previous Actions: None Pending Actions: City Council approval, Final Map processing and approval, Building Department plan check, issuance of Building Permits and building construction. Public Hearing: September 22, 2009 Tentative Tract Map 69905 Conditional Use Permit 08-1717 Background: Page - 2 - The R-3 zoned property is 19,000 square feet in area. The site is currently improved with a total of seven total dwelling units in four buildings. To develop the site, the applicant will demolish all of the existing structures on the site. The subject property is surrounded by R-3 zoned properties to the east and south. The properties to the west are zoned R-2, and properties to the north across Woodruff Avenue are zoned R-1. Proposed Development: No. of Units: No. of Bedrooms: Total Floor Area: Exterior materials: Density: Open Space: Floor Area Ratio: Lot Coverage: Height: No. of Parking Space: Garage Parking: Guest Parking: Proposed M 2 to 4 bedrooms 13,106 sq. ft. including garages Max. permitted or min. reauired by Code 7 max. N/A 13,300 sq. ft. max. Stucco, field stone veneer, raised molding at window openings, wood shutters, exposed wood beams, and concrete roof tile 13.75 du/ac 4,738 sq. ft. (790 avg.sf/unit) .689 39% 27'-8"± 18 du/ac max. 2,500 sq. ft. min. (500 sf/unit) .70 50% 30'-0" 17 15 min. 12 10 min. 5 5 min. (based on 2 units with only 2 bedrooms) The applicant's proposal is to demolish the seven existing units to construct six condominium units within a total of four buildings. Building "Two" and Building "Three' will feature two units apiece. Building "One" and Building "Four" will feature one freestanding, detached unit in each respective building. The unit sizes vary from 1,449 to 1,978 square feet of living area. Two of the units feature two bedrooms, two feature three bedrooms, Public Hearing: September 22, 2009 Page - 3 - Tentative Tract Map 69905 Conditional Use Permit 08-1717 and the largest two units feature four bedrooms. All six of the units will have a two -car garage. The total building area is 13,106 square feet and the proposed FAR is 68.9%, slightly lower than the 70% maximum allowed by the Zoning Code. An 18 -foot wide driveway taking access from Woodruff Avenue near the midpoint of the northern property line will serve the four units in Buildings "Two" and "Three". This driveway provides access to all four garages for those buildings and their three guest parking spaces. Buildings "One" and "Four" will have their own driveways providing access to their private two -car garages. In accordance with the Zoning Code, the driveways for the two detached units also serve to satisfy the guest parking requirement for those two units. Three additional guest parking spaces are provided for a total of five guest parking spaces, in compliance with the minimum number of spaces required by Code. Since two units feature only two bedrooms, they are only required to have a'/ guest parking space apiece. Analysis: The subject proposal has been reviewed by the appropriate City and County departments and the pertinent utility companies. The conditions of approval have been included in the attached draft resolution; these were created based upon comments and concerns provided by the various departments and agencies. The proposed project meets or exceeds all Temple City Code development standards for the R-3 zone. The subject site is sufficient in size and shape to adequately accommodate the proposed six dwelling units, and the project provides adequate off-street vehicle parking. It should be noted that this project does comply with the amended R-3 regulations that were adopted in 2005. Recommendation: Adopt a resolution recommending that the City Council approve Tentative Tract Map 69905, Conditional Use Permit 08-1717, and the related Negative Declaration, based upon the findings and subject to the conditions in the attached draft resolution. Attachments: 1. Staff Draft Resolution 2. Draft Negative Declaration 3. Environmental Checklist 5. Application & Pictures 6. Reduced Tentative Map and Site Plan 7. Vicinity Map 8. Zoning Map 9. Aerial Photograph Technical Appendix E Progress Report TABLE OF CONTENTS Technical Appendix E Review and Revision — Progress Report A— Introduction...............................................................................................E-1 B — Effectiveness of the Housing Element .............................................. ...... E-1 C — Progress in Implementation ........ .................. ........................................... E-2 1. Senior Housing Overlay Zone ............................................ ......... --...... ............................. E-2 2. Density Bonuses ........................................... —.... ................ .,............................................ E-2 3. Allow Emergency Shelters in the M-2 Zane ......................................... --- ...................... E-3 4. Construction of Affordable Housing for Senior Citizens .................................................... E-3 5. Housing Rehabilitation....................................................................................................... E-3 6. Subsidized Units at Risk of Conversion. .... ................................................ E-3 7. Fair Housing Congress...................................................................................................... E-3 8. Zoning Code...................................................................................................................... E-3 9. Section 8 Rental Assistance... ..... —..............................................................................-- E-3 10. Fee Waivers for Affordable Housing ......................... --... .................................................. E-4 D— Appropriateness of Goals, Objectives and Policies................................E-6 1. Housing Opportunities ...... .............. ............. —......... .......................................................... E-6 2. Maintenance and Preservation.............................................................. -- ...... .................. E-7 3. Fair Housing ...... ................ -............ ................. .................................................................. E-7 List of Charts E-1 Housing Program Summary of Prior Housing Element ............................ E-5 TECHNICAL APPENDIX E REVIEW AND REVISION— PROGRESS REPORT A. INTRODUCTION Section 65588(a) of the Government Code requires that the City review the current Housing Element to evaluate: "Effectiveness of the element" (Section 65588[a][2]): A comparison of the actual results of the earlier element with its goals, objectives, policies and programs. The results should be quantified where possible (e.g., rehabilitation results), but may be qualitative where necessary (e.g., mitigation of government constraints). "Progress in implementation" (Section 65583[a][3]): An analysis of the significant differences between what was projected or planned in the earlier element and what was achieved. "Appropriateness of goals, objectives and policies" (Section 65588[a][1]): A description of how the goals, objectives, policies and programs of the updated element incorporate what has been learned from the results of the prior element. The information presented in this Technical Appendix provides a progress report on the prior Housing Element and contributes to establishing the policies and programs that should be retained and carried forward in the updated Housing Element. S. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE HOUSING ELEMENT According to the State Department of Finance (DOF), 184 single-family detached dwelling units were constructed during the period from Census 2000 (04/01/00) through December 31, 2005. To determine the affordability of the housing constructed, the sale prices of homes built and sold between 2000 and 2005 was determined. During this period, five percent of the homes built between 2000 and 2005 had sales prices affordable to moderate -income households. The 5% figure was applied to the 184 housing units to establish an estimate of nine housing units affordable to moderate income households. (Source for the sales price and year built is the Southern California MLS Alliance.) The number of housing units constructed exceeded the RHNA allocation for above moderate income households. However, no housing units were constructed for lower income households. During the past five-year planning period, the shortage of Redevelopment Agency Housing Set - Aside Funds necessitated a greater reliance upon Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) Funds to support the ongoing Housing Rehabilitation Program. In the past five years, nearly $1 million ($990,791) of CDBG funds were expended for housing rehabilitation. Ninety eight housing units were improved, which exceeded the quantified objective of 40-50 rehabilitated housing units. The conservation quantified objective was 50 which represented the number of very low and low income households that were Section 8 certificate holders. As of March 7, 2008 there are 59 households receiving Section 8 rental assistance which exceeded the quantified objective. E-1 TECHNICAL APPENDIX E REVIEW AND REVISION – PROGRESS REPORT C. PROGRESS IN IMPLEMENTATION The progress report also involves an analysis of the significant differences between what was projected or planned in the earlier element and what was achieved. Chart E-1 describes the 10 specific programs included in the prior Housing Element. The progress in implementation is presented on pages E-2 through E-4. 1. Senior Housing Overlay Zone The City has adopted a Senior Housing Overlay Zone. In addition, the City on December 17, 2002 adopted the Temple City Downtown Specific Plan (Ordinance 02-880). The Specific Plan makes provision for the following residential land uses: Senior Citizen Housing is encouraged throughout the Specific Plan area with exception of the EC District (Las Tunas East Commercial District). The key senior housing development standards include Density: The Specific Plan establishes no minimum or maximum density. The density is determined through a CUP process, a process which allows a developer to request a density bonus and additional regulatory incentives. Lower Income Group Set -Asides: In order to obtain a density bonus, the development must set- aside a portion of the housing units for low income households. Heioht Limits: The Specific Plan allows senior housing to be up to four stories or a maximum height of 55 feet. Housino Unit Size: The senior housing development standards require a minimum of 650 square feet for a 1 -bedroom unit and 800 square feet for a 2 - bedroom unit. The senior housing incentives include density bonuses, regulatory incentives, and approval of mixed use development. The Specific Plan also provides for lot consolidation incentives. For instance, for multifamily — including senior housing — residential projects, the consolidation of four to six lots will result in a 15% increase in the number of allowable units and adding one story to the maximum height. 2. Density Bonuses The senior housing incentives include density bonuses, regulatory incentives, and approval of mixed use development. In addition to high density residential uses, which would be allowed in conjunction with any mixed use development, special consideration and/or a density bonus can be awarded when housing is specifically designated and reserved for low and moderate income households. If the development agreement specifies a low income or moderate income housing component, specific rent and/or sale price parameters are to be incorporated into the development agreement to assure that affordable housing is continuously maintained as such. E-2 TECHNICAL APPENDIX E REVIEW AND REVISION — PROGRESS REPORT 3. Allow Emergency Shelters in the M-2 Zone The City's Zoning Code allows emergency shelters in the M-2 Zone. No applications were submitted to the Community Development Department. 4. Construction of Affordable Housing for Senior Citizens The City facilitates and encourages senior housing through the Downtown Specific Plan and Senior Housing Overlay Zone. No senior housing units were constructed, however, during the planning period of the prior Housing Element. 5. Housing Rehabilitation During the past five-year planning period, the shortage of Redevelopment Agency Housing Set - Aside Funds necessitated a greater reliance upon Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) Funds to support the ongoing Housing Rehabilitation Program. In the past five years, nearly $1 million ($990,791) of CDBG funds were expended for housing rehabilitation. Ninety eight housing units were improved, which exceeded the quantified objective of 40-50 rehabilitated housing units. 6. Subsidized Units at Risk of Conversion The City has no rent restricted housing units at risk of conversion to market rate housing. In addition, no affordable housing developments were constructed during the planning period of the prior Housing Element. 7. Fair Housing Congress The main goal was to provide housing counseling through the Los Angeles County Fair Housing Program. The Housing Rights Center continues to provide fair housing services to the City's residents. 8. Zoning Code The program objective was to ensure City standards are not excessive and do not unnecessarily constrain affordable housing and housing accessible to the handicapped. The program objective was met through the housing incentives provided through the Mixed Use Zone and the Temple City Downtown Specific Plan. To encourage lot consolidation and housing, incentives are provided in the form of density bonuses, added heights, and fee waivers. 9. Section 8 Rental Assistance The Housing Authority of the County of Los Angeles administers the Section 8 rental assistance program in Temple City. The quantified objective for this program was 50 assisted households. As of March 7, 2008, the Housing Authority assists 59 households. E-3 TECHNICAL APPENDIX E REVIEW AND REVISION — PROGRESS REPORT 10. Fee Waivers for Affordable Housing The main goal was to consider waiving fees for affordable housing and/or nonprofit housing development. No affordable housing units were constructed during the planning period of the prior Housing Element. The analysis of effectiveness contributes to understanding how programs should be revised or new ones adopted. However, the revisions to Housing Element Law establish some of the major parameters for City housing programs. These include, but are not limited, to: Creating an Adequate Housing Sites Program Addressing the housing needs of extremely low-income households Amending the Zoning Code to address the housing needs of disabled persons Addressing SB 1818 - State density bonus law E-4 TECHNICAL APPENDIX E Housing Program 1. Senior Housing Overlay Zone 2. Adhere to State Guidelines for Density Bonus 3. Allow Emergency Shelters in M-2 Zone with Conditional Use Permit 4. Encourage construction of affordable housing for senior citizens 5. Housing Rehabilitation REVIEW AND REVISION— PROGRESS REPORT Allow for emergency shelters and Chart E-1 General Fund transitional housing City of Temple City housing and housing Housing Program Summary of Prior Housing Element Program Objective 5 Year Goal to Be Funding Responsible housing Assisted Source Agency Encourage affordable ASSIST IN DEVELOPMENT Community housing for senior Cannot be estimated General Fund Development citizens income homeowners Department Housing Cannot be estimated but Community Encourage production may be used in General Fund Development of affordable housing conjunction with Senior Department Citizen Overlay Allow for emergency shelters and Cannot be estimated General Fund transitional housing Projects, City will enter housing and housing Encourage affordable Cannot be estimated but CDBG; 20% housing for senior may be used in housing citizens conjunction with Senior See -aside ASSIST IN DEVELOPMENT Citizen Overlay Consider waiving fees Provide loans to low Continue to providerehabilitation CDBG 20 income homeowners program; Housing For repair 75 dwelling to be set-aside rehabilitation Ensure City standards are not excessive and For future subsidized 8. Zoning Code 6. Subsidized Units at Projects, City will enter housing and housing Risk for conversion into agreement with Not applicable handicapped developer to ensure Provides housing Lower Income Rent long-term affordability Assistance ASSIST IN DEVELOPMENT OF AFFORDABLE HOUSING Consider waiving fees 10. Fee waivers for Continue to provide fair 7. Fair Housing Fair housing housing counseling Congress counseling through the L.A. County TOTAL UNITS TO BE REHABILITATED 40-50 Fair Housing Program Ensure City standards are not excessive and TOTAL UNITS TO BE CONSERVED: 50 Amend zoning Code to consolidate and simplify development requirements Continue Cannot be estimated Not applicable CDBG Department budgetas necessary L.A. County Community Development Commission Department budget as necessary Community Development Department Community Development Department Community Development Department Community Development Department L.A. County Community Development Department L.A. County Community Development Department Time Frame Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing (regional housing need less per net new units constructed between 1998 and 1999) (rehabbed as result of City Code Enforcement activities, Housing Rehabilitation Program and poverty turnover) (Section 8 certificate households) E-5 do not unnecessarily 8. Zoning Code constrain affordable housing and housing accessible to handicapped 9. Section 8 Provides housing Lower Income Rent assistance payments Assistance for eligible tenants Consider waiving fees 10. Fee waivers for for affordable and/or affordable housing non-profit housing development FIVE YEAR GOAL SUMMARY TOTAL UNITS TO BE CONSTRUCTED. 9 TOTAL UNITS TO BE REHABILITATED 40-50 TOTAL UNITS TO BE CONSERVED: 50 Amend zoning Code to consolidate and simplify development requirements Continue Cannot be estimated Not applicable CDBG Department budgetas necessary L.A. County Community Development Commission Department budget as necessary Community Development Department Community Development Department Community Development Department Community Development Department L.A. County Community Development Department L.A. County Community Development Department Time Frame Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing (regional housing need less per net new units constructed between 1998 and 1999) (rehabbed as result of City Code Enforcement activities, Housing Rehabilitation Program and poverty turnover) (Section 8 certificate households) E-5 TECHNICAL APPENDIX E REVIEW AND REVISION — PROGRESS REPORT D. APPROPRIATENESS OF GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES Three major goals were adopted in the prior Housing Element. The goals remain appropriate for inclusion in the new Housing Element. However, goals should be stated for each of the five program categories that are required by the Housing Element Law. Fifteen housing policies were adopted in the prior Housing Element. The majority of the policies were carried out in some form during the planning period. The policies, with some slight revisions, would remain appropriate for inclusion in the Housing Element Update. However, the policies should be stated in the context of the five program categories required by the Housing Element Law Housing Opportunities The City wants to encourage the construction of new housing units that offer a wide range of housing types to ensure that an adequate supply is available to meet existing and future needs. The provision of a balanced inventory of housing in terms of unit type (e.g. single-family, etc.), cost, and style will allow the city to fulfill a variety of housing needs. GOAL 1: Provide a wide range of housing types to meet the existing and future needs of planning area residents. Policy 1.1: Provide a variety of residential development opportunities in Temple City, ranging from very low density to high density development in accordance with the RHNA. Policy 1.2: Encourage both the private and public sectors to produce or assist in the production of high quality housing. Policy 1.3: Promote the development of low and moderate income housing for senior citizens. Policy 1.4: Permit the development of emergency shelters and transitional housing in the M-2 zone, subject to a Conditional Use Permit. Policy 1.5: Locate higher density residential development in close proximity to the public transportation and services. Policy 1.6: Permit the development of child care facilities consistent with new housing development. Policy 1.7: Monitor all regulations, ordinances, department processing procedures and fees related to the rehabilitation and/or construction of dwelling units to assess their impact on housing costs. Policy 1.8: Continue to require and encourage the devices and passive design concepts which make increase efficiency and reduce housing costs. E-6 use of energy conservation use of the natural climate to TECHNICAL APPENDIX E REVIEW AND REVISION — PROGRESS REPORT Policy 1.9: Continue to implement the Home Improvement Program to assist low income households in improving their dwelling units so as to continue to provide existing affordable housing. 2. Maintenance and Preservation The goal of housing preservation is to protect the existing and future investment in housing and to avoid a degree of physical decline that will require a larger rehabilitation effort to restore quality and value. The housing conditions survey identified areas of deferred housing maintenance in Temple City. Over 80% of the units categorized as "suitable for rehabilitation" were single-family units. Goal 2: Enhance the quality of existing residential neighborhoods in Temple City. Policy 2.1: Continue to correct housing deficiencies through the City's residential rehabilitation program. Policy 2.2: Continue to utilize the City's code enforcement program to bring substandard units into compliance with City codes and to improve overall housing conditions in Temple City. Policy 2.3: Promote increased awareness among property owners and residents of the importance of property maintenance to long-term housing quality. 3. Fair Housing In order to make adequate provision for the housing needs of all economic segments of the community, the City must ensure equal and fair housing opportunities area available to all residents. Goal 3: Promote equal opportunity for all residents to reside in the housing of their choice. Policy 3.1: Ensure that equal access to housing is available to the community. Policy 3.2: Prohibit practices which restrict housing choice by arbitrarily directing prospective buyers and renter to certain neighborhoods or types of housing. Policy 3.3: Continue support and participation in Los Angeles County Fair Housing Program to further fair housing practices. E-7